STATION CASINOS INC
S-4/A, 1999-02-12
MISCELLANEOUS AMUSEMENT & RECREATION
Previous: STATION CASINOS INC, SC 13G, 1999-02-12
Next: FFY FINANCIAL CORP, 10-Q, 1999-02-12



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 12, 1999
                            REGISTRATION NO. 333-71227
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                     ---------
   
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
                                      FORM S-4
                               REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                          UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ---------------------
                               STATION CASINOS, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

     NEVADA                           7990                        88-136443
(State or other                (Primary Standard              (I.R.S. Employer
Jurisdiction of                    Industrial                Identification No.)
Incorporation or              Classification Code
  Organization)                      Number)
                                          
          2411 WEST SAHARA AVENUE, LAS VEGAS, NV  89102    (702) 367-2411
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                     Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
                                          
                  MR. GLENN C. CHRISTENSON, STATION CASINOS, INC.
        2411 WEST SAHARA AVENUE, LAS VEGAS, NEVADA  89102    (702) 367-2411
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                               of agent for service)
                                      --------
                                      COPY TO:
                             KENNETH J. BARONSKY, ESQ.
                          MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & MCCLOY
    601 S. FIGUEROA STREET, 30TH FLOOR, LOS ANGELES, CA 90017    (213) 892-4000

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC:  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes
effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection
with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General
Instruction G, check the following box.[__]
                                          
   
    

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE TIME UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.

                                       

<PAGE>

   

Prospectus                                                 
    
                                    $199,900,000
                               STATION CASINOS, INC.
                                 OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                     8 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
       FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING 8 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
                                          
                           Summary of the Exchange Offer
                                          
This prospectus (and accompanying letter of transmittal) relates to our proposed
offer to exchange up to $199,900,000 aggregate principal amount of new 8 7/8%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "New Notes"), which will be freely
transferable, for any and all outstanding 8 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2008 issued in a private offering on December 3, 1998 (the "Old Notes"), which
have certain transfer restrictions.
   
     -    The exchange offer expires 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on March 
          16, 1999, unless extended.
    
     -    The terms of the New Notes are substantially identical to the terms of
          the Old Notes, except that the New Notes will be freely transferable
          and issued free of any covenants regarding exchange and registration
          rights.

     -    All Old Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will
          be exchanged.

     -    Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to expiration
          of the exchange offer.

     -    The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes should not be a taxable event
          for United States Federal income tax purposes.

     -    Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights
          in connection with the exchange offer.  Old Notes not exchanged in the
          exchange offer will remain outstanding and be entitled to the benefits
          of the Indenture, but, except under certain circumstances, will have
          no further exchange or registration rights under the Registration
          Rights Agreement.

     -    "Affiliates" of Station Casinos, Inc. (within the meaning of the
          Securities Act of 1933) may not participate in the exchange offer.

     -    All broker-dealers must comply with the registration and prospectus
          delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.  See "Plan of
          Distribution" beginning on page 107.

     -    We do not intend to apply for listing of the New Notes on any
          securities exchange or to arrange for them to be quoted on any
          quotation system.
                                          
                            ---------------------------

PLEASE SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 17 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN 
FACTORS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

                            ---------------------------

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES 
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE NEW NOTES, OR DETERMINED IF 
THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY 
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. 
                                          
NONE OF THE NEVADA GAMING COMMISSION, THE NEVADA GAMING CONTROL BOARD, THE 
MISSOURI GAMING COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GAMING AUTHORITY HAS APPROVED OR 
DISAPPROVED OF THESE NOTES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS 
PROSPECTUS.
                                          
WE MAY AMEND OR SUPPLEMENT THIS PROSPECTUS FROM TIME TO TIME BY FILING 
AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS AS REQUIRED.  YOU SHOULD READ THIS ENTIRE 
PROSPECTUS (AND ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND RELATED DOCUMENTS) AND 
ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS CAREFULLY BEFORE MAKING YOUR INVESTMENT 
DECISION.
                            ---------------------------
    Our principal executive offices are located at 2411 West Sahara Avenue,
                            Las Vegas, NV  89102
                     Our telephone number is (702) 367-2411
   
                The date of this prospectus is February 12, 1999.
    
<PAGE>
                                       
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>

                                                                                                       PAGE
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Where You Can Find More Information..................................................................    2
Forward-Looking Statements...........................................................................    3
Prospectus Summary...................................................................................    4
Risk Factors.........................................................................................    17
Use of Proceeds......................................................................................    27
Consolidated Capitalization..........................................................................    28
Selected Consolidated Financial Information..........................................................    29
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations................    31
Business.............................................................................................    40
Regulation and Licensing.............................................................................    54
Management...........................................................................................    63
Principal Stockholders of SCI........................................................................    65
Description of Certain Indebtedness and Capital Stock................................................    66
The Exchange Offer...................................................................................    70
Description of the New Notes.........................................................................    80
Certain Federal Tax Considerations...................................................................   104
Plan of Distribution.................................................................................   107
Legal Matters........................................................................................   107
Independent Public Accountants.......................................................................   107
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................................   F-1

</TABLE>
                                       
                       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     In connection with the exchange offer, we have filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), relating to the New
Notes to be issued in the exchange offer.  As permitted by SEC rules, this
prospectus omits certain information included in the registration statement. 
For a more complete understanding of this exchange offer, you should refer to
the registration statement, including its exhibits.

     We also file annual, quarterly, and special reports, proxy statements 
and other information with the SEC.  You may read and copy the registration 
statement and any other document we file at the Public Reference Room of the 
SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.  You may obtain 
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC 
at 1-800-SEC-0330.  You may also obtain copies of such material from the SEC 
by mail at prescribed rates. You should direct requests to the SEC's Public 
Reference Section, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., 
Washington, D.C. 20549. In addition, the SEC maintains a website 
(http:/www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy statements and other 
information filed by us.
   
     The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" the information we file 
with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by 
referring you to those documents.  These incorporated documents contain 
important business and financial information about us that is not included in 
or delivered with this prospectus.  The information incorporated by reference 
is considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information filed with 
the SEC will update and supersede this information.  We incorporate by 
reference the documents listed below and any future filings made with the SEC 
under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), prior to March 16, 1999, the date 
the exchange offer expires:
    
     -    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998;
     -    Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended June 30 and
          September 30, 1998; and
     -    Current Reports on Form 8-K dated June 15, 1998, August 7, 1998,
          August 28, 1998, September 25, 1998, October 27, 1998, November 6,
          1998 and January 21, 1999.

     THESE FILINGS ARE AVAILABLE WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES. 
YOU MAY REQUEST A COPY OF THESE FILINGS BY WRITING OR TELEPHONING US AT THE 
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:       ATTENTION:  INVESTOR RELATIONS
                         STATION CASINOS, INC.
                         2411 WEST SAHARA AVENUE
                         LAS VEGAS, NV  89102
                         TEL:  (702) 367-2411              
                               OR HTTP://WWW.STATIONCASINOS.COM/
   
     TO OBTAIN TIMELY DELIVERY OF ANY COPIES OF FILINGS REQUESTED FROM US,
PLEASE WRITE OR TELEPHONE US NO LATER THAN MARCH 9, 1999.
    

                                       2

<PAGE>
                                       
                             FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus includes and incorporates by reference forward-looking
statements.  We have based these forward-looking statements on our current
expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking
statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions about us and our
subsidiaries, including, among other things, factors discussed in our filings
with the SEC and the following:

     -    competition from other gaming operations; 
     -    leverage; 
     -    construction risks; 
     -    the inherent uncertainty and costs associated with litigation; and 
     -    licensing and other regulatory risks.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or 
otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the 
forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

                                          3

<PAGE>
                                       
                                  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus, but 
does not contain all information that is important to you. This prospectus 
includes specific terms of the exchange offer. We encourage you to read the 
detailed information and consolidated financial statements and the notes 
thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus in their entirety.  As used in 
this prospectus, unless the context indicates otherwise, (1) all references 
to "SCI" refer to Station Casinos, Inc. and all references to "Station," the 
"Company," "we," "our," "ours" and "us" refer to SCI and its consolidated 
subsidiaries and (2) "Notes" means both the Old Notes and the New Notes.
                                       
                                     THE COMPANY

     We are a multi-jurisdictional gaming company that owns and operates six 
distinctly themed casino properties. Four of our properties are located in 
Las Vegas, Nevada, one is located in Kansas City, Missouri and one is located 
in St. Charles, Missouri. In Las Vegas, we own and operate the Palace Station 
Hotel & Casino ("Palace Station"), Boulder Station Hotel & Casino ("Boulder 
Station"), Texas Station Gambling Hall & Hotel (Texas Station") and Sunset 
Station Hotel & Casino ("Sunset Station"). In Kansas City, we own and operate 
Station Casino Kansas City, an historic Missouri riverboat-themed dockside 
gaming and entertainment complex. In St. Charles, we own and operate Station 
Casino St. Charles, an historically-themed riverboat and dockside gaming and 
entertainment complex. SCI is organized as a holding company and we conduct 
our operations through nine wholly-owned subsidiaries.

     Our operating strategy emphasizes attracting and retaining customers 
primarily from the local and repeat visitor markets. Our casino properties 
attract customers through:

     -    innovative, frequent and high-profile promotional programs directed
          toward local markets;

     -    focused marketing efforts and convenient locations; and

     -    aggressive marketing of the repeat visitor market and the development
          of strong relationships with specifically targeted travel wholesalers.

     Because we target the repeat customer, we are committed to providing a 
high-value entertainment experience for our customers in our restaurants, 
hotels and casinos. We believe the value offered by restaurants at each of 
our casino properties is a major factor in attracting local gaming customers 
and that our focus on slot and video poker machine play with higher than 
average payout rates and attentive customer service attracts the frequent 
gaming patron. See "Business-Operating Strategy."

     Our growth strategy includes implementation of our master-planned 
expansion programs of our existing gaming facilities and the evaluation and 
pursuit of additional development opportunities where we can realize distinct 
competitive advantages by focusing on the local and repeat visitor markets. 
To accomplish this, we evaluate strategic development locations that:

     -    provide easy access to high volume traffic;

     -    are in major metropolitan or rapidly growing areas;

     -    provide flexibility for future expansion;

     -    allow for ample parking; and

     -    are surrounded by potential customers with a strong demographic
          profile.

     We believe that these factors are enhanced by our expertise in the 
locals and repeat visitors market and on our 

                                       4
<PAGE>

reputation as a provider of a high-quality, affordable gaming and 
entertainment experience. See "Business-Expansion Strategy."

LAS VEGAS CASINO PROPERTIES

     We are a leading Las Vegas hotel/casino operator catering primarily to 
local residents and repeat visitors.  We believe our Las Vegas properties are 
well positioned to continue to benefit from the business and population 
growth in Las Vegas and its surrounding areas. We have implemented our 
long-term Las Vegas business strategy by developing the Las Vegas properties 
as integrated entertainment destinations in key population centers in each 
quadrant of the Las Vegas market. We have master-planned each of our Las 
Vegas properties for future expansion to capitalize on Las Vegas' expected 
population growth.

     PALACE STATION

     Palace Station is located on approximately 39 acres strategically 
located at the intersection of Sahara Avenue and Interstate 15, one of Las 
Vegas' most heavily traveled areas.  Palace Station is a short distance from 
McCarran International Airport and from major attractions on the Las Vegas 
Strip and downtown Las Vegas. Palace Station's ample parking and convenient 
location assure customers easy access to the hotel and casino, a factor that 
we believe is particularly important in attracting and retaining our 
customers.  Palace Station has the following features and amenities:

     -    approximately 287,000 square feet of main facility area with a
          turn-of-the-20th-century railroad station theme;

     -    a 1,028-room hotel and approximately 3,700 parking spaces, including
          1,900 spaces in two multi-level parking structures;

     -    an approximately 84,000-square foot casino with approximately 2,070
          slot and video poker machines, 40 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and

     -    non-casino amenities including two swimming pools, five full-service
          restaurants, two fast food outlets, a 24-hour gift shop and a
          nongaming video arcade.

     BOULDER STATION

     Boulder Station, which opened in August 1994, is located on 
approximately 45 acres strategically located on the opposite side of Las 
Vegas from Palace Station. Patrons enjoy convenient access to Boulder Station 
which is located on the Boulder Highway immediately adjacent to the 
Interstate 515 interchange. Interstate 515 and the Boulder Highway are the 
major thoroughfares into Las Vegas for visitors from Arizona. We believe that 
this highly visible location at this well-traveled intersection offers a 
competitive advantage relative to existing hotels and casinos located on the 
Boulder Highway. Boulder Station is located approximately four miles east of 
the Las Vegas Strip and approximately four miles southeast of downtown Las 
Vegas.  Boulder Station the following features and amenities:

     -    approximately 337,000 square feet of main facility area with a
          turn-of-the-20th-century railroad station theme;

     -    a 300-room hotel and approximately 4,350 parking spaces, including a
          1,900 space multi-level parking structure;

     -    an approximately 89,000-square foot casino with approximately 3,065
          slot and video poker machines, 38 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and

     -    non-casino amenities including a swimming pool, five full service
          restaurants and several fast food outlets, a gift shop, a non-gaming
          video arcade, a 280-seat lounge and eight additional bars, an
          11-screen 

                                          5

<PAGE>

          theater complex and a child-care facility.

     TEXAS STATION

     Texas Station, which opened in July 1995, is located on approximately 47 
acres strategically located at the corner of Lake Mead Boulevard and Tonopah 
Highway in North Las Vegas. Texas Station has the following features and 
amenities:

     -    approximately 258,000 square feet of main facility area in a low rise
          complex with a friendly "down-home" Texas atmosphere, highlighted by
          distinctive early Texas architecture;

     -    a six story, 200-room hotel tower and approximately 4,000 parking
          spaces, including a 1,500-space multi-level parking structure;

     -    an approximately 85,000-square foot casino with approximately 2,025
          slot and video poker machines, 34 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and

     -    non-casino amenities including a swimming pool, five full service
          restaurants and several fast food outlets and franchises, a gift shop,
          a non-gaming video arcade, a 132-seat entertainment lounge, seven
          additional bars and a 12-screen theater complex operated by Act III
          Theatres.

     In May 1998, we began construction of the next phase of our master plan 
at Texas Station. This phase is designed to enhance Texas Station's 
reputation for quality entertainment and will include a 2,000-space covered 
parking garage, an additional approximately 21,000 square feet of casino 
space with 850 additional slot and video poker machines, a 10,000-square foot 
Kid's Quest child-care facility, a food court area, an expanded arcade, 
additional "stadium-style" movie screens and a new bar and lounge with a 
Texas theme. We anticipate that, excluding net construction period interest, 
the total cost of the expansion project will be $51.0 million. We expect the 
project will be completed in the first quarter of calendar 1999.

     SUNSET STATION

     Sunset Station, which opened in June 1997, is located on an 
approximately 105-acre parcel at the intersection of Interstate 515 and 
Sunset Road. Multiple access points provide customers convenient access to 
the gaming complex and parking areas. Situated in the path of development 
along Interstate 515, the major thoroughfare into Las Vegas from Boulder City 
and Arizona, Sunset Station has prominent visibility from the freeway and the 
Sunset commercial corridor. Sunset Station is located approximately nine 
miles east of McCarran International Airport and eight miles southeast of 
Boulder Station. Sunset Station had the following features and amenities 
prior to the expansion described below:

     -    approximately 350,000 square feet of main facility area with interior
          and exterior Spanish/Mediterranean-style architecture;

     -    a 20-story, 467-room hotel tower and approximately 4,200 parking
          spaces;

     -    an approximately 80,000-square foot casino with approximately 2,750
          slot and video poker machines, 49 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and

     -    non-casino amenities including an outdoor swimming pool, six full
          service restaurants (and tenant lease space for additional
          restaurants) and several fast food outlets and franchises, a gift
          shop, a non-gaming video arcade, an entertainment lounge and an
          amphitheater, additional bars and a microbrewery, a 13-screen theater
          complex operated by Act III Theatres and a child-care facility.

     In November 1998, we completed construction of the next phase of our 
master-planned expansion at Sunset Station. This phase of the master plan is 
designed to enhance Sunset Station's reputation for quality entertainment and 
includes a covered parking garage, an additional 14,000 square feet of casino 
space, a new steakhouse, a food court 

                                          6

<PAGE>

area and improved conference facilities. The new casino space offers an 
additional 250 slot and video poker machines. Excluding net construction 
period interest, the total cost of the expansion project is expected to be 
$34.0 million.

     We have developed only approximately 70 acres of Sunset Station's 
approximately 105 acres. We are currently evaluating potential development 
plans for the undeveloped property. Uses for the land could include a 
life-style entertainment retail center and the development of several pads 
for various build-to-suit retail, restaurant and entertainment concepts. We 
have not yet determined timing and definitive plans for such a development.

MISSOURI CASINO PROPERTIES

     STATION CASINO KANSAS CITY

     Station Casino Kansas City opened in January 1997. Station Casino Kansas 
City is strategically located to attract customers from the greater Kansas 
City area and tourists from outside the region. We believe the Station Casino 
Kansas City facility offers Las Vegas-style gaming experience in the Midwest. 
Station Casino Kansas City is located seven miles east of downtown Kansas 
City on a 171-acre site immediately east of the Interstate 435 bridge, which 
supports traffic flow of approximately 71,000 cars per day. Station Casino 
Kansas City's marketing programs are specifically designed to effectively 
target and capture repeat customer demand from the local customer base and 
also emphasize the strong visitor and overnight markets. We believe that 
Station Casino Kansas City has specific advantages relative to other 
riverboat facilities in the region. Station Casino Kansas City has the 
following features and amenities:

     -    two continuously docked gaming vessels situated in a man-made
          protective basin with an approximately 140,000 square-foot gaming
          space with approximately 3,145 slot and video poker machines, 162
          gaming tables and a poker room;

     -    a land-based 200-room hotel and 5,000 parking spaces; and

     -    a land-based entertainment center with seven full service restaurants
          and several fast food outlets, 11 bars and lounges, a 1,400-seat Grand
          Pavilion, a Kid's Quest child-care facility, an 18-screen movie
          complex operated by Act III Theatres, a 5,700-square foot non-gaming
          video arcade operated by Sega GameWorks and a gift shop.

     STATION CASINO ST. CHARLES

     Station Casino St. Charles opened in May 1994. Station Casino St. 
Charles is located immediately north of the Interstate 70 bridge in St. 
Charles on approximately 52 acres. The Station Casino St. Charles complex is 
strategically located to attract customers from the St. Charles and greater 
St. Louis area and tourists from outside the region. The site is adjacent to 
the Interstate 70 bridge. Interstate 70 is a 10-lane, east-west expressway 
offering quick and easy accessibility to and direct visibility of the Station 
Casino St. Charles site. Station Casino St. Charles has the following 
features and amenities:

     -    two gaming vessels-a 292-foot by 74-foot wide gaming riverboat known
          as "The Station Casino Belle" and a floating two-story, 105,000 square
          foot gaming and entertainment facility with an approximately 47,000
          square-foot gaming area with a capacity  for 4,000 gaming customers,
          approximately 1,890 slot and video poker machines and 75 gaming
          tables; and

     -    non-casino amenities including two full service restaurants and a fast
          food court, seven bars, an entertainment lounge, a gift shop and a
          lobby and ticketing facility.

     In furtherance of the Station Casino St. Charles master plan, we 
completed construction of a new elevated roadway and a 4,000-space five-story 
parking structure in May 1996. This project includes a turn-around deck and 
porte-cochere. The parking facility is constructed above the existing flood 
plain and provides the infrastructure for the current facilities. The 
elevated roadway and parking structure provide improved access to the current 
and new gaming facilities and significantly diminish Station Casino St. 
Charles' susceptibility to closure during the spring flooding 

                                          7
<PAGE>

season.

     In the fall of 1996, we began an expansion project at Station Casino St. 
Charles which included the building of a backwater basin containing two new 
gaming vessels and a proposed retail and entertainment complex.  The basin 
has been constructed, but since March 31, 1998, construction on the Station 
Casino St. Charles expansion project has been halted.

     We currently believe the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project as 
originally contemplated fulfills a strategic need in the St. Louis, Missouri 
market.  While we desire to complete and operate these new facilities, 
circumstances may arise in the future, including the lack of available 
financing, a downturn in the demand for gaming facilities, increased 
regulatory requirements unique to the state of Missouri and more attractive 
uses of available capital, which may prevent the expansion project from being 
completed as originally designed, if at all.  In this event, certain costs 
incurred to date may be deemed to possess little or no value necessitating 
the recognition of an impairment loss in the period such a determination is 
made. The impairment loss could include substantially all of the amount 
invested by us in the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.

     As of September 30, 1998, we had invested approximately $169.0 million 
related to the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.  We do not 
anticipate that any major construction activity on the Station Casino St. 
Charles expansion project will resume in the near term.

                                          8

<PAGE>

                            SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     The form and terms of the New Notes will be substantially identical to 
those of the Old Notes except that the New Notes will have been registered 
under the Securities Act.  Therefore, the New Notes will not be subject to 
certain transfer restrictions, registration rights and related liquidated 
damages provisions applicable to the Old Notes.

The Exchange Offer . . . . . . We are offering to exchange an aggregate of
                               $199,900,000 principal amount of New Notes for
                               $199,900,000 of Old Notes.  Old Notes may only
                               be exchanged in multiples of $1,000 principal
                               amount.  To be exchanged, an Old Note must be
                               properly tendered and accepted. All outstanding
                               Old Notes that are validly tendered and not
                               validly withdrawn will be exchanged for New
                               Notes issued on or promptly after the expiration
                               date of the exchange offer.

                               Currently, there is $199.9 million principal
                               amount of Old Notes outstanding and no New Notes
                               outstanding.

                               We will issue New Notes promptly after the
                               expiration of the exchange offer.  See "The
                               Exchange Offer."

     
Issuance of the Old. . . . . . The Old Notes were issued and sold in a private
Notes; Registration Rights     offering to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
                               Smith, Inc., NationsBank Montgomery Securities
                               LLC, Wasserstein Perella Securities, Inc., Bear,
                               Stearns & Co., Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer
                               Corporation and SG Cowen Securities Corp. as the
                               initial purchasers on December 3, 1998.  In
                               connection with that sale, we executed and
                               delivered the Registration Rights Agreement for
                               the benefit of the noteholders.  In the
                               Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to
                               either:

                                   -    commence an exchange offer under which
                                        the New Notes, registered under the
                                        Securities Act with terms substantially
                                        identical to those of the Old Notes,
                                        will be exchanged for the Old Notes
                                        pursuant to an effective registration
                                        statement; or

                                   -    cause the Old Notes to be registered
                                        under the Securities Act pursuant to a
                                        resale shelf registration statement.

                               If we do not comply with our obligations under
                               the Registration Rights Agreement, we will be
                               required to pay certain liquidated damages that
                               will be payable twice yearly. See "The Exchange
                               Offer - Purpose of the Exchange Offer;
                               Registration Rights."
   
Expiration Date. . . . . . . . The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New
                               York City time, on March 16, 1999, unless
                               extended, in which case the term "expiration
                               date" shall mean the latest date and time to
                               which the exchange offer is extended.
    
Conditions to the. . . . . . . We are not required to consummate the exchange
Exchange Offer                 offer if there is any pending or threatened
                               action or proceeding or proposed or effective
                               legislation or other law or rule that would make
                               the exchange offer illegal, cause us to have to
                               pay damages as a result of the exchange offer or
                               delay

                                          9

<PAGE>

                               or otherwise make it inadvisable to consummate
                               the exchange offer.  See "The Exchange Offer -
                               Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer."  The
                               exchange offer is not conditioned upon any
                               minimum aggregate principal amount of Old Notes
                               being tendered for exchange.

Procedures for . . . . . . . . If you want to tender your Old Notes in the
Tendering Old Notes            exchange offer, you must complete and sign a
                               letter of transmittal and send it, together with
                               the Old Notes or a notice of guaranteed delivery
                               and any other required documents, to First Union
                               National Bank, as exchange agent, in compliance
                               with the procedures for guaranteed delivery
                               contained in the letter of transmittal.  The
                               letter of transmittal must be sent to the
                               exchange agent prior to 5 p.m. on the expiration
                               date of the exchange offer.  If your Old Notes
                               are registered in the name of a nominee and you
                               wish to tender your Old Notes in the exchange
                               offer, you should instruct your nominee to
                               promptly tender your Old Notes on your behalf.

                     
Guaranteed Delivery. . . . . . If you wish to tender your Old Notes and:
Procedures
                                   -    your Old Notes are not immediately
                                        available; or

                                   -    you cannot deliver your Old Notes or any
                                        of the other documents required by the
                                        letter of transmittal to the exchange
                                        agent prior to the expiration date of
                                        the exchange offer; or

                                   -    you cannot complete the procedure for
                                        book-entry transfer on a timely basis;

                               you may tender your Old Notes according to the
                               guaranteed delivery procedures detailed in the
                               letter of transmittal.  See "The Exchange Offer
                               - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Withdrawal Rights. . . . . . . You may withdraw the tender of  your Old Notes
                               at any time prior to the expiration date of the
                               exchange offer.  See "The Exchange Offer -
                               Withdrawal Rights."

Acceptance of the Old. . . . . We will accept for exchange any and all Old
Notes and Delivery of          Notes which you properly tender in the exchange
the New Notes                  offer prior to the expiration date of the
                               exchange offer.  We will issue and deliver the
                               New Notes promptly following the expiration date
                               of the exchange offer.  See "The Exchange Offer
                               - Terms of the Exchange Offer."

Resales of the New . . . . . . We believe, based on an interpretation by the
Notes                          staff of the SEC contained in no-action letters
                               issued to third parties, that you may offer to
                               sell, sell or otherwise transfer the New Notes
                               issued to you in this exchange offer without
                               complying with the registration and prospectus
                               delivery requirements of the Securities Act,
                               provided that:

                                   -    you are not an "affiliate" of ours
                                        within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
                                        Securities Act; and

                                   -    you acquire the New Notes in the
                                        ordinary course of business and you have
                                        no arrangement or understanding with any
                                        person to participate in the
                                        distribution of the New Notes.

                                          10

<PAGE>

                               If you are a broker-dealer and you receive New
                               Notes for your own account in exchange for Old
                               Notes, you must acknowledge that you will
                               deliver a prospectus if you decide to resell 
                               your New Notes.  See "Plan of Distribution."

            
Consequences of. . . . . . . . If you do not exchange your Old Notes for the
Failure to Exchange            New Notes pursuant to the exchange offer you
                               will still be subject to the restrictions on
                               transfer of your Old Notes as contained in the
                               legend on the Old Notes. In general, you may not
                               offer to sell or sell the Old Notes, except
                               pursuant to a registration statement under the
                               Securities Act or any exemption from
                               registration thereunder and in compliance with
                               applicable state securities laws.

Certain U.S. Federal . . . . . The exchange of Notes will not be a taxable
Income Tax Considerations      event for United States federal income tax
                               purposes. You will not recognize any taxable
                               gain or loss or any interest income as a result
                               of the exchange.

Registration Rights. . . . . . The exchange offer is intended to satisfy your
Agreement                      registration rights under the Registration
                               Rights Agreement.  Those rights will terminate
                               upon completion of the exchange offer.

Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . We will not receive any proceeds from the
                               issuance of New Notes pursuant to the exchange
                               offer.  In consideration for issuing the New
                               Notes in exchange for the Old Notes as described
                               in this prospectus, we will receive, retire and
                               cancel the Old Notes.  See "Use of Proceeds."

Exchange Agent . . . . . . . . First Union National Bank is the exchange agent
                               for the exchange offer.


                                       11

<PAGE>

                             DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

New Notes. . . . . . . . . . . $199,900,000 aggregate principal amount of
                               8 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.

Maturity . . . . . . . . . . . December 1, 2008.

Interest Payment . . . . . . . June 1 and December 1, commencing June 1, 1999.
Dates

Ranking. . . . . . . . . . . . The New Notes will:

                                   -    be unsecured senior subordinated
                                        obligations and will be subordinated to
                                        all of our senior indebtedness;

                                   -    rank equally with all of our senior
                                        subordinated indebtedness and will rank
                                        senior to all of our subordinated
                                        indebtedness; and

                                   -    effectively rank junior to all
                                        liabilities of our subsidiaries,
                                        including trade and construction
                                        payables.

                               Because the New Notes are subordinated, in the
                               event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or
                               dissolution, holders of the New Notes will not
                               receive any payment until holders of our senior
                               indebtedness have been paid in full.

                               As of September 30, 1998, on a pro forma basis
                               after giving effect to the offering of the
                               Notes, including our use of proceeds from the
                               sale of the Notes and the incurrence of
                               indebtedness under our Second Amended and
                               Restated Secured Reducing Revolving and Term
                               Loan Agreement (the "Amended Bank Facility"), we
                               would have had outstanding $376.2 million of
                               senior indebtedness, which consisted of
                               guarantees of indebtedness incurred by our
                               subsidiaries, $348.0 million of senior
                               subordinated indebtedness that ranked equally
                               with the Notes and our subsidiaries would have
                               had outstanding $70.3 million of other
                               liabilities. See "Description of Certain
                               Indebtedness and Capital Stock" and "Description
                               of the New Notes."

Optional Redemption. . . . . . We may redeem the New Notes, in whole or in
                               part, at any time after December 1, 2003 at the
                               redemption prices set forth in this prospectus,
                               plus accrued interest. See "Description of the
                               New Notes-Optional Redemption."

Special Redemption . . . . . . The New Notes are subject to redemption
                               requirements imposed by gaming laws and
                               regulations of the State of Nevada and other
                               gaming authorities. See "Description of the New
                               Notes-Mandatory Disposition Pursuant to Gaming
                               Laws."

Change of Control. . . . . . . Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, you
Triggering Event               may require us to repurchase all or a portion of
                               your New Notes at 101% of the principal amount
                               thereof, plus accrued interest to the repurchase
                               date. See "Description of the New Notes-Change
                               of Control and Rating Decline" for a discussion
                               of certain factors that could limit our ability
                               to effect such a repurchase.

                                       12

<PAGE>

Certain Covenants. . . . . . . The indenture governing the Notes (the
                               "Indenture") contains certain covenants that,
                               among other things, will limit our ability and,
                               in certain instances,  the ability of our
                               subsidiaries or Restricted Subsidiaries to:

                                   -    incur additional indebtedness;

                                   -    pay dividends or make other
                                        distributions;

                                   -    redeem or repurchase our capital stock
                                        and make certain other Restricted
                                        Payments and restricted Investments;

                                   -    issue or sell preferred stock of the
                                        Restricted Subsidiaries;

                                   -    engage in transactions with affiliates
                                        and other related persons; or

                                   -    consolidate, merge or transfer all or
                                        substantially all our assets and the
                                        assets of our Restricted Subsidiaries on
                                        a consolidated basis.

                               These covenants are subject to a number of
                               important qualifications and exceptions which
                               are described under the heading "Description of
                               the New Notes" in this prospectus.

Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain
                               factors you should carefully consider before
                               deciding to invest in the Notes, including
                               factors affecting forward-looking statements.

Certain capitalized terms are defined in the section entitled "Description of
the New Notes-Certain Definitions."

                                       13

<PAGE>

                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The summary consolidated financial information presented below as of and 
for our fiscal years ended March 31, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998 has been 
derived from consolidated financial statements which, except for 1994 and 
1995, are contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated 
financial information presented below as of and for the six months ended 
September 30, 1997 and 1998 is derived from unaudited consolidated financial 
statements and is not necessarily indicative of the results that may be 
expected for future periods, including the period ended December 31, 1998. In 
our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, 
necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of 
operations for such period have been included. The summary consolidated 
financial information set forth below is qualified in its entirety by, and 
should be read in conjunction with, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial 
statements, the notes thereto and other financial and statistical information 
included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have decided to change our fiscal 
year end from March 31 of each year to December 31 of each year. We will 
report the period from April 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998 separately on a 
transition report on Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             MARCH 31,                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           --------------------------------------------    -----------------
                                           1994      1995      1996      1997      1998       1997     1998
                                           ----      ----      ----      ----      ----       ----     ----
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>   
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT                (UNAUDITED)
                                                  PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Net revenues...........................   $169,543  $290,278  $466,857  $583,515  $769,610  $367,613 $419,698
Depreciation and amortization..........     12,976    22,220    35,039    44,589    67,414    33,169   35,185
Preopening expenses....................     -         19,378     2,436    31,820    10,866    10,866        -
Operating income.......................     25,696     6,388    69,464    58,123    84,186    31,518   58,534
Interest expense, net..................      9,179    19,967    30,563    36,698    78,826    35,713   44,408
Lease income, net......................      3,071         -         -         -         -         -        -
Income (loss) before income taxes......     18,709   (11,419)   40,051    21,378    (4,120)   (9,191)  10,618
Net income (loss)......................      9,417    (7,942)   25,472    13,763    (5,196)   (5,933)   6,143
Preferred stock dividends..............          -         -        53     7,245     7,245     3,622    3,622
Net income (loss)
      Applicable to common stock.......      9,417    (7,942)   25,419     6,518   (12,441)   (9,555)   2,521
Pro forma net income (unaudited)(1)....     12,309         -         -         -         -         -        -
Earnings (loss) per share..............          -     (0.26)     0.75      0.18     (0.35)    (0.27)    0.07
Pro forma earnings per share
      (unaudited)(1)...................      0.42         -         -         -         -         -        -
OTHER DATA(2):
Number of hotel rooms..................      1,028     1,328     1,528     1,728     2,195     2,195    2,395
Average daily occupancy rate...........        97%       95%       94%       96%       93%       95%      91%
Casino square footage..................     84,000   206,000   278,000   432,000   521,000   521,000  532,000
Number of slot machines(3).............      3,323     7,020     9,555    13,008    16,237    16,362   16,096
Capital expenditures(4)................   $102,687  $163,884  $307,745  $506,096  $134,385  $103,561  $47,650
EBITDA(5)..............................     41,743    47,986   106,939   136,548   162,466    75,553   93,719
Cash flows provided by (used in):
      Operating activities.............     23,685    48,494    77,953   111,803   104,955    54,644   47,162
      Investing activities.............   (111,072) (157,585) (266,935) (479,008) (219,407) (182,958) (46,015)
      Financing activities.............     92,073   109,893   286,889   294,859   122,088   129,715     (903)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)..       2.01x     0.38x     1.87x     1.00x     0.82x     0.61x    1.22x
Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed
   charges (unaudited).................                                              0.82x              1.23x

</TABLE>

                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)

                                       14

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS OF
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                               AS
                                                               ACTUAL      ADJUSTED(7)
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................      $50,402      $46,537
Total assets..............................................    1,314,287    1,305,663
Long-term debt, including current portion.................      908,841      921,254
Stockholders' equity......................................      289,690      276,016

</TABLE>

- ----------------------

(1)  Reflects provisions for federal income taxes (assuming a 34% effective tax
     rate) as if we had not been treated as an S corporation during this period.

(2)  Other Data relating to the number of hotel rooms, the casino square footage
     and the number of slot machines represent end of period data.

(3)  Includes video poker machines.

(4)  Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1994 included
     $52.8 million related to the development of Station Casino St. Charles and
     $31.9 million related to the development of Boulder Station. Capital
     expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 include $52.9 million
     related to the development of Station Casino St. Charles and $90.7 million
     related to the development of Boulder Station. Capital expenditures for the
     fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 included $84.9 million related to the
     acquisition and completion of Texas Station, $25.0 million related to the
     parking garage and entertainment complex at Boulder Station, $62.8 million
     related to the development and construction of Station Casino Kansas City,
     $29.7 million related to the development and construction of Sunset Station
     and $39.4 million related to the expansion of Station Casino St. Charles
     including an elevated roadway, a parking structure and restaurant
     facilities. Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997
     included $211.1 million related to the development and construction of
     Station Casino Kansas City, $112.8 million related to the development and
     construction of Sunset Station and $99.6 million related to the development
     and construction of the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.
     Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 included
     $43.5 million related to the development and construction of Sunset Station
     and $31.9 million related to the development and construction of the
     Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.  Capital expenditures for the
     six months ended September 30, 1998 included $17.9 million for the Sunset
     Station master-planned expansion project and $12.1 million for the Texas
     Station master-planned expansion project.

(5)  EBITDA consists of operating income, plus depreciation, amortization,
     preopening expenses and a one-time restructuring charge in fiscal 1997 of
     $2.0 million primarily related to employee severance payments and, in the
     case of Station Casino St. Charles, lease income in fiscal 1994 of
     $3.1 million relating to the lease of Station Casino St. Charles riverboat.
     We believe that in addition to cash flows and net income, EBITDA is a
     useful financial performance measurement for assessing our operating
     performance.   Together with net income and cash flows, EBITDA provides
     investors with an additional basis to evaluate our ability to incur and
     service debt and incur capital expenditures.  You should consider the
     components of EBITDA to evaluate EBITDA and the trends it depicts.  The
     impact of interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, preopening
     expenses, a one-time restructuring charge and lease income, each of which
     can significantly affect our results of operations and liquidity, and
     should be considered in evaluating our operating performance, cannot be
     determined from EBITDA.  Further, EBITDA does not represent net income or
     cash flows from operating, financing and  investing activities as defined
     by generally accepted accounting principles and does not necessarily
     indicate cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs.


                                          15

<PAGE>

     EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, as an
     indicator of our operating performance or to cash flows as a measure of
     liquidity.  In addition, you should note that not all  gaming companies
     that report EBITDA or adjustments to such measures may calculate EBITDA or
     such adjustments in the same manner as we do, and therefore, our measure of
     EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other
     gaming companies.

(6)  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, earnings were inadequate to cover
     fixed charges by $17.4 million. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998
     and the six months ended September 30, 1997, earnings were inadequate to
     cover fixed charges by $16.9 million and $18.3 million, respectively.

(7)  As Adjusted amounts reflect the repayment of our bank facility in November
     1998, repayment of the $80.0 million supplemental loan facility and the
     extraordinary charges related to the write-off of the unamortized debt
     discount and premium to redeem our 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
     2003 that were redeemed with the net proceeds from the sale of the Old
     Notes and amounts borrowed under our Amended Bank Facility and the
     unamortized loan costs for our 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003,
     our bank facility and supplemental loan facility.

                                          16

<PAGE>
                                       
                                 RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the following factors and the other 
information in this prospectus before making an investment in the New Notes. 

RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER OF AND LIMITED TRADING MARKET FOR OLD NOTES

     We will issue New Notes in exchange for the Old Notes only after the 
exchange agent receives tender of your Old Notes.  Therefore, you should 
allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of your Old Notes.  Neither 
the exchange agent nor Station is under any duty to give notification of 
defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of the Old Notes for 
exchange.  If you do not tender your Old Notes, or if you do tender your Old 
Notes and they are not accepted, your Old Notes will continue to be subject 
to the existing restrictions upon their transfer.  Accordingly, after the 
completion of the exchange offer, you will only be able to offer for sale, 
sell or otherwise transfer untendered Old Notes as follows:

     -    to SCI;

     -    pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective
          under the Securities Act; 

     -    for so long as the Old Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule
          144A under the Securities Act, to a person you reasonably believe is a
          qualified institutional buyer ("QIB") within the meaning of Rule 144A,
          that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom
          notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on the
          exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
          provided by Rule 144A; 

     -    pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States to
          foreign persons in transactions complying with the provisions of
          Regulation S under the Securities Act; 

     -    to an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
          (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional investor
          (an "Institutional Accredited Investor") purchasing for its own
          account or for the account of such an Institutional Accredited
          Investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the Old Notes
          of $250,000; or 

     -    pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration
          requirements of the Securities Act. 

To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, 
the liquidity of the trading market for untendered Old Notes could be 
adversely affected.  See "The Exchange Offer."

     In addition, any holder of the Old Notes who tenders in the exchange 
offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the New Notes 
will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery 
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. 
 Each broker-dealer who receives New Notes for its own account in exchange 
for the Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer 
as a result of market-making activities or any other trading activities, must 
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale 
of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

THE GAMING INDUSTRY IS A HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY

     There is intense competition among companies in the gaming industry. We 
have numerous competitors, including land-based casinos, dockside casinos, 
riverboat casinos, casinos located on Indian reservations and other forms of 
legalized gaming. Many of our competitors have greater resources than we do. 
Certain states have recently legalized, and several other states are 
currently considering legalizing, casino gaming in designated areas. 
Legalized casino gaming in these states and on Indian reservations will 
increase competition and could adversely affect our operations, particularly 
to the extent that such gaming is conducted in areas close to our operations. 
Proposition 5, a California ballot initiative passed by voters in California 
on November 3, 1998, permits Indian tribes who enter into agreements with the 
state of California to conduct gaming activities including horse race 
wagering, gaming devices 
                                       
                                      17

<PAGE>

(including slot machines), banked card games, and lotteries.  Various 
opposition factions have challenged the implementation of Proposition 5 by 
filing an action in the Supreme Court of California.  On December 2, 1998, 
the California Supreme Court granted a stay on the implementation of 
Proposition 5 pending consideration of arguments on constitutionality 
grounds.  The California Supreme Court's decision is not expected until the 
spring of 1999.  We are not certain when Proposition 5 will become effective 
or how it will affect us; however, because visitors from California make up 
Nevada's largest visitor market, if Proposition 5 is implemented, increased 
competition from Indian gaming may cause a decline in our revenues and may 
have a negative impact on our business. 

     LAS VEGAS CASINOS

     Our Las Vegas casinos compete with other casinos and hotels in the Las 
Vegas area, including with each other, and, to a lesser extent, with other 
legalized forms of gaming and gaming operations in other parts of the State 
of Nevada, on Indian reservations and in other parts of the United States and 
in other parts of the world.

     Our Las Vegas casino properties face more direct competition from ten 
hotel/casinos targeted primarily towards local residents and repeat visitors 
and numerous non-hotel gaming facilities targeted towards local residents. 
Some of these competitors have completed expansion projects. Existing 
competitors and new entrants into these markets are in the planning stages or 
under construction on other projects. Other gaming operators own undeveloped 
properties on which they could develop gaming facilities in the immediate 
vicinity of Texas Station and Sunset Station. We understand that one operator 
will open a facility competing with Texas Station in 1999 and at least one 
operator is exploring development opportunities in the immediate vicinity of 
Sunset Station. Although we have competed strongly in these marketplaces, 
additional gaming capacity may have a negative impact on our business. 

     STATION CASINO KANSAS CITY

     Station Casino Kansas City competes primarily with other gaming 
operations in and around Kansas City, Missouri. In addition to Station Casino 
Kansas City, there are three gaming facilities currently operating in the 
Kansas City market. Earlier entrants to the Kansas City market may have an 
advantage over us due to their ability to establish early market share. 
Gaming has been approved by local voters in jurisdictions near Kansas City, 
including St. Joseph, which currently has one gaming riverboat in operation, 
Jefferson City and other cities and counties along the Missouri River.  Since 
the opening of the Station Casino Kansas City, Sam's Town, the closest gaming 
development to Station Casino Kansas City, closed and Boyd Gaming, the owner 
of Sam's Town, sold most of the Sam's Town assets to Harrah's, the operator 
of Harrah's-North Kansas City, the next closest gaming operator in the area.  
Any new gaming operations developed near Kansas City would likely provide 
significant competition to Station Casino Kansas City and may have a negative 
impact on our business. 

     STATION CASINO ST. CHARLES

     Station Casino St. Charles competes primarily with other gaming 
operations in and around St. Louis, Missouri. In addition to Station Casino 
St. Charles, there are currently five competitors operating in the St. Louis 
market. However, in light of ever increasing competition, we cannot be sure 
about the future performance of Station Casino St. Charles. Two of the five 
competitors operating in the St. Louis market are located in Illinois, which 
does not impose the $500 loss limit that is imposed by Missouri. Gaming also 
has been approved by local voters in jurisdictions near St. Louis, including 
St. Charles, Jefferson City, and other cities and counties along the 
Mississippi and Missouri Rivers. Any new gaming operations developed near St. 
Louis would likely provide significant competition to Station Casino St. 
Charles. Gaming laws in surrounding states and in other areas may be amended 
in ways that would increase the competition to Station Casino St. Charles. 
This increasing competition could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. In particular, Station Casino St. Charles competes directly with 
two facilities located in Maryland Heights which opened in March 1997. Such 
direct competition is due to the Maryland Heights facilities' size, quality 
and close proximity to Station Casino St. Charles. We have experienced a 
decline in revenues at Station Casino St. Charles since the opening of the 
Maryland Heights facilities. We have taken steps that we believe will 
mitigate the effects of such competition, and the decline in our revenues has 
stabilized; however we cannot assure that revenues at Station Casino St. 
Charles will not decline in the future. 

     For a more comprehensive discussion of competitive factors affecting our 
operations, see "Business-Competition." 


                                       18

<PAGE>

LEVERAGE

     We now have and, after this offering, will continue to have a 
significant amount of indebtedness, interest expense and principal repayment 
obligations under the Amended Bank Facility, the existing senior subordinated 
notes, the Notes and other indebtedness. We also have dividend payment 
obligations under our outstanding convertible preferred stock. 

     The following chart shows certain of our important credit statistics and 
is presented assuming we had incurred $336.0 million of indebtedness under 
the Amended Bank Facility and completed the Old Notes offering and exchange 
offer and applied the net proceeds from the Old Notes offering as of 
September 30, 1998: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                     ---------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>
Total indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade 
   and construction payables) of our subsidiaries...............         $446.5 million
Amount of indebtedness and other liabilities of our 
   subsidiaries guaranteed by Station...........................         $376.2 million
Total senior subordinated indebtedness on an even ranking 
   with the Notes...............................................         $348.0 million
</TABLE>


RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS IMPOSED BY DEBT AGREEMENTS

     Our ability to pay principal of, and interest on, our existing senior 
subordinated notes, the Notes and our other debt obligations and to pay 
dividends on our outstanding convertible preferred stock will depend on 
distributions from our operating subsidiaries. The operating and financial 
restrictions and covenants in our debt agreements, including the Indenture, 
our Amended Bank Facility and any future financing agreements may adversely 
affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage 
in other business activities. See "Description of the New Notes" and 
"Description of Certain Indebtedness and Capital Stock." 

     The borrowers under the Amended Bank Facility are Palace Station Hotel & 
Casino, Inc. ("PSHC"), Sunset Station, Inc. ("SSI"), Texas Station, Inc. 
("TSI"), Boulder Station, Inc. ("BSI"), Kansas City Station Corporation 
("KCSC") and St. Charles Riverfront Station, Inc. ("SCRSI"), but not SCI. The 
Amended Bank Facility restricts the payment of dividends by PSHC to us and 
prohibits us from holding cash and cash equivalents in excess of the sum of 
(1) amounts necessary to make the next scheduled debt service payments and 
dividend payments, (2) amounts necessary to fund casino bankroll in the 
ordinary course of business and (3) $2.0 million. The Amended Bank Facility 
requires that the borrowers under the Amended Bank Facility satisfy certain 
financial and other covenants including: 

     -    a maximum funded debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio for the borrowers
          combined of 2.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter; 

     -    a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio for the preceding four quarters
          for the borrowers combined of 1.40 to 1.00 through March 31, 1999 and
          1.50 to 1.00 thereafter; and 

     -    limitations on indebtedness. 

     The Amended Bank Facility also contains a maximum funded debt to 
adjusted EBITDA ratio for SCI on a consolidated basis.  The ability to incur 
borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility will depend, among other things, 
upon meeting these ratios. The maximum funded debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio 
for SCI is initially 5.50 to 1.00 through December 31, 1998 and then declines 
on quarterly basis to 4.00 to 1.00 for the quarter ending September 30, 2001 
and thereafter. As of September 30, 1998, after giving pro forma effect to 
the Old Notes offering, the exchange offer and borrowings made under the 
Amended Bank Facility, SCI's funded debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio was 4.94 to 
1.00 and SCI's fixed charge coverage ratio as calculated under the Amended 
Bank Facility was 1.83 to 1.00. 

     The Amended Bank Facility contains numerous restrictions and covenants. 
A breach of any of these restrictions or covenants could cause a default 
under other outstanding debt and the Notes. A significant portion of our 
indebtedness then may become immediately due and payable. We are not certain 
whether we would have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these 
accelerated payments, including payments on the Notes. 

                                       19

<PAGE>

     The Indenture governing the Notes and the indentures governing our 
existing senior subordinated notes contain numerous financial and operating 
covenants. For example, the Indenture and the existing indentures limit our 
and certain of our subsidiaries' ability to incur additional indebtedness, 
unless, after giving effect thereto, a minimum 2.00 to 1.00 pro forma 
consolidated coverage ratio, calculated for the four most recent consecutive 
fiscal quarters, has been met. Under the Indenture and the existing 
indentures, we and certain of our subsidiaries will also be permitted to 
incur (1) additional indebtedness under the Amended Bank Facility without 
regard to such limitations in an amount equal to the greater of $200.0 
million or 1.50 times operating cash flow, as defined in "Description of the 
New Notes," calculated cumulatively for the four most recent consecutive 
fiscal quarters, (2) additional indebtedness that refinances previously 
permitted indebtedness and (3) certain other indebtedness. If new 
indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries' current debt levels, the 
related risks that we and they now face could intensify. Under the Indenture 
and the existing indentures, we and our restricted subsidiaries will be 
permitted to incur an unlimited amount of indebtedness on a non-recourse 
basis to finance the acquisition or lease of furniture, fixtures and 
equipment used in connection with our gaming facilities. 

     As of September 30, 1998, our consolidated coverage ratio was 1.95 to 
1.00. After giving pro forma effect to the issuance of the Old Notes and the 
application of the proceeds, including the redemption of our 9 5/8% Senior 
Subordinated Notes due 2003, the exchange offer and the incurrence of 
indebtedness under the Amended Bank Facility, our consolidated coverage ratio 
as of September 30, 1998 would have been 1.92 to 1.00. We do not currently 
exceed the minimum consolidated coverage ratio. Our ability to incur any 
additional indebtedness, other than certain other indebtedness permitted by 
the Indenture and the existing indentures (including $256.9 million of 
remaining availability on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 1998, under 
the Amended Bank Facility basket under the Indenture and the existing 
indentures) in subsequent quarters will be limited to permitted refinancings 
until we generate sufficient cash flow to meet the 2.00 to 1.00 consolidated 
coverage ratio test. 

     Our ability to meet our debt service and capital expenditure 
requirements, pay dividends and comply with our covenants will depend upon 
the future performance of our operations. Our future performance is subject 
to financial, economic, competitive, regulatory and other factors affecting 
us and our subsidiaries, many of which are beyond our control. While we 
expect that our operating cash flow will be sufficient to comply with our 
covenants and cover our expenses, including interest costs, dividends and 
capital expenditures, we cannot be sure that this will be the case. If we are 
unable to generate sufficient cash flow, we could be required to adopt one or 
more alternatives, such as obtaining additional equity capital, reducing or 
delaying planned expansions or capital expenditures, selling or leasing 
assets or restructuring debt. We cannot be sure that any of these 
alternatives could be effected on satisfactory terms, and any resort to 
alternative sources of funds could impair our competitive position and reduce 
our future cash flow. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations." 

LITIGATION RELATING TO THE TERMINATED MERGER AGREEMENT WITH CRESCENT REAL 
ESTATE EQUITIES COMPANY

     On January 16, 1998, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger 
with Crescent Real Estate Equities Company to merge SCI with Crescent. On 
July 27, 1998, SCI and Crescent announced the postponement of a previously 
announced annual and special meeting of SCI's stockholders.  The meeting was 
postponed to address concerns related to the merger expressed by holders of 
SCI's preferred stock. We subsequently requested that Crescent purchase $20 
million of SCI's redeemable preferred stock issuable under the merger 
agreement. The merger agreement provides that, if we are not in material 
breach of our covenants, representations or warranties under the merger 
agreement, Crescent is required to fund up to $115 million of  redeemable 
preferred stock even if the merger agreement has been terminated. Crescent 
advised us that it took the position that our postponing the meeting was a 
breach of the merger agreement. 

     On July 30, 1998, we filed suit against Crescent in Clark County 
District Court, State of Nevada, seeking declaratory relief and asserted, 
among other things, that the postponement of the meeting did not breach the 
merger agreement, that we had received Crescent's consent to the postponement 
of the meeting and that we were otherwise in full compliance with our 
obligations under the merger agreement.

     On August 11, 1998, we requested that Crescent purchase the additional 
$95 million of redeemable preferred stock. Also on August 11, 1998, we 
amended our complaint in Nevada state court to include claims regarding 
Crescent's breaches of the merger agreement. Our lawsuit against Crescent 
seeks significant damages for Crescent's breaches and specific performance 
requiring Crescent to fulfill its obligation under the merger agreement to 
purchase 

                                       20

<PAGE>

$115 million of redeemable preferred stock. 

     On December 22, 1998, Crescent filed its answer and counterclaims to our 
suit pending in the Nevada state court.  The  answer generally denied our 
claims, and the counterclaims sought damages and declaratory relief alleging 
that we breached the merger agreement by canceling and failing to reschedule 
the stockholders meeting. The suit sought declaratory judgment that our 
actions with respect to the meeting, together with certain alleged 
misrepresentations in the merger agreement, relieve Crescent of its 
obligation under the merger agreement to fund up to $115 million of the 
redeemable preferred stock. Crescent alleged that it was excused from further 
performance under the merger agreement. Crescent did not specify the amount 
of damages it sought. Discovery is ongoing in this action.  

     We anticipate that Crescent will seek the $54 million break-up fee as 
part of its counterclaims.  Crescent had announced on August 12, 1998, that 
it intended to assert a claim for damages for the $54 million break-up fee 
under the merger agreement or its equivalent and for expenses. Payment by us 
of such a fee would require consent of the lenders under the Amended Bank 
Facility.

     On August 7, 1998, Crescent filed suit against us in the United States 
District Court, Northern District of Texas, seeking damages and declaratory 
relief alleging that we breached the merger agreement by canceling and 
failing to reschedule the stockholders meeting. The suit sought declaratory 
judgment that our actions with respect to the meeting, together with certain 
alleged misrepresentations in the merger agreement, relieve Crescent of its 
obligation under the merger agreement to fund up to $115 million of the 
redeemable preferred stock. Crescent alleged that it was excused from further 
performance under the merger agreement. Crescent did not specify the amount 
of damages it sought. Simultaneously with the filing of its suit, Crescent 
sent notice of termination of the merger agreement to us. We believe that 
Crescent, and not SCI, breached the merger agreement. 

     On December 15, 1998, Crescent's suit against us pending in the United 
States District Court for the Northern District of Texas was dismissed for 
lack of jurisdiction.  On December 21, 1998, Crescent served us with a notice 
of appeal of the dismissal.

     While we believe that Crescent has breached the merger agreement and 
that Crescent's allegations are without merit, as with any litigation, we 
cannot be sure as to the outcome of such litigation at this time. In the 
event that we are required to pay the $54 million break-up fee, that payment 
would have a material adverse effect on our business. We are subject to other 
disputes currently in litigation. See "Business-Litigation." No assurance can 
be provided as to the outcome of those matters and any litigation inherently 
involves significant costs of conducting the litigation. 

SUBORDINATION TO CERTAIN OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS AND ALL OF THE INDEBTEDNESS OF 
OUR SUBSIDIARIES

     SCI is organized as a holding company. We conduct all our operations 
through our subsidiaries and depend on the earnings and cash flow of our 
subsidiaries to meet our debt and dividend obligations, including our 
obligations with respect to the existing senior subordinated notes, the Notes 
and the convertible preferred stock. Because our subsidiaries' assets 
constitute all of our operating assets and because our subsidiaries do not 
guaranty the payment of principal and interest on the Notes, the holders of 
the Notes will have no direct claim to our subsidiaries' assets. Therefore, 
all existing and future obligations, including debt, taxes, trade and 
construction payables, of our subsidiaries must be paid in full before any 
amounts would become available for distribution to the noteholders. 

     The Notes rank behind all of our existing and future senior 
indebtedness, other than trade payables of SCI, and all of our future 
borrowings, other than trade payables of SCI, except any future indebtedness 
that expressly provides that it ranks equal with, or subordinated in right of 
payment to, the Notes. Except for limitations on the aggregate amount of 
consolidated indebtedness that we may incur, the Indenture does not limit our 
ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, transfer assets to or 
among our subsidiaries or incur or permit our subsidiaries to incur secured 
indebtedness. Upon any distribution to our creditors in a bankruptcy, 
liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or our 
property, the holders of senior debt of SCI will be entitled to be paid in 
full in cash before any payment may be made with respect to the Notes. Under 
such circumstances, holders of our senior debt (including specifically our 
guarantee of the Amended Bank Facility) will have a prior claim to our assets 
and to the assets of our subsidiaries which constitute their collateral. 
Until the bank has finally been paid in full, our guaranty of the Amended 
Bank Facility provides that we waive all rights of subrogation and 
reimbursement from the borrowers 

                                       21

<PAGE>

under the Amended Bank Facility. Our assets consist primarily of the stock of 
our operating subsidiaries and holders of the Notes will have no direct claim 
against the assets of those subsidiaries. 

     On a pro forma basis at September 30, 1998 after giving effect to the 
Old Notes offering, our use of the proceeds from the Old Notes offering, the 
exchange offer and the incurrence of indebtedness under the Amended Bank 
Facility, we would have had outstanding $376.2 million of senior 
indebtedness, which consisted of guarantees of indebtedness incurred by our 
subsidiaries, $348.0 million of senior subordinated indebtedness that ranked 
equally with the Notes, and our subsidiaries would have had outstanding $70.3 
million of other liabilities. We have no indebtedness outstanding to which 
the Notes are senior, and we have no plans to issue any such indebtedness. 
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness and Capital Stock" and "Description 
of the New Notes." 

     Borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility are secured by substantially 
all of the assets of the borrowers. Assets of the borrowers under the Amended 
Bank Facility not securing the Amended Bank Facility secure other 
indebtedness of the borrowers. In addition, all payments on the Notes will be 
blocked in the event of a payment default on senior indebtedness and may be 
blocked for up to 179 of 360 consecutive days in the event of certain 
non-payment defaults on senior debt. The existing indenture for the existing 
senior subordinated notes have subordination provisions substantially similar 
to the Indenture's provisions. See "Description of the New Notes-Subordination."

INABILITY TO REPURCHASE NOTES UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Upon a change of control triggering event (as defined in the Indenture), 
each holder of the New Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase 
their New Notes at 101%, plus accrued interest. The repurchase right is 
subordinated to the rights of the holders of senior indebtedness and, 
effectively, all indebtedness of our subsidiaries. The occurrence of a change 
of control constitutes an event of default under the Amended Bank Facility. 
Therefore, for us to repurchase the New Notes as a result of a change of 
control, we must either obtain the consent of the banks under the Amended 
Bank Facility or repay the Amended Bank Facility in full. These requirements 
and subordination of the New Notes will limit our ability to repurchase the 
Notes. The existing indentures have change of control provisions 
substantially similar to the indenture's provisions. See "Description of the 
New Notes-Change of Control and Rating Decline." 

   
LOW WATER LEVEL AT STATION CASINO ST. CHARLES; EPA INVESTIGATION

     During December and January, the water level of the Missouri River was well
below normal.  In addition, over time silt and debris flowing downstream have
built up under the gaming barges and other ancillary barges at Station Casino
St. Charles.  These circumstances have caused a portion of these barges, at
times, to touch the river bottom.  Because these barges have touched the river
bottom, the American Bureau of Shipping decertified the barges on January 08,
1999.  As a result of the decertification, the Missouri Gaming Commission
expressed concern regarding the effect of the low water level on the barges. 
However, based upon recent improvement in the water level and our agreement to
work with American Bureau of Shipping to re-certify all of the barges by March
17, 1999, the Missouri Gaming Commission has allowed the gaming facility to
remain open.  We continue to monitor the situation very carefully and believe
that the facility should remain in operation.  However, there can be no
assurance that our assessment will not change or that the relevant authorities
will continue to permit the operation of the facility.  A prolonged closure of
the facility as a result of the low water level would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

     We have taken steps and intend to take further steps to remedy the problems
caused by the low water level.  These further steps include dredging material
from under the barges and constructing a sheet metal wall to divert silt and
debris and keep it from building up under the barges.  We do not expect the cost
of these remedial activities to be material, although there can be no assurance
that such costs will not exceed our expectations.  Dredging and construction
activities generally require permits from the United States Army Corps of
Engineers.  We are currently in the process of applying for the required
permits.  There can be no assurance that the United States Army Corps of
Engineers will grant such permits or that they will be granted on a timely
basis.  If there is a significant delay in our receiving the required permits
and the low water level returns, we could be forced to close the facility.  Our
ability to receive the required permits could be adversely affected by the
investigation described below.

     On February 3, 1999, we received a subpoena issued by the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") requesting that documentation
relating to our dredging activities at the facility be furnished to the Grand
Jury in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri. 
Several employees and persons who contracted to work for us received similar
subpoenas.  We believe that the EPA is investigating allegations that us or our
contractors dredged and disposed of silt and debris from the area of the
facility either without proper permits or without complying with such permits. 
We are in the process of investigating the substance of the allegations and
intend to cooperate fully with the EPA's investigation.  The investigation could
lead to further proceedings against us which could result in significant fines
and other penalties imposed on us.  Based on the initial results of our own
investigation, we believe that any fines or other penalties, if imposed, would
not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or
results of operations.
    

ST. CHARLES EXPANSION PROJECT

     In the fall of 1996, we began an expansion project at Station Casino St. 
Charles which included the building of a backwater basin containing two new 
gaming vessels and a proposed retail and entertainment complex.  The basin 
has been dug, but since March 31, 1998, construction on the Station Casino 
St. Charles expansion project has been halted. 

     We currently believe the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project as 
originally contemplated fulfills a strategic need in the St. Louis, Missouri 
market.  While we desire to complete and operate these new facilities, 
circumstances may arise in the future, including the lack of available 
financing, a downturn in the demand for gaming facilities, increased 
regulatory requirements unique to the state of Missouri and more attractive 
uses of available capital, which may prevent the expansion project from being 
completed as originally designed, if at all.  In this event, certain costs 
incurred to date may be deemed to possess little or no value necessitating 
the recognition of an impairment loss in the period such a determination is 
made. The impairment loss could include substantially all of the amount 
invested by us in the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project. 

     As of September 30, 1998, we had invested approximately $169.0 million 
related to the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.  We do not 
anticipate that any major construction activity on the Station Casino St. 
Charles expansion project will resume in the near term. 

LOSS OF RIVERBOAT AND DOCKSIDE FACILITIES FROM SERVICE

     Our riverboat and dockside facilities in Missouri could be lost from 
service due to casualty, mechanical failure, extended or extraordinary 
maintenance, low river water levels, or other severe weather conditions. For 
example, Station Casino St. Charles was closed for approximately three weeks 
during the spring of 1995 due to flooding. Although there was no significant 
damage to the gaming facilities, the closure had a material adverse effect on 
our operating results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. We believe 
that the new elevated roadway and 4,000-space parking structure at 

                                       22
<PAGE>

Station Casino St. Charles and the sheltered location of Station Casino 
Kansas City will minimize the likelihood of closures of facilities due to 
flooding. Cruises are subject to risks generally associated with the movement 
of vessels on inland waterways, including risks of casualty due to river 
turbulence, grounding and severe weather conditions. Dockside facilities are 
subject to risks associated with changes in the water levels. These risks 
include structural damage to the facilities caused by grounding, our 
incurrence of extra expense to dredge around the facilities and our loss of 
business because of inconvenience to customers. The U.S. Coast Guard also 
limits operation of vessels and imposes other regulations on maintenance of 
vessels. 

     The Missouri Gaming Commission has required that gaming entertainment 
barges obtain annual certification from the American Bureau of Shipping. The 
Station Casino St. Charles dockside entertainment facility was recertified by 
the American Bureau of Shipping in December 1997. One of our riverboats will 
be inspected in October 1999 and our second riverboat is not scheduled for 
inspection until October 2002. The loss of the riverboat or dockside facility 
from service for any period of time could adversely affect our operating 
results.

CONSTRUCTION RISKS

     In May 1998, we commenced construction of the next phase of the master 
planned expansion at Texas Station. The expansion at Texas Station is 
expected to be completed in the first calendar quarter of 1999. We evaluate 
expansion opportunities as they become available, and, while we have no 
current plans to engage in expansion activities other than the activities 
described in this prospectus, we may in the future develop other projects. 

     Construction projects, such as the expansion of Texas Station, entail 
significant risks, including 

     -    shortages of materials or skilled labor; 

     -    unforeseen engineering, environmental or geological problems; 

     -    work stoppages; 

     -    weather interference; 

     -    floods; and 

     -    unanticipated cost increases. 

     The anticipated costs and construction periods are based upon budgets, 
conceptual design documents and construction schedule estimates prepared by 
us in consultation with our architects and contractors. The existing 
construction plans for the Texas Station project may change, and the scope of 
the project may vary significantly from the currently anticipated project. 
Although we have entered into certain firm contracts for construction at this 
site, we cannot be sure that we will not exceed the budgeted costs of this 
project or that the project will commence operations within the contemplated 
time frame, if at all. Budget overruns and delays with respect to expansion 
and development projects could have a material adverse impact on our results 
of operations. 

PALACE STATION FIRE AND FLOOD

     On July 20, 1998, Palace Station suffered damage to its casino and hotel 
tower as a result of a thunderstorm in the Las Vegas Valley. In November 
1998, we completed the repairs to the casino and all of the rooms in the 
21-story hotel tower became fully functional. Losses associated with the 
property damage and business interruption are covered under our insurance 
policies. As of September 30, 1998, the insurance company has advanced $6 
million to us on this claim. We do not expect significant losses from the 
business interruption or property claims, however, we cannot be sure that we 
will be fully reimbursed by the final settlement. In addition, our business 
interruption insurance coverage related to this incident terminates in 
November 1999. If operating revenue at Palace Station does not return to 
levels that we experienced prior to the fire and flood, our results of 
operations may be materially adversely impacted. 

DEPENDENCE ON KEY MARKETS

     Our operating strategy emphasizes attracting and retaining customers 
from the local and repeat visitor market. All of our Las Vegas casino 
properties are dependent upon attracting Las Vegas residents. In addition, 
Station Casino St. Charles and Station Casino Kansas City are dependent upon 
attracting local residents within their respective 

                                       23

<PAGE>

geographic markets. We cannot be sure that we will be able to continue to 
attract a sufficient number of guests, gaming customers and other visitors in 
Nevada and Missouri to make our operations profitable. See 
"Business-Operating Strategy." 

OTHER DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES

     We regularly evaluate and pursue new gaming development opportunities in 
existing and emerging jurisdictions. These opportunities have in the past, 
and may in the future, take the form of joint ventures. To the extent that we 
decide to pursue any new gaming development opportunities, our ability to 
benefit from such investments will depend upon a number of factors, 
including: 

     -    our ability to identify and acquire attractive sites; 

     -    our ability to secure required federal, state and local licenses,
          permits and approvals, which in some jurisdictions are limited in
          number; 

     -    certain political factors; 

     -    the availability of adequate financing on acceptable terms (including
          waivers of restrictions existing credit arrangements); and 

     -    our ability to identify and develop satisfactory relationships with
          joint venture partners. 

     Most of these factors are beyond our control. Therefore, we cannot be 
sure that we will be able to recover our investment in any new gaming 
development opportunities, or successfully expand to additional locations. 
See "Business-Expansion Strategy." 

     We have invested, and will likely continue to invest, in real property 
in connection with the pursuit of expansion opportunities. At September 30, 
1998, we had invested $20.6 million in land which had been acquired for 
potential gaming projects in jurisdictions where gaming has been approved and 
$3.7 million in land in jurisdictions where gaming has not yet been approved. 
We cannot be sure that these jurisdictions will approve gaming in the future. 

     These investments are subject to the risks generally incident to the 
ownership of real property, including:

     -    changes in economic conditions; 

     -    environmental risks; 

     -    governmental rules and fiscal policies; and 

     -    other circumstances over which we may have little or no control. 

     The development of such properties is also subject to restrictions under 
the Amended Bank Facility.  We cannot be sure that we will be able to recover 
our investment in any such properties or be able to prevent incurring 
investment losses. See "Business-Operating Strategy" and "-Properties." 

GAMING AND LIQUOR REGULATION

     The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities are subject to 
extensive state and local regulation. The states of Nevada and Missouri and 
the applicable local authorities require us to hold various licenses, 
findings of suitability, registrations, permits and approvals. The Nevada 
Gaming Commission and the Missouri Gaming Commission may, among other things, 
limit, condition, suspend or revoke a license or approval to own the stock of 
any of our Nevada or Missouri subsidiaries for any cause deemed reasonable by 
such licensing authority. Substantial fines or forfeiture of assets for 
violations of gaming laws or regulations may be levied against us, our 
subsidiaries and the 


                                       24

<PAGE>

persons involved. The suspension or revocation of any of our licenses or the 
levy on us of substantial fines or forfeiture of assets would have a material 
adverse effect on our business. 

     To date, we have obtained all governmental licenses, findings of 
suitability, registrations, permits and approvals necessary for the operation 
of our gaming activities. However, gaming licenses and related approvals are 
deemed to be privileges under Nevada and Missouri law, and we cannot be sure 
that any new licenses, findings of suitability, registrations, permits and 
approvals that may be required in the future will be given or that existing 
ones will not be revoked. Any expansion of our gaming operations in Nevada, 
Missouri or into new jurisdictions will require various licenses, findings of 
suitability, registrations, permits and approvals of the gaming authorities. 
The approval process can be time consuming and costly and has no assurance of 
success. 

     Gaming authorities have the authority generally to require that any 
beneficial owner of our securities, including the Notes, file an application 
and be investigated for a finding of suitability. If a record or beneficial 
owner of a note is required by any gaming authority to be found suitable, 
such owner will be required to apply for a finding of suitability within 30 
days after request of such gaming authority or within such earlier time 
prescribed by such gaming authority. The applicant for a finding of 
suitability must pay all costs of the investigation for such finding of 
suitability. If a record or beneficial owner is required to be found suitable 
and is not found suitable, it may be required pursuant to the terms of the 
Notes or law to dispose of the Notes. See "Regulation and Licensing" and 
"Description of the New Notes-Mandatory Disposition Pursuant to Gaming Laws." 

UNCERTAIN EFFECT OF NATIONAL GAMBLING COMMISSION

     The U.S. Congress has created the National Gambling Impact and Policy 
Commission to conduct a comprehensive study of all matters relating to the 
economic and social impact of gaming in the United States. The enabling 
legislation provides that, not later than two years after the enactment of 
such legislation, the commission would be required to issue a report 
containing its findings and conclusions, together with recommendations for 
legislation and administrative actions. Any such recommendations, if enacted 
into law, could adversely impact the gaming industry and have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 
 The commissioner's report is expected to be issued in June 1999.

     From time to time, certain legislators have proposed the imposition of a 
federal tax on gross gaming revenues. Any such tax could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

UNCERTAINTY OF MISSOURI POLITICAL ENVIRONMENT

     On January 16, 1997, our gaming license in Kansas City was formally 
issued for our facility which is located in a man-made basin filled with 
water piped in from the surface of the Missouri River. In reliance on 
numerous approvals from the Missouri Gaming Commission specific to the 
configuration and granted prior to the formal issuance of our gaming license, 
we built and opened the Station Casino Kansas City facility. Our license and 
the resolutions related thereto specifically acknowledge that the Missouri 
Gaming Commission had reviewed and approved this configuration. On November 
25, 1997, the Supreme Court of Missouri, in a case challenging the gaming 
licenses of certain competitors of Station Casino St. Charles located in 
Maryland Heights, Missouri, ruled that gaming in artificial spaces may occur 
only in spaces that are contiguous to the surface stream of the Missouri and 
Mississippi Rivers. On November 3, 1998, the citizens of the State of 
Missouri approved a constitutional amendment that retroactively legalized 
lotteries, gift enterprises and games of chance aboard excursion gambling 
boats and floating facilities, like ours, that are located within artificial 
spaces containing water that are within 1,000 feet of the closest edge of the 
main channel of the Mississippi or Missouri Rivers. This amendment to the 
constitution became effective on November 23, 1998. The Missouri Gaming 
Commission has stayed its preliminary orders of disciplinary action against 
licensees that operate within artificial basins, and has dismissed the 
preliminary orders for disciplinary action with respect to all applicable 
licensees except KCSC.  The Missouri Gaming Commission has not dismissed the 
disciplinary proceeding against KCSC because it is investigating an alleged 
violation by KCSC that is related to an aspect of the placement of our gaming 
facilities in an artificial basin.  While we anticipate that the disciplinary 
action with respect to KCSC will be dismissed,   we cannot be sure that the 
Missouri Gaming Commission will take such action or that the Missouri Gaming 
Commission will not impose a fine or other penalty against us in connection 
with such dismissal.  Despite the current resolution of issues, there remains 
numerous active organizations in Missouri that oppose gaming and that may in 
the future take action to cause gaming operations in Missouri to be 
restricted or prohibited. 


                                       25

<PAGE>

LIQUID TRADING MARKET FOR THE NEW NOTES MAY NOT DEVELOP

     The New Notes constitute a new issue of securities, have no established 
trading market and may not be widely distributed.  The initial purchasers of 
the Old Notes have informed us that they currently intend to make a market in 
the New Notes after the exchange offer.  However, the initial purchasers are 
not obligated to do so and may discontinue such market-making activities at 
any time without notice.  We do not intend to list the New Notes on any 
securities exchange.  If the New Notes are traded after their initial 
issuance, they may trade at a discount from the offering price of the Old 
Notes, depending on:

     -    prevailing interest rates;

     -    the market for similar securities; and 

     -    other factors, including general economic conditions and our financial
          condition, performance and prospects.  

We cannot be sure that any market for the New Notes will develop before, 
during or after the exchange offer.  If a market does develop, the price of 
the New Notes may fluctuate and the ability to buy or sell the New Notes may 
be difficult or limited.  If a market for the New Notes does not develop, or 
is not maintained, you may be unable to resell such securities for an 
extended period of time, if at all.

YEAR 2000 READINESS

     BACKGROUND

     In the past, many computer software programs were written using two 
digits rather than four to define the applicable year.  As a result, 
information technology such as date-sensitive computer software ("IT") as 
well as non-IT systems, such as equipment containing microcontrollers or 
other embedded technology may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 
rather than the year 2000.  This is generally referred to as the Year 2000 
issue.  If this situation occurs, the potential exists for computer system 
failures or miscalculations by computer programs, which could disrupt 
operations.

     RISK FACTORS

     Date-sensitive IT and non-IT systems and equipment are utilized 
throughout our properties.  As such, we are exposed to the risk that Year 
2000 problems could disrupt operations at our affected properties and have a 
material adverse impact upon our operating results.
     
     We are also exposed to the risk of possible failure of IT and non-IT 
systems external to our operations ("External Risk Factors").  These External 
Risk Factors arise from the fact that our operations, like most businesses, 
depend upon numerous other private, public, and governmental entities.  While 
these External Risk Factors are not our responsibility and the remediation of 
these factors is beyond our control, we are attempting to monitor these risks 
and form such contingency plans as we deem necessary.  As a result of these 
External Risk Factors, we may be materially and adversely impacted even if 
our own IT and non-IT systems and equipment are Year 2000 compliant.  The 
most significant of these External Risk Factors are as follows:

     -    One or more of our suppliers could experience Year 2000 problems that
          impact the ability of the suppliers to provide goods and services
          required in the operation of our properties.  We believe that the
          impact of such a potential disruption would be limited due to the
          availability of alternative suppliers, but we cannot be sure that such
          a disruption would not have an adverse impact on our operations.
     
     -    One or more of our utility providers (including electric, natural gas,
          water, sewer, garbage collection and similar services) could
          experience Year 2000 problems that impact the ability of the utility
          to provide the service.  Furthermore, we could be adversely impacted
          if disruption of utility services occurred in any of our key customer
          markets, as this could impact the customary flow of visitors from the
          affected market.

     -    Airline service to and from the principal markets in which we operate
          could experience disruption due to Year 2000 problems, thus limiting
          the ability of potential customers to visit our properties.
     
     -    A significant portion of our customers in the Las Vegas locals market
          are either directly employed by or dependent upon the major
          hotels/casinos operating on the Las Vegas strip.  We could be
          significantly impacted if a long-term disruption of business of the
          Las Vegas strip operations resulted from Year 2000 problems.

     -    The possible disruption of banking services due to Year 2000 problems
          could impair our daily banking operations including the deposit of
          monies and processing of checks.  Furthermore, customer's credit card
          processing and access to cash via automated teller machines could also
          be disrupted.

     We are not in the position to determine whether the External Risk 
Factors will have a material adverse impact on our operating results.  While 
we are in the initial states of developing contingency plans with respect to 
identified risk factors, the nature of many External Risk Factors is such 
that we do not believe a viable alternative would be available.  For example, 
should airline service be disrupted, there are no equivalent alternatives 
available. Consequently, the occurrence of any of the previously listed 
disruptions could, depending upon the severity and duration of the 
disruption, have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

     APPROACH

     We have established a task force to coordinate our response to the Year
2000.  This task force, which reports to SCI's Chief Financial Officer, is led
by the Vice President of Information Technology.  We also engaged an outside
consultant which assisted us in establishing an approach to dealing with the
Year 2000 issue, and we are in the process of implementing a Year 2000
compliance program at our properties.  The program consists of the following
phases:

     -    Phase 1. Compilation of an inventory of information technology (IT)
          and non-IT systems that may be sensitive to the Year 2000 problem.
     
     -    Phase 2. Identification and prioritization of the critical systems
          from the systems inventory complied in Phase 1 and inquiries of third
          parties with whom we do significant business (i.e., vendors and
          suppliers) as to the state of their Year 2000 readiness.
     
     -    Phase 3. Analysis of critical systems to determine which systems are
          not Year 2000 compliant and evaluation of the costs to repair or
          replace those systems.
     
     -    Phase 4. Repair or replace noncompliant systems and testing of those
          systems for which representation as to Year 2000 compliance has not
          been received or for which representation was received but has not
          been confirmed.

     STATUS

     Phases 1 and 2 are substantially complete, though we have not received 
all responses to inquiries of significant third parties as to their Year 2000 
readiness.  Phases 3 and 4 are ongoing and will continue through the first 
half of the calendar 1999.  It is our goal to have this project completed by 
mid-1999. Based upon the analysis conducted to date, we believe all of the 
major critical systems at our properties are currently compliant or will be 
compliant by mid-1999.  The only significant aspect of our Year 2000 
compliance which has been identified to date is the need to replace older 
computers and software packages whose systems are not Year 2000 compatible.

     COSTS

     The total cost to us of making our systems Year 2000 compliant is 
currently estimated to be in the range of $1 to $2 million.  Of that amount 
we have incurred approximately $600,000 as of September 30, 1998.  We are, 
however, still in the process of identifying non-compliant systems and the 
cost of replacing or repairing such systems, so the actual cost of making our 
systems Year 2000 compliant may be materially greater than the amount we 
currently estimate.  The majority of this cost relates to the acquisition of 
new computer hardware to replace the systems noted above and the purchase of 
new software to replace noncompliant software.  These costs will be 
capitalized and depreciated over their expected useful life.  To the extent 
existing hardware or software is replaced, we will recognize a loss currently 
for the undepreciated balance. This loss is included in the above cost 
estimate.  Furthermore, all costs related to software modification, as well 
as all costs associated with our administration of our Year 2000 project, are 
being expensed as incurred and are likewise included in the cost estimated 
above. 

                                       26
<PAGE>
                                       
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     We will not receive any proceeds in connection with the exchange offer.  
In consideration for issuing the New Notes in exchange for the Old Notes as 
described in this prospectus, we will receive, retire and cancel the Old 
Notes. The net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, after deducting 
discounts, commissions and offering expenses were approximately $196.1 
million. We used the net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes and 
borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility to redeem all of our outstanding 
9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 and to pay premiums related to the 
redemption of those notes. We redeemed our 95/8% Senior Subordinated Notes 
due 2003 on January 4, 1999 at a redemption price equal to 103.61% of their 
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of 
redemption.


                                       27

<PAGE>
                                          
                            CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization at 
September 30, 1998 as adjusted to reflect (1) our issuance and sale of the 
Old Notes after deducting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of 
the offering of the Notes payable by us, (2) the application of the net 
proceeds therefrom to redeem our 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 
and (3) the execution of and incurrence of indebtedness under the Amended 
Bank Facility. This table should be read in conjunction with the more 
detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this 
prospectus. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AS OF
                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                      --------------------------------
                                                                        ACTUAL             AS ADJUSTED
                                                                      ----------           -----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>                  <C>
Current portion of long-term debt(1)..........................        $  155,054           $   21,654
                                                                      ----------           ----------
                                                                      ----------           ----------
Long-term debt:
      Bank Facility(1)........................................          $195,600             $329,000
      9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003(2)............           187,487                    -
      10 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006(2)...........           196,956              196,956
      9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007(2)............           144,816              144,816
      Notes...................................................                 -              199,900
      Other long-term debt, less current portion..............            28,928               28,928
                                                                      ----------           ----------
        Total long-term debt, less current portion............           753,787              899,600
Total stockholders' equity(3).................................           289,690              276,016
                                                                      ----------           ----------
           Total capitalization...............................        $1,043,477           $1,175,616
                                                                      ----------           ----------
                                                                      ----------           ----------
</TABLE>

- -----------

(1)  The Amended Bank Facility provides for borrowings up to an aggregate of
     $425.0 million available to certain subsidiaries of SCI, which borrowings
     are guaranteed by SCI. Availability is subject to our compliance with the
     indebtedness covenants contained in the Indenture and the existing
     indentures and by certain ratios under the Amended Bank Facility. The
     Amended Bank Facility was entered into on November 6, 1998.  As Adjusted
     amounts do not reflect the incurrence of approximately $32.0 million of
     additional borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility incurred through the
     closing of the Old Notes offering.  As Adjusted amounts also reflect the
     repayment of our old bank facility, repayment of our $80.0 million
     supplemental loan facility and the impact on current portion of long term
     debt as a result. Borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility are expected
     to be periodically incurred in connection with the Texas Station and Sunset
     Station expansion projects and payment of construction payables and general
     corporate purposes. 

(2)  Net of original issue discounts in the aggregate of $11.7 million and $6.2
     million, respectively.

(3)  As Adjusted amounts reflect the extraordinary charges related to the
     write-off of the unamortized debt discount and premium to redeem our 9 5/8%
     Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 and the unamortized loan costs for our 
     9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003, our old bank facility and
     supplemental loan facility. 


                                       28

<PAGE>
                                       
                 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The selected consolidated financial information presented below as of 
and for our fiscal years ended March 31, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998 has 
been derived from consolidated financial statements which, except for 1994 
and 1995, are contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected 
consolidated financial information presented below as of and for the six 
months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 is derived from unaudited 
consolidated financial statements and is not necessarily indicative of the 
results that may be expected for future periods, including the period ended 
December 31, 1998. In our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal 
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial 
position and results of operations for such period have been included. The 
selected consolidated financial information set forth below is qualified in 
its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and 
the consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and other financial 
and statistical information included elsewhere in this prospectus.  We have 
decided to change our fiscal year end from March 31 of each year to December 
31 of each year. We will report the period from April 1, 1998 to December 31, 
1998 separately on a transition report on Form 10-K. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     -------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                       1994       1995         1996       1997        1998       1997       1998
                                     --------   --------     ---------  --------    --------   --------   --------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                  <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATE:
Operating Revenues
   Casino.....................       $109,090   $210,534     $358,495   $450,013    $600,847   $282,700   $332,565
   Food and beverage..........         26,078     43,208       73,057     92,220     131,365     63,577     68,307
   Room.......................         14,360     17,690       23,614     27,420      37,330     17,218     19,307
   Other......................         31,226     36,561       39,099     48,957      53,494     28,676     31,261
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
      Gross revenues..........        180,754    307,993      494,265    618,610     823,036    392,171    451,440
Less promotional allowances...        (11,211)   (17,715)     (27,408)   (35,095)    (53,426)   (24,558)   (31,742)
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
        Net revenues..........        169,543    290,278      466,857    583,515     769,610    367,613    419,698
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
Operating Costs and Expenses
   Casino.....................         47,492     92,812      150,805    203,857     291,102    137,592    163,331
   Food and beverage..........         19,528     34,045       57,659     68,994      89,928     44,862     42,884
   Room.......................          5,439      7,014        9,147     10,318      13,461      6,481      7,480
   Other......................         22,432     27,270       24,902     23,927      24,658     13,481     12,500
   Selling, general and
      administrative..........         26,269     60,810       97,466    120,285     172,258     81,896     89,801
   Corporate expense..........          7,920     13,141       15,979     18,284      15,633      7,644      9,983
   Restructuring charge.......              -          -            -      2,016           -          -          -
   Development expenses.......          1,791      7,200        3,960      1,302         104        104          -
   Depreciation and amortization       12,976     22,220       35,039     44,589      67,414     33,169     35,185
   Preopening expenses........              -     19,378        2,436     31,820      10,866     10,866          -
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
      Total operating costs and
        expenses..............        143,847    283,890      397,393    525,392     685,424    336,095    361,164
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
Operating income (loss).......         25,696      6,388       69,464     58,123      84,186     31,518     58,534
Interest expense, net.........         (9,179)   (19,967)     (30,563)   (36,698)    (78,826)   (35,713)   (44,408)
Write-off of costs to elect
   REIT status................              -          -            -          -      (2,914)         -          -
Merger and related legal 
   costs......................                                                                              (2,943)
Other income (expense)........          2,192      2,160        1,150        (47)     (6,566)    (4,996)      (565)
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
Income (loss) before 
   income taxes and 
   extraordinary item.........         18,709    (11,419)      40,051     21,378      (4,120)    (9,191)    10,618
Income tax (provision) 
   benefit....................         (4,806)     3,477      (14,579)    (7,615)        966      3,258     (4,475)
Reinstatement of deferred 
   taxes......................         (4,486)         -            -          -           -          -          -
Extraordinary item-loss on
   early retirement of debt,
   net of applicable income 
   tax benefit................              -          -            -          -      (2,042)         -          -
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss).............          9,417     (7,942)      25,472     13,763      (5,196)    (5,933)     6,143
Preferred stock dividends.....              -          -          (53)    (7,245)     (7,245)    (3,622)    (3,622)
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
Net income (loss) applicable 
   to common stock............          9,417     (7,942)      25,419      6,518     (12,441)    (9,555)     2,521
Pro forma net income after
   income taxes(1) 
   (unaudited)................       $ 12,309   $      -     $      -   $      -    $      -   $      -   $      -
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
                                     --------   --------     --------   --------    --------   --------   --------
                                                                                          (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
</TABLE>

                                       29
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     -------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                       1994       1995         1996       1997        1998       1997       1998
                                     --------   --------     ---------  --------    --------   --------   --------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
OTHER DATA(2):
Number of hotel rooms.........          1,028      1,328        1,528      1,728       2,195      2,195      2,395
Average daily occupancy rate..             97%        95%          94%        96%         93%        95%        91%
Casino square footage.........         84,000    206,000      278,000    432,000     521,000    521,000    532,000
Number of slot machines.......          3,323      7,020        9,555     13,008      16,237     16,362     16,096
Capital expenditures(3).......       $102,687   $163,884     $307,745   $506,096    $134,385   $103,561    $47,650
EBITDA(4).....................         41,743     47,986      106,939    136,548     162,466     75,553     93,719
Cash flows provided by 
 (used in)
   Operating activities.......         23,685     48,494       77,953    111,803     104,955     54,644     47,162
   Investing activities.......       (111,072)  (157,585)    (266,935)  (479,008)   (219,407)  (182,958)   (46,015)
   Financing activities.......         92,073    109,893      286,889    294,859     122,088    129,715       (903)
Ratio of earnings to fixed               
   charges(5).................           2.01x      0.38x        1.87x      1.00x       0.82x      0.61x      1.22x
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS OF MARCH 31,
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      1994        1995          1996      1997        1998          1998
                                    --------    --------     --------- ----------  ----------  -------------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.....      $ 16,159    $ 16,961     $114,868  $   42,522  $   50,158      $   50,402
Total assets..................       301,486     436,538      827,314   1,234,118   1,300,216       1,314,287
Long-term debt, including
   current portion............       159,460     299,814      464,998     760,963     900,226        908,841
Stockholders' equity..........        95,791      87,886      278,470     298,848     286,887        289,690
</TABLE>

- -----------
(1)  Reflects provisions for federal income taxes (assuming a 34% effective tax
     rate) as if the Company had not been treated as an S corporation during
     this period. 

(2)  Other Data relating to the number of hotel rooms, the casino square footage
     and the number of slot machines represent end of period data. 

(3)  Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1994 included
     $52.8 million related to the development of Station Casino St. Charles and
     $31.9 million related to the development of Boulder Station. Capital
     expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 include $52.9 million
     related to the development of Station Casino St. Charles and $90.7 million
     related to the development of Boulder Station. Capital expenditures for the
     fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 include $84.9 million related to the
     acquisition and completion of Texas Station, $25.0 million related to the
     parking garage and entertainment complex at Boulder Station, $62.8 million
     related to the development and construction of Station Casino Kansas City,
     $29.7 million related to the development and construction of Sunset Station
     and $39.4 million related to the expansion of Station Casino St. Charles
     including an elevated roadway, a parking structure and restaurant
     facilities. Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997
     included $211.1 million related to the development and construction of
     Station Casino Kansas City, $112.8 million related to the development and
     construction of Sunset Station and $99.6 million related to the development
     and construction of the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.
     Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 included
     $43.5 million related to the development and construction of Sunset Station
     and $31.9 million related to the development and construction of the
     Station Casino St. Charles expansion project. Capital expenditures for the
     six months ended September 30, 1998 included $17.9  million for the Sunset
     Station master-planned expansion project and $12.1 million for the Texas
     Station master-planned expansion project. 

(4)  EBITDA consists of operating income, plus depreciation, amortization,
     preopening expenses and a one-time restructuring charge in fiscal 1997 of
     $2.0 million primarily related to employee severance payments and, in the
     case of Station Casino St. Charles, lease income in fiscal 1994 of
     $3.1 million relating to the lease of Station Casino St. Charles riverboat.
     We believe that in addition to cash flows and net income, EBITDA is a
     useful financial performance measurement for assessing our operating
     performance.  Together with net income and cash flows, EBITDA provides
     investors with an additional basis to evaluate our ability to incur and
     service debt and incur capital expenditures.  You should consider the
     components of EBITDA to evaluate EBITDA and the trends it depicts.  The
     impact of interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, preopening
     expenses, a one-time restructuring charge and lease income, each of which
     can significantly affect our results of operations and liquidity, and
     should be considered in evaluating our operating performance, cannot be
     determined from EBITDA.  Further, EBITDA does not represent net income or
     cash flows from operating, financing and  investing activities as defined
     by generally accepted accounting principles and does not necessarily
     indicate cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs.  EBITDA should
     not be considered as an alternative to net income, as an indicator of our
     operating performance or to cash flows as a measure of liquidity.  In
     addition, you should note that not all gaming companies that report EBITDA
     or adjustments to such measures may calculate EBITDA or such adjustments in
     the same manner as we do, and therefore, our measure of EBITDA may not be
     comparable to similarly titled measures used by other gaming companies. 

(5)  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, earnings were inadequate to cover
     fixed charges by $17.4 million. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998
     and the six months ended September 30, 1997, earnings were inadequate to
     cover fixed charges by $16.9 million and $18.3 million, respectively. 


                                       30
<PAGE>

                                          
                        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Consolidated Financial Information" and the consolidated financial
statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.  We have
changed our fiscal year end from March 31 of each year to December 31 of each
year.  We will report the period from April 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998
separately on a transition report on Form 10-K. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table highlights our results of operations: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    --------------------------------         ------------------
                                                    1996          1997          1998         1997          1998
                                                    ----          ----          ----         ----          ----
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)                      (UNAUDITED)
NEVADA OPERATIONS(A)
   Net revenues................................     $304,316      $357,193     $470,393      $217,280      $260,490
   Operating income............................       60,621        72,592       88,261        34,104        56,105
   EBITDAR, As Adjusted(b).....................       88,208       103,525      144,077        65,642        81,409
   EBITDA, As Adjusted(b)......................       82,779        99,905      133,158        61,300        74,555
MISSOURI OPERATIONS(A)
   Net revenues................................     $129,878      $197,831     $273,800      $136,144      $144,787
   Operating income............................       28,058         4,295        9,886         4,276        11,742
   EBITDAR, As Adjusted(b).....................       40,281        51,784       42,290        20,417        28,135
   EBITDA, As Adjusted(b)......................       39,627        50,680       40,791        19,665        27,378
STATION CASINOS, INC. AND OTHER
   Net revenues................................      $32,663       $28,491      $25,417       $14,189       $14,421
   Operating loss..............................      (19,215)      (18,764)     (13,961)       (6,862)       (9,313)
   EBITDAR, As Adjusted(b).....................      (15,013)      (13,388)     (11,473)       (5,403)       (7,915)
   EBITDA, As Adjusted(b)......................      (15,467)      (14,037)     (11,483)       (5,412)       (8,214)
TOTAL STATION CASINOS, INC.
   Net revenues................................     $466,857      $583,515     $769,610      $367,613      $419,698
   Operating income............................       69,464        58,123       84,186        31,518        58,534
   EBITDAR, As Adjusted(b).....................      113,476       141,921      174,894        80,656       101,629
   EBITDA, As Adjusted(b)......................      106,939       136,548      162,466        75,553        93,719

</TABLE>


- -----------

(a)  The Nevada Operations include the accounts of Palace Station, Boulder
     Station, Texas Station and Sunset Station. The Missouri Operations include
     the accounts of Station Casino St. Charles and Station Casino Kansas City. 

(b)  "EBITDA, As Adjusted" consists of operating income plus depreciation,
     amortization, preopening expenses and a one time restructuring charge in
     1997 of $2.0 million related primarily to employee severance costs.
     "EBITDAR, As Adjusted" represents EBITDA, As Adjusted plus rent expense. 
     We believe that in addition to cash flows and net income, EBITDA, As
     Adjusted and EBITDAR, As Adjusted are useful financial performance
     measurements for assessing our operating performance. Together with net
     income and cash flows, EBITDA, As Adjusted and EBITDAR, As Adjusted
     provides you with an additional basis to evaluate our ability to incur and
     service debt and incur capital expenditures. To evaluate EBITDA, As
     Adjusted and EBITDAR, As Adjusted and the trends they depict, you should
     consider the components of each.  You should consider the impact of
     interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, preopening expenses, a one
     time restructuring charge in 1997 and rent expense, each of which can
     significantly affect our results of operations and liquidity in evaluating
     our operating performance, and which cannot be determined from EBITDA, As
     Adjusted or from EBITDAR, As Adjusted. Further, EBITDA, As Adjusted and
     EBITDAR, As Adjusted do not represent net income or cash flows from
     operating, financing and investing activities as defined by generally
     accepted accounting principles and do not necessarily indicate that cash
     flows will be sufficient to 


                                          31
<PAGE>

     fund cash needs.  You should not consider them as an alternative to net
     income, as an indicator of our operating performance or to cash flows as a
     measure of liquidity. In addition, you should note that not all gaming
     companies that report EBITDA or EBITDAR information or adjustments to such
     measures may calculate EDITDA, EBITDAR or such adjustments in the same
     manner as we do, and therefore, our measures of EBITDA, As Adjusted and
     EBITDAR, As Adjusted may not be comparable to similarly titled measures
     used by other gaming companies. 

SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1997.

     For the six months ended September 30, 1998, consolidated net revenues
increased 14.2% to $419.7 million, as compared to $367.6 million in the prior
year. The Nevada Operations contributed $260.5 million of net revenues for the
six months ended September 30, 1998, an increase of $43.2 million over the prior
year. This increase in net revenues is due primarily to the opening of Sunset
Station in June 1997 and continued improvement at Texas Station. The Missouri
Operations contributed $144.8 million of net revenues for the six months ended
September 30, 1998, an increase of $8.6 million over the prior year. This
increase in net revenues is due to continued improvement at Station Casino
Kansas City, offset by a decline of 4.8% in net revenues at Station Casino St.
Charles due to increased competition in the St. Louis market since the opening
of a new hotel/casino in Maryland Heights in March 1997. At Station Casino
Kansas City, we continue to gain market share and the competitive environment
has eased with the closing of a competitor in June 1998. In addition, Station
Casino St. Charles has been negatively impacted as a result of disruption caused
by major construction on the interstate adjacent to the property. This
construction was completed at the end of September 1998. 

     For the six months ended September 30, 1998, consolidated operating income
increased 85.7% to $58.5 million, from $31.5 million in the prior year. The
Nevada Operations generated operating income of $56.1 million, an increase of
64.5% over the prior year. Included in the prior year amount was $10.9 million
of preopening expenses primarily related to the opening of Sunset Station. The
Missouri Operations generated operating income of $11.7 million, an increase of
174.6% over the prior year, due to the factors noted above. 

     CASINO.  For the six months ended September 30, 1998, casino revenues
increased 17.6% to $332.6 million, from $282.7 million in the prior year. These
increases are due primarily to the opening of Sunset Station in June 1997, and
significant improvements at Texas Station and Station Casino Kansas City. These
increases were offset by a decrease at Palace Station due to the closure of part
of the casino as a result of flood damage in July 1998 and Station Casino St.
Charles due to the added competition and the interstate construction noted
above. See "-Palace Station Fire and Flood." 

     For the six months ended September 30, 1998, casino expenses increased
18.7% to $163.3 million, from $137.6 million in the prior year. These increases
in casino expenses are consistent with the increase in casino revenues noted
above. For the six months ended September 30, 1998, the casino net profit margin
declined to 50.9% from 51.3% in the prior year. Our Nevada Operations
experienced a slight decline in net casino margin, primarily due to the new
operations at Sunset Station, while Station Casino Kansas City improved
significantly. In addition, the Missouri Operations have a lower margin than our
combined margin, due primarily to higher gaming tax rates in Missouri as
compared to Nevada. 

     FOOD AND BEVERAGE.  For the six months ended September 30, 1998, food and
beverage revenues increased 7.4% to $68.3 million, from $63.6 million in the
prior year. 

     For the six months ended September 30, 1998, food and beverage net profit
margins improved to 37.2%, from 29.4% in the prior year. These increases in
margin are due to improvement at our Nevada Operations, especially at Texas
Station and Sunset Station, as a result of continued focus on cost control. 

     ROOM.  For the six months ended September 30, 1998, room revenues increased
12.1% to $19.3 million, from $17.2 million in the prior year. These increases
are due primarily to the opening of Sunset Station in June 1997, and the
200-room Wild Wild West Hotel and Casino ("Wild Wild West") which opened in
July 1998.  Wild Wild West is operated by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tropicana
Station, Inc. ("TRSI").  Room occupancy Company-wide decreased to 91% from 95%,
while the average daily room rate remained flat at $49 during the six months
ended September 30, 1998. 


                                          32
<PAGE>

     OTHER.  For the six months ended September 30, 1998, other revenue
increased 9.0% to $31.3 million, from $28.7 million in the prior year. These
increases are due primarily to proceeds from business interruption insurance
related to the Palace Station fire and flood. See "-Palace Station Fire and
Flood." 

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  For the six months ended
September 30, 1998, selling, general and administrative expenses "SG&A"
increased 9.7% to $89.8 million, from $81.9 million in the prior year. These
increases are due primarily to the opening of Sunset Station in June 1997. For
the six months ended September 30, 1998, SG&A as a percentage of net revenues
decreased to 21.4%, from 22.3% in the prior year. 

     CORPORATE EXPENSES.  For the six months ended September 30, 1998, corporate
expenses increased 30.6% to $10.0 million, from $7.7 million in the prior year.
This increase can be attributed to legal and referendum costs in Missouri
associated with the "boat in the moat" issue, and costs related to the Indian
gaming referendum in California. The referendum costs also increased our overall
effective tax rate to historically high levels of 42.1% for the six months ended
September 30, 1998, as these costs are not deductible for tax purposes.
Corporate expenses are expected to increase significantly year over year during
the third fiscal quarter, as well, with the culmination of the referendum
process in November. For the six months ended September 30, 1998, corporate
expenses increased to 2.4% of net revenues from 2.1% in the prior year. 

     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  For the six months ended September 30,
1998, depreciation and amortization increased 6.1% to $35.2 million, from $33.2
million in the prior year. This increase is due primarily to the opening of
Sunset Station in June 1997. 

     PREOPENING EXPENSES.  We capitalize preopening expenses associated with our
construction projects, including Sunset Station which opened June 10, 1997. Such
amounts are expensed upon the opening of the related project. During the six
months ended September 30, 1997, we expensed preopening expenses of
$10.9 million related primarily to Sunset Station. 

     INTEREST EXPENSE.  For the six months ended September 30, 1998, interest
costs incurred (expensed and capitalized) decreased to $45.0 million, compared
to $45.2 million in the prior year. During the six months ended September 30,
1997 we had capitalized interest of $9.1 million related to the construction of
Sunset Station and an expansion project at Station Casino St. Charles. Effective
January 1, 1998, we have ceased capitalizing interest on the expansion project
at Station Casino St. Charles. 

     PALACE STATION FIRE AND FLOOD.  On July 20, 1998, Palace Station suffered
damage to its casino and hotel tower as a result of a thunderstorm in the Las
Vegas Valley. In November 1998, the repairs to the casino were completed and all
of the rooms in the 21-story hotel tower were fully functional. Losses
associated with the property damage and business interruption are covered under
our insurance policies. As of September 30, 1998, the insurance company has
advanced $6 million to us on this claim. We expect no significant losses from
the business interruption or property claims, however, there can be no
assurances that we will be fully reimbursed by the final settlement. In
addition, our business interruption insurance coverage related to this incident
terminates in November 1999. To the extent that operating revenue at Palace
Station does not return to levels experienced prior to the fire and flood, our
results of operations may be materially adversely impacted. 

     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES.  During the six months ended September 30,
1998, we wrote off $2.9 million of costs incurred related to the terminated
merger agreement with Crescent Real Estate Equities Company. We also expect to
incur ongoing litigation costs associated with the current lawsuits involving
the merger agreement. See "Business-Litigation." 

FISCAL YEAR 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1997

     Consolidated net revenues increased 31.9% to $769.6 million for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998, from $583.5 million in the prior year. Our Nevada
Operations contributed $470.4 million of net revenues for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998, an increase of 31.7% over the prior year. This increase in net
revenues is due primarily to the opening of Sunset Station in June 1997 and the
continued improvement at Texas Station. Net revenues at Boulder Station declined
approximately 2.8% due primarily to the opening of Sunset Station. Our Missouri
Operations contributed $273.8 million of net revenues for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998, an increase of 38.4% over the 


                                          33
<PAGE>

prior year. This increase in net revenues is due to a full year of operations at
Station Casino Kansas City which opened in January 1997, offset by a decline of
23.5% in net revenues at Station Casino St. Charles due to increased competition
in the St. Louis market with the opening of a new hotel/casino in Maryland
Heights in March 1997. 

     Consolidated operating income increased 44.8% to $84.2 million for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, from $58.1 million in the prior year.
Operating income at our Nevada Operations increased 21.6% to $88.3 million for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, from $72.6 million in the prior year.
Excluding $10.9 million of preopening expenses primarily related to the opening
of Sunset Station, the Nevada Operations generated operating income of
$99.1 million, an increase of 36.6% over the prior year. Operating income at our
Missouri Operations increased 130.2% to $9.9 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998, from $4.3 million in the prior year. The increase in
consolidated operating income, an increase in net interest expense of
$42.1 million, the expiration of certain option payments to lease or acquire
land for future development resulting in an expense of $5.0 million, the write-
off of $2.9 million in transaction costs associated with the abandonment of
plans to convert to a real estate investment trust, the donation of land with a
book value of $1.8 million to the County of St. Charles and an extraordinary
loss on the early retirement of the Sunset Station construction term note
resulted in a net loss applicable to common stock of $12.4 million, or a loss
per common share of $0.35 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, compared to
net income applicable to common stock of $6.5 million, or earnings per common
share of $0.18 in the prior year. 

     CASINO.  Casino revenues increased 33.5% to $600.8 million for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998, from $450.0 million in the prior year. This increase
is due to the opening of Sunset Station in June 1997, a full year of operations
at Station Casino Kansas City which opened in January 1997 and improvements at
Texas Station, offset by a decrease at Station Casino St. Charles due to the
added competition noted above. 

     Casino expenses increased 42.8% to $291.1 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998, from $203.9 million in the prior year. The casino net profit
margin decreased to 51.6% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, from 54.7%
in the prior year. Our Nevada Operations experienced a slight increase in net
casino margin, while the Missouri Operations were negatively impacted in St.
Charles due to the increased competition and Station Casino Kansas City which
has a lower margin due to the start-up nature of its operations, and its late
entry into the Kansas City market. In addition, the Missouri Operations have a
lower margin than our combined margin, due primarily to higher gaming tax rates
in Missouri as compared to Nevada. 

     FOOD AND BEVERAGE.  Food and beverage revenues increased 42.4% to
$131.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, from $92.2 million in
the prior year. This increase is due to the opening of Sunset Station and a full
year of operations at Station Casino Kansas City. 

     Food and beverage net profit margins improved to 31.5% for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998, from 25.2% in the prior year. This increase in margin is
due to improvement at our Nevada Operations and Station Casino Kansas City,
primarily as a result of continued focus on cost control. 

     ROOM.  Room revenues increased 36.1% to $37.3 million for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998, from $27.4 million in the prior year. This increase is due
primarily to the opening of Sunset Station in June 1997 and a full year of
operations at Station Casino Kansas City. Room occupancy Company-wide decreased
to 93% from 96%, while the average daily room rate increased to $52 from $48
during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. 

     OTHER.  Other revenue increased 9.3% to $53.5 million for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998, from $49.0 million in the prior year. This increase is due
primarily to a full year of operations at Station Casino Kansas City and the
opening of Sunset Station. Revenues from our slot route business increased 3.7%
to $21.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. 

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling, general and administrative
expenses increased 43.2% to $172.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998, from $120.3 million in the prior year. This increase is due to a full year
of operations at Station Casino Kansas City and the opening of Sunset Station in
June 1997. SG&A as a percentage of net revenues increased to 22.4% for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, from 20.6% in the prior year. This increase is
due primarily to the new operations at Sunset Station and Station Casino Kansas
City which, as new properties, tend to have a higher percentage of SG&A to net
revenues. 


                                          34
<PAGE>

     CORPORATE EXPENSES.  Corporate expenses decreased 14.5% to $15.6 million
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, from $18.3 million in the prior year.
Corporate expenses declined to 2.0% of net revenues for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998, from 3.1% in the prior year. This reduction was the result of
management's efforts to lower corporate expenses. 

     DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Development expenses decreased significantly for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, compared to the prior year. This decrease is
the result of reduced efforts to identify new gaming opportunities. 

     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization increased
51.2% to $67.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, from
$44.6 million in the prior year. This increase is due primarily to the opening
of Sunset Station and a full year of operations at Station Casino Kansas City. 

     PREOPENING EXPENSES.  We capitalize preopening expenses associated with our
construction projects, including Sunset Station which opened June 10, 1997. Such
amounts are expensed upon the opening of the related project. During the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998, we expensed preopening expenses of $10.9 million
related primarily to Sunset Station. 

     INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest costs incurred (expensed and capitalized)
increased 56.8% to $92.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. This
increase is primarily attributable to added interest costs associated with the 
9 3/4% senior subordinated notes issued by us in April 1997, borrowings under 
the Sunset Station loan agreement and borrowings under the reducing revolving 
credit facility. Effective January 1, 1998, we had ceased capitalizing interest 
on the expansion project at Station Casino St. Charles. 

FISCAL YEAR 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1996

     Consolidated net revenues increased 25.0% to $583.5 million for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1997, from $466.9 million in the prior year. Our Nevada
Operations contributed $357.2 million of net revenues for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1997, an increase of 17.4% over the prior year. This increase is
primarily due to improved operations at Boulder Station and the operations of
Texas Station which opened in July 1995. Our Missouri Operations contributed
$197.8 million of net revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, an
increase of 52.3% over the prior year. This increase is due to the opening of
Station Casino Kansas City in January 1997 and an increase in revenues at
Station Casino St. Charles. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996, net
revenues and operating income at Station Casino St. Charles were adversely
impacted by flooding on the Missouri River, which closed operations for 16 days
and disrupted operations through the balance of the first quarter of fiscal year
1996. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, the improved results at
Station Casino St. Charles were achieved despite disruption created from the
construction of a new parking garage and elevated roadway, which opened in
May 1996, and construction related to the further development of the property's
master plan. Flooding on the Missouri River did occur again in May 1996. The
newly completed parking garage and elevated roadway served one of its intended
purposes in minimizing business disruption caused by the flood. Additionally,
results at Station Casino St. Charles were adversely impacted with the opening
of a new hotel/casino in March 1997. 

     Operating income decreased 16.3% to $58.1 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1997, from $69.5 million in the prior year. Operating income at our
Nevada Operations increased 19.7% to $72.6 million from $60.6 million in the
prior year. Operating income at our Missouri Operations were negatively impacted
by the write-off of preopening expenses for Station Casino Kansas City and a
one-time restructuring charge from the implementation of a plan to reduce costs
and improve efficiency which resulted primarily in employee severance payments.
Operating income at Station Casino St. Charles increased 24.7% to $35.0 million.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, these results, including an increase
in net interest expense of $6.1 million, a decrease in the income tax provision
of $7.0 million and dividends of $7.2 million on the convertible preferred stock
issued in March 1996, resulted in net income applicable to common stock of
$6.5 million, or earnings per common share of $0.18, compared to net income
applicable to common stock of $25.4 million or earnings per common share of
$0.75 in the prior year. 

     CASINO.  Casino revenues increased 25.5% to $450.0 million for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1997, from $358.5 million in the prior year. This increase
is due to the opening of Station Casino Kansas City, a full year of operations
at Texas Station and improved results at both Boulder Station and Station Casino
St. Charles. Casino 


                                          35
<PAGE>

revenues increased $42.8 million and $51.6 million for the Nevada Operations and
Missouri Operations, respectively. Station Casino Kansas City generated casino
revenue of $29.9 million since opening in January 1997. 

     Casino expenses increased 35.2% to $203.9 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1997, from $150.8 million in the prior year. These increases in casino
expenses are consistent with the increases in casino revenues discussed above. 

     Casino net profit margin decreased to 54.7% from 57.9% in the prior year.
This decrease is due to a slight decrease at the Nevada Operations and a lower
margin at Station Casino Kansas City due to the start-up nature of the new
operations. In addition, the Missouri Operations have a lower margin than our
combined margin due primarily to higher gaming tax rates in Missouri as compared
to Nevada. 

     FOOD AND BEVERAGE.  Food and beverage revenues increased 26.2% to
$92.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, from $73.1 million in
the prior year. This improvement is primarily due to an increase in food and
beverage revenues at Station Casino St. Charles of $5.0 million resulting from
two new full-service restaurant facilities which opened in October 1995, an
increase of $5.0 million at Texas Station and $7.5 million from Station Casino
Kansas City. 

     Food and beverage net profit margins improved to 25.2% for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997, from 21.1% in the prior year. This increase in net margins
is primarily due to improvements at the Nevada Operations, especially Texas
Station, as a result of continued focus on cost control and strong margins at
Station Casino St. Charles with the addition of the two full-service
restaurants. 

     ROOM.  Room revenues increased 16.1% to $27.4 million for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997, from $23.6 million in the prior year. This increase is due
primarily to the addition of Texas Station with a total of 200 rooms which
contributed an increase of $1.6 million of room revenues and Station Casino
Kansas City with a total of 180 rooms which contributed $1.2 million of room
revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. Company-wide room occupancy
increased to 96% from 94%, while the average daily room rate increased to $48
from $46. 

     OTHER.  Other revenues increased 25.2% to $49.0 million for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997, from $39.1 million in the prior year. This increase is due
to $2.3 million for our interest in the operating income of Barley's Casino &
Brewing Company which opened in January 1996, $3.1 million of lease income from
the lease of a riverboat gaming facility, combined increases in other revenues
at our other operating properties of $7.5 million, offset by lost revenues of
$3.0 million from the sale of vending assets of Southwest Services which were
sold in September 1995. The riverboat gaming facility lease terminated in
August 1997. Revenues from our slot route business remained constant at
$21.0 million. 

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling, general and administrative
expenses increased 23.4% to $120.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997, from $97.5 million in the prior year. This increase is primarily due to
the addition of Texas Station in July 1995 and Station Casino Kansas City in
January 1997.  SG&A as a percentage of net revenues decreased slightly to 20.6%
from 20.9% in the prior year. 

     CORPORATE EXPENSES.  Corporate expenses increased 14.4% to $18.3 million
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, from $16.0 million in the prior year.
These increases are attributable to increases in personnel infrastructure to
manage our new properties and projects under development. Corporate expenses
decreased to 3.1% of net revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, from
3.4% in the prior year. 

     DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Development expenses decreased significantly for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 compared to the prior year. This decrease is
the result of reduced efforts to identify potential gaming opportunities. Such
costs are incurred by us in our efforts to identify and pursue potential gaming
opportunities in selected jurisdictions, including those in which gaming has not
been approved. We expense development costs including lobbying, legal and
consulting until such time as the jurisdiction has approved gaming and we have
identified a specific site. Costs incurred subsequent to these criteria being
met are capitalized. 

     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization increased
27.3% to $44.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, from
$35.0 million in the prior year. Station Casino Kansas City contributed $2.8
million 


                                          36
<PAGE>

of this increase, while Texas Station contributed $3.8 million. Depreciation
expense increased at Boulder Station primarily as a result of the parking garage
and entertainment facilities added during mid-fiscal year 1996 and at Station
Casino St. Charles primarily as a result of the parking garage which opened in
May 1996. These increases were offset by a decrease in depreciation expense at
Palace Station. 

     PREOPENING EXPENSES.  We have capitalized significant preopening expenses
associated with our construction projects, including Station Casino Kansas City
which opened January 16, 1997, and Sunset Station. These amounts are expensed
upon the opening of the related project and could have a material adverse impact
on our earnings. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, we expensed
preopening expenses of $31.8 million substantially related to Station Casino
Kansas City. Preopening expenses for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 relate
to the opening of the new restaurant facilities at Station Casino St. Charles,
the theater and parking garage at Boulder Station, the opening of Texas Station
in July 1995 and the opening at Barley's Casino & Brewing Company in
January 1996. 

     INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest costs incurred (expensed and capitalized)
increased 59.2% to $58.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. This
increase is primarily attributable to added interest costs associated with the
10 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes issued by us in March 1996 and borrowings
under the reducing revolving credit facility. During the first quarter of fiscal
year 1997, we recorded interest income of $0.7 million from investments in tax
free municipal securities purchased with the excess proceeds of the public
offerings completed in March 1996. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     During the six months ended September 30, 1998, our sources of capital
included cash flows from operating activities of $47.2 million and $80 million
of borrowings under notes payable with a group of banks. These borrowings were
used to reduce borrowings under our secured amended and restated reducing
revolving loan agreement (the "Old Bank Facility"). At September 30, 1998, we
had total available borrowings of $285.2 million under the Old Bank Facility, of
which $256.0 million were outstanding, and $50.4 million in cash and cash
equivalents. In November 1998, we entered into the Amended Bank Facility which
amended and restated the Old Bank Facility and which was used to repay an $80.0
million supplemental loan facility. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness and
Capital Stock." 

     Our Amended Bank Facility consists of three secured tranches. Two revolving
tranches constitute a reducing revolving credit facility (the "Revolving
Facility") which provides for borrowings up to an aggregate principal amount of
$350.0 million and the third tranche constitutes a $75.0 million term loan (the
"Term Loan"). The borrowers under the Amended Bank Facility are PSHC, BSI, TSI,
SSI, KCSC and SCRSI (collectively, the "Borrowers"). The Amended Bank Facility
is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers.  SCI, Southwest
Gaming Services, Inc. ("SGSI") and certain other subsidiaries guarantee the
borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility (collectively the "Guarantors").  The
maturity date for the Revolving Facility is September 30, 2003. The availability
under the Revolving Facility will reduce by $7 million on September 30, 1999; by
$12.25 million on each of December 31, 1999, March 31, 2000 and June 30, 2000;
by $14.0 million on September 30, 2000, December 31, 2000, March 31, 2001 and
June 30, 2001; and by $17.5 million on each fiscal quarter end thereafter. The
Term Loan matures on December 31, 2005 and amortizes in installments of $187,500
on each fiscal quarter end from March 31, 2000 until and including December 31,
2004 and of $17.8 million on each fiscal quarter end thereafter. Borrowings
under the Revolving Facility bear interest at a margin above the Alternate Base
Rate or the Eurodollar Rate (each, as defined in the Amended Bank Facility), as
selected by us. The margin above such rates, and the fee on the unfunded
portions of the Revolving Facility, will vary quarterly based on our combined
consolidated ratio of average quarterly adjusted funded debt to net income
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization adjusted for non-recurring
gains and losses and preopening expenses, if any ("Adjusted EBITDA"). As of
November 25, 1998, the Borrowers' margin above the Eurodollar Rate on borrowings
under the Revolving Facility was 2.25%. The maximum margin for Eurodollar Rate
borrowings is 2.75%. The maximum margin for alternate base rate borrowings is
1.50%. The maximum fee for the unfunded portion of the Revolving Facility is
0.50% multiplied by the average of the unfunded portion of the Revolving
Facility. The interest rate on any Eurodollar Term Loan is 3.25% above the
Eurodollar Rate. In addition, the Amended Bank Facility has minimum tangible net
worth requirements. 

     During the six months ended September 30, 1998, our total capital
expenditures were approximately $47.7 million, of which approximately (1) $30.0
million was associated with the expansion projects at Sunset Station and Texas
Station, and (2) $17.7 million was associated with maintenance capital
expenditures and various other projects. 


                                          37
<PAGE>

     Our primary capital requirements during the remainder of the period ended
December 31, 1998 and calendar 1999 are expected to include: 

     -    the payment of construction contracts payable of approximately
          $8.6 million as of September 30, 1998;

     -    the remaining costs of the expansion projects at Sunset Station and
          Texas Station, estimated to cost approximately $66 million;

     -    maintenance capital expenditures;

     -    principal and interest payments on indebtedness; and 

     -    dividend payments on convertible preferred stock. 

We previously began construction of an expansion project at Station Casino St.
Charles. 

     In the fall of 1996, we began an expansion project at Station Casino St. 
Charles which included the building of a backwater basin containing two new 
gaming vessels and a proposed retail and entertainment complex.  The basin 
has been constructed, but since March 31, 1998, construction on the Station 
Casino St. Charles expansion project has been halted. 

     We currently believe the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project as
originally contemplated fulfills a strategic need in the St. Louis, Missouri
market.  While we desire to complete and operate these new facilities,
circumstances may arise in the future, including the lack of available
financing, a downturn in the demand for gaming facilities, increased regulatory
requirements unique to the state of Missouri and more attractive uses of
available capital, which may prevent the expansion project from being completed
as originally designed, if at all.  In this event, certain costs incurred to
date may be deemed to possess little or no value necessitating the recognition
of an impairment loss in the period such a determination is made. The impairment
loss could include substantially all of the amount invested by us in the Station
Casino St. Charles expansion project. 

     As of September 30, 1998, we had invested approximately $169.0 million
related to the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.  We do not
anticipate that any major construction activity on the Station Casino St.
Charles expansion project will resume in the near term. See "Risk
Factors-St. Charles Expansion Project." 

     We believe that cash flows from operations, borrowings under the Amended
Bank Facility, vendor and lease financing of equipment, and existing cash
balances will be adequate to satisfy our anticipated uses of capital during the
remainder of the period ended December 31, 1998 and calendar 1999. We, however,
are continually evaluating our financing needs. If more attractive financing
alternatives become available to us, we may amend our financing plans, assuming
such financing would be permitted under our existing debt agreements and other
applicable agreements. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness and Capital
Stock." 

     In connection with the agreement and plan of merger between SCI and
Crescent Real Estate Equities Company ("Crescent") dated January 16, 1998, we
have the option to issue to Crescent and Crescent has agreed to purchase up to
an aggregate of 115,000 shares of a new series of SCI's redeemable preferred
stock at a price of $1,000 per share (plus accrued dividends) in cash in
increments of 5,000 shares. On July 28, 1998, we requested Crescent to purchase
$20 million of the redeemable preferred stock, and on August 11, 1998, we
requested Crescent to purchase the remaining $95 million of the redeemable
preferred stock.  The proceeds of such purchases were to be used  to repay
amounts due under the Old Bank Facility which were used to pay for master
planned expansions. On August 7, 1998, Crescent notified us that Crescent
believed it was not obligated to purchase the 115,000 shares of redeemable
preferred stock.  On August 12, 1998, Crescent announced that it intended to
assert a claim for damages for the $54 million break-up fee under the merger
agreement, or its equivalent, and expenses.  SCI and Crescent are currently
involved in litigation in a Nevada state court regarding the merger agreement,
and whether Crescent is obligated to purchase the $115 million of redeemable
preferred stock.  Both parties have asserted that the other party has breached
the merger agreement and is liable for damages.  We anticipate that Crescent
will seek the $54 million break-up fee as part of its counterclaims against us. 
Discovery is ongoing in this action.  In the event that we are required to pay
the $54 million break-up fee, that payment would have a material adverse effect
on our business.  While we believe that Crescent has 


                                          38
<PAGE>

breached the merger agreement and that Crescent's allegations of breach by us
are without merit, as with any litigation, no assurance as to the outcome of
such litigation can be made. See "Business-Litigation." 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement on Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," and
SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information," both of which are effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. Management estimates that these SFAS's will have no impact on
our results of operations or financial position. 

     The Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 98-5
"Reporting the Costs of Start-up Activities." The provisions of SOP 98-5 are
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998, and require that
the costs associated with start-up activities (including preopening costs of
casinos) be expensed as incurred. 

YEAR 2000 READINESS

     BACKGROUND

     In the past, many computer software programs were written using two digits
rather than four to define the applicable year.  As a result, information
technology such as date-sensitive computer software as well as non-IT systems,
such as equipment containing microcontrollers or other embedded technology may
recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  This is
generally referred to as the Year 2000 issue.  If this situation occurs, the
potential exists for computer system failures or miscalculations by computer
programs, which could disrupt operations.

     RISK FACTORS

     Date-sensitive IT and non-IT systems and equipment are utilized throughout
our properties.  As such, we are exposed to the risk that Year 2000 problems
could disrupt operations at our affected properties and have a material adverse
impact upon our operating results.
     
     We are also exposed to the risk of possible failure of IT and non-IT
systems external to our operations.  These External Risk Factors arise from the
fact that our operations, like most businesses, depend upon numerous other
private, public, and governmental entities.  While these External Risk Factors
are not our responsibility and the remediation of these factors is beyond our
control, we are attempting to monitor these risks and form such contingency
plans as we deem necessary.  As a result of these External Risk Factors, we may
be materially and adversely impacted even if our own IT and non-IT systems and
equipment are Year 2000 compliant.  The most significant of these External Risk
Factors are as follows:

     -    One or more of our suppliers could experience Year 2000 problems that
          impact the ability of the suppliers to provide goods and services
          required in the operation of our properties.  We believe that the
          impact of such a potential disruption would be limited due to the
          availability of alternative suppliers, but we cannot be sure that such
          a disruption would not have an adverse impact on our operations.
     
     -    One or more of our utility providers (including electric, natural gas,
          water, sewer, garbage collection and similar services) could
          experience Year 2000 problems that impact the ability of the utility
          to provide the service.  Furthermore, we could be adversely impacted
          if disruption of utility services occurred in any of our key customer
          markets, as this could impact the customary flow of visitors from the
          affected market.

     -    Airline service to and from the principal markets in which we operate
          could experience disruption due to Year 2000 problems, thus limiting
          the ability of potential customers to visit our properties.
     
     -    A significant portion of our customers in the Las Vegas locals market
          are either directly employed by or dependent upon the major
          hotels/casinos operating on the Las Vegas strip.  We could be
          significantly impacted if a long-term disruption of business of the
          Las Vegas strip operations resulted from Year 2000 problems.

     -    The possible disruption of banking services due to Year 2000 problems
          could impair our daily banking operations including the deposit of
          monies and processing of checks.  Furthermore, customer's credit card
          processing and access to cash via automated teller machines could also
          be disrupted.

     We are not in the position to determine whether the External Risk Factors
will have a material adverse impact on our operating results.  While we are in
the initial states of developing contingency plans with respect to identified
risk factors, the nature of many External Risk Factors is such that we do not
believe a viable alternative would be available.  For example, should airline
service be disrupted, there are no equivalent alternatives available. 
Consequently, the occurrence of any of the previously listed disruptions could,
depending upon the severity and duration of the disruption, have a material
adverse impact on our operating results.

     APPROACH

     We have established a task force to coordinate our response to the Year
2000.  This task force, which reports to SCI's Chief Financial Officer, is led
by the Vice President of Information Technology.  We also engaged an outside
consultant which assisted us in establishing an approach to dealing with the
Year 2000 issue, and we are in the process of implementing a Year 2000
compliance program at our properties.  The program consists of the following
phases:

     -    Phase 1. Compilation of an inventory of information technology (IT)
          and non-IT systems that may be sensitive to the Year 2000 problem.
     
     -    Phase 2. Identification and prioritization of the critical systems
          from the systems inventory complied in Phase 1 and inquiries of third
          parties with whom we do significant business (i.e., vendors and
          suppliers) as to the state of their Year 2000 readiness.
     
     -    Phase 3. Analysis of critical systems to determine which systems are
          not Year 2000 compliant and evaluation of the costs to repair or
          replace those systems.
     
     -    Phase 4. Repair or replace noncompliant systems and testing of those
          systems for which representation as to Year 2000 compliance has not
          been received or for which representation was received but has not
          been confirmed.

     STATUS

     Phases 1 and 2 are substantially complete, though we have not received 
all responses to inquiries of significant third parties as to their Year 2000 
readiness.  Phases 3 and 4 are ongoing and will continue through the first 
half of the calendar 1999.  It is our goal to have this project completed by 
mid-1999.  Based upon the analysis conducted to date, we believe all of the 
major critical systems at our properties are currently compliant or will be 
compliant by mid-1999.  The only significant aspect of our Year 2000 
compliance which has been identified to date is the need to replace older 
computers and software packages whose systems are not Year 2000 compatible.

     COSTS

     The total cost to us of making our systems Year 2000 compliant is currently
estimated to be in the range of $1 to $2 million.  Of that amount we have
incurred approximately $600,000 as of September 30, 1998.  We are, however,
still in the process of identifying non-compliant systems and the cost of
replacing or repairing such systems, so the actual cost of making our systems
Year 2000 compliant may be materially greater than the amount we currently
estimate.  The majority of this cost relates to the acquisition of new computer
hardware to replace the systems noted above and the purchase of new software to
replace noncompliant software.  These costs will be capitalized and depreciated
over their expected useful life.  To the extent existing hardware or software is
replaced, we will recognize a loss currently for the undepreciated balance. 
This loss is included in the above cost estimate.  Furthermore, all costs
related to software modification, as well as all costs associated with our
administration of our Year 2000 project, are being expensed as incurred and are
likewise included in the cost estimated above.  See "Risk Factors-Year 2000
Readiness." 



                                          39
<PAGE>
                                       
                                   BUSINESS

GENERAL

     Station Casinos, Inc. is an established multi-jurisdictional gaming company
that owns and operates six distinctly-themed casino properties, four of which
are located in Las Vegas, Nevada, one which is located in Kansas City, Missouri
and one which is located in St. Charles, Missouri. We also own and provide slot
route management services in southern Nevada. Management's growth strategy
includes the master-planned expansion of our existing gaming facilities in
Nevada and Missouri and the evaluation and pursuit of additional development
opportunities in Nevada and other gaming markets. 

     In Las Vegas, we own and operate Palace Station, Boulder Station, Texas
Station and Sunset Station (collectively, the "Las Vegas Casino Properties"). 
Palace Station caters primarily to Las Vegas residents and repeat visitors and
aggressively markets itself as "The Local Favorite." Palace Station is located
on approximately 39 acres strategically located on Sahara Avenue adjacent to
Interstate 15, and is near major attractions on the Las Vegas Strip and downtown
Las Vegas. Boulder Station is located on approximately 45 acres along the
Boulder Highway, immediately adjacent to Interstate 515, and is strategically
located on the opposite side of Las Vegas from Palace Station. Boulder Station
caters primarily to Las Vegas residents living on the eastern side of Las Vegas.
Texas Station is strategically located on approximately 47 acres at the corner
of Lake Mead Boulevard and Tonopah Highway in North Las Vegas and draws
customers from the rapidly growing North Las Vegas and Summerlin residential
areas. Sunset Station is strategically located on approximately 105 acres on
Sunset Road immediately adjacent to Interstate 515 and features a
Spanish/Mediterranean-themed hotel/casino. Sunset Station caters primarily to
residents living in the rapidly growing Henderson/Green Valley area of Las
Vegas. Sunset Station is located eight miles southeast of Boulder Station. In
May 1998, we entered into a long term lease for approximately 19 acres of land
located on Tropicana Avenue adjacent to Interstate 15, approximately three miles
from Palace Station. We began operating Wild Wild West on this land beginning on
July 1, 1998, while management evaluates development alternatives for this
location. 

     In Missouri, we own and operate Station Casino Kansas City and Station
Casino St. Charles. Station Casino Kansas City, is located on 171 acres
immediately east of the heavily traveled Interstate 435 bridge, seven miles east
of downtown Kansas City. Station Casino Kansas City caters to local customers
within the greater Kansas City area and tourists from outside the region.
Station Casino St. Charles is located on 52 acres situated immediately north of
the Interstate 70 bridge in St. Charles, and is strategically located to attract
customers from the St. Charles and greater St. Louis areas and tourists from
outside the region. Management is employing the same operating strategies that
have been successful at our properties in the competitive Las Vegas market in
order to secure a strong presence in the Missouri markets. 

OPERATING STRATEGY

     We believe that the following key principles have been integral to our
success as a gaming operator and we intend to continue to employ these
strategies at each of our various operations. 

     TARGETED CUSTOMER BASE

     Our operating strategy emphasizes attracting and retaining customers
primarily from the local and repeat visitor markets. The Las Vegas Casino
Properties, Station Casino Kansas City and Station Casino St. Charles
(collectively the "Casino Properties") attract customers from their local
markets through innovative, frequent and high-profile promotional programs,
focused marketing efforts and convenient locations, and from the repeat visitor
market through aggressive marketing and the development of strong relationships
with specifically targeted travel wholesalers. Although perceived value
initially attracts a customer to the Casino Properties, actual value generates
customer satisfaction and loyalty. Management believes that actual value becomes
apparent during the customer's visit through an enjoyable, affordable and
high-quality entertainment experience. Las Vegas, which is and has been one of
the fastest growing cities in the United States, is characterized by a strong
economy and demographics which include an increasing number of retirees and
other active gaming customers. This strategy applies as well to the Missouri
markets. We believe that our visitor patrons are also discerning customers who
enjoy our value-oriented, high-quality approach. This is particularly true in
Las Vegas where patrons view our hotel and casino product as a preferable
alternative to attractions located on the Las Vegas Strip and downtown Las
Vegas. 


                                          40
<PAGE>

     PROVIDE A HIGH-VALUE EXPERIENCE

     Because we target the repeat customer, management is committed to providing
a high-value entertainment experience for our customers in our restaurants,
hotels and casinos. Management believes that the value offered by restaurants at
each of the Casino Properties is a major factor in attracting local gaming
customers, as dining is a primary motivation for casino visits by many locals.
Through their restaurants, each of which has a distinct theme and style of
cuisine, our Casino Properties offer generous portions of high-quality food at
reasonable prices. In addition, our operating strategy focuses on slot and video
poker machine play. Our target market consists of frequent gaming patrons who
seek not only a friendly atmosphere and convenience, but also higher than
average payout rates. Because locals and repeat visitors demand variety and
quality in their slot and video poker machine play, the Casino Properties offer
the latest in slot and video poker technology, including several games designed
exclusively for us. 

     As part of our commitment to providing a quality entertainment experience
for our patrons, we are dedicated to ensuring a high level of customer
satisfaction and loyalty by providing attentive customer service in a friendly,
casual atmosphere. Management recognizes that consistent quality and a
comfortable atmosphere stem from the collective care and friendliness of each
employee. Station, which began as a family-run business, has maintained
close-knit relationships among its management and endeavors to instill among its
employees this same sense of loyalty. Toward this end, management takes a
hands-on approach through active and direct involvement with employees at all
levels. An indication of the value of this approach may be seen by the number of
Las Vegas residents seeking employment with us. 

     MARKETING AND PROMOTION

     We employ an innovative marketing strategy that utilizes frequent,
high-profile promotional programs in order to attract customers and establish a
high level of name recognition. In addition to aggressive marketing through
television, radio and newspaper advertising, we have created and sponsored such
promotions as "Car-A-Day," "Paycheck Bonanza" and the "Great Giveaway," a
popular football season contest. These promotions have become a tradition in the
locals market and have had a positive impact upon our patronage during their
respective promotion periods. 

LAS VEGAS CASINO PROPERTIES

     PALACE STATION

     Palace Station is located on approximately 39 acres strategically located
at the intersection of Sahara Avenue and Interstate 15, one of Las Vegas' most
heavily traveled areas.  Palace Station is a short distance from McCarran
International Airport and from major attractions on the Las Vegas Strip and
downtown Las Vegas. With Palace Station's ample parking and convenient location,
customers are assured easy access to the hotel and casino, a factor that
management believes is particularly important in attracting and retaining its
customers.  Palace Station has the following features and amenities:

     -    approximately 287,000 square feet of main facility area with a
          turn-of-the-20th-century railroad station theme; 

     -    a 1,028-room hotel and approximately 3,700 parking spaces, including
          1,900 spaces in two multi-level parking structures; 

     -    an approximately 84,000-square foot casino with approximately 2,070
          slot and video poker machines, 40 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and 

     -    non-casino amenities including two swimming pools, five full-service
          restaurants, two fast food outlets, a 24-hour gift shop and a
          nongaming video arcade. 


                                          41
<PAGE>

The hotel features 587 rooms in a modern 21-story tower. Guests in the tower
enjoy a view of the Las Vegas Strip, downtown Las Vegas and the surrounding
mountains. The remaining 441 hotel rooms are located in low-rise buildings
adjoining the tower and casino. 

     Palace Station's five full-service restaurants have a total of over 1,225
seats. These restaurants offer a variety of high-quality food at reasonable
prices, including the 24-hour Iron Horse Cafe (featuring a Chinese menu in
addition to American fare), an all-you-can-eat buffet known as "The Feast," the
Broiler (a steak and seafood restaurant), the Pasta Palace (an Italian
restaurant) and the Guadalajara Bar & Grille (a Mexican restaurant). Palace
Station guests also may take advantage of the Palace Saloon Piano Bar and the
recently remodeled Loading Dock Lounge which provide music, dancing and
entertainment. Quick service meals and snacks are offered at the Pizza Palace,
Manhattan Bagel, Baskin Robbins, Burger King and The Whistle Stop Snackbar. 

     BOULDER STATION

     Boulder Station, which opened in August 1994, is located on approximately
45 acres strategically located on the opposite side of Las Vegas from Palace
Station. Patrons enjoy convenient access to Boulder Station which is located on
the Boulder Highway and immediately adjacent to the Interstate 515 interchange.
Interstate 515 and the Boulder Highway are the major thoroughfares into Las
Vegas for visitors from Arizona. Management believes that Boulder Station's
highly visible location at this well-traveled intersection offers a competitive
advantage relative to existing hotels and casinos located on the Boulder
Highway. Boulder Station is located approximately four miles east of the Las
Vegas Strip and approximately four miles southeast of downtown Las Vegas. 
Boulder Station has the following features and amenities:

     -    approximately 337,000 square feet of main facility area with a
          turn-of-the-20th-century railroad station theme; 

     -    a 300-room hotel and approximately 4,350 parking spaces, including a
          1,900 space multi-level parking structure; 

     -    an approximately 89,000-square foot casino with approximately 3,065
          slot and video poker machines, 38 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and 

     -    non-casino amenities including a swimming pool, five full service
          restaurants and several fast food outlets, a gift shop, a non-gaming
          video arcade, a 280-seat lounge and eight additional bars, an
          11-screen theater complex and a child-care facility.

     Boulder Station's five full-service restaurants have a total of over 1,400
seats. These restaurants offer a variety of high-quality food at reasonable
prices. Restaurant themes and menus are similar to Palace Station's, allowing
Boulder Station to benefit from the market acceptance and awareness of this
product. Restaurants include the 24-hour Iron Horse Cafe (featuring a Chinese
menu in addition to American fare), an all-you-can-eat buffet known as "The
Feast," the Broiler (a steak and seafood restaurant), the Pasta Palace (an
Italian restaurant), and the Guadalajara Bar & Grille (a Mexican restaurant). In
addition to these restaurants which are similar to the offerings at Palace
Station, Boulder Station offers fast-food outlets, including Pizza Palace, Viva
Salsa, and China Express. Additionally, we lease space to the operators of such
restaurants as Burger King, TCBY and Starbuck's Coffee to enhance the customers'
dining selection. Boulder Station's restaurants and bars are located in open
settings that are designed to intermingle the dining and gaming experience. 

     TEXAS STATION

     Texas Station, which opened in July 1995, is located on approximately 47
acres strategically located at the corner of Lake Mead Boulevard and Tonopah
Highway in North Las Vegas. The facility features a friendly, "down-home" Texas
atmosphere, highlighted by its distinctive early Texas architecture. Texas
Station has the following features and amenities: 


                                          42
<PAGE>

     -    approximately 258,000 square feet of main facility area in a low rise
          complex with a friendly "down-home" Texas atmosphere, highlighted by
          distinctive early Texas architecture; 

     -    a six story, 200-room hotel tower and approximately 4,000 parking
          spaces, including a 1,500-space multi-level parking structure; 

     -    an approximately 85,000-square foot casino with approximately 2,025
          slot and video poker machines, 34 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and 

     -    non-casino amenities including a swimming pool, five full service
          restaurants and several fast food outlets and franchises, a gift shop,
          a non-gaming video arcade, a 132-seat entertainment lounge, seven
          additional bars and a 12-screen theater complex operated by Act III
          Theatres. 

     Management believes that the theater complex provides a competitive
advantage for the property and is an additional attraction that draws a
significant number of patrons to the facility. 

     Texas Station's five full-service restaurants have a total of over 1,300
seats. These restaurant facilities offer a variety of high-quality food at
reasonable prices, including the 24-hour Yellow Rose Cafe (a 24-hour coffee
shop), the Stockyard Steakhouse, the Laredo Cantina and Cafe (a Mexican
restaurant), the San Lorenzo (an Italian restaurant) and the Market Street
Buffet (featuring seven different food stations). In addition to the Texas
Station themed restaurants, guests may also take advantage of the unique
features of the Whiskey Bar with a seven-foot high bronco rider, which rotates
on a pedestal and may be viewed by patrons on all sides, the Garage Bar which
features a 1976 fire-engine red Cadillac Eldorado with seven-foot Texas
long-horns on the hood, or the Armadillo Honky Tonk where a 3,000 piece cut
glass armadillo is the centerpiece of a dance hall. The facility also offers
fast-food outlets, including a pizza kitchen and ice cream shop. Management
believes that the quality and variety of the restaurants offered at the facility
are a major draw in the rapidly growing North Las Vegas and Summerlin markets. 

     SUNSET STATION

     Sunset Station, which opened in June 1997, is located on an approximately
105-acre parcel at the intersection of Interstate 515 and Sunset Road. Multiple
access points provide customers convenient access to the gaming complex and
parking areas. Situated in the path of development along Interstate 515, the
major thoroughfare into Las Vegas from Boulder City and Arizona, Sunset Station
has prominent visibility from the freeway and the Sunset commercial corridor.
Sunset Station is located approximately nine miles east of McCarran
International Airport and eight miles southeast of Boulder Station. 

     Sunset Station is distinguished from our other properties by its interior
and exterior Spanish/ Mediterranean-style architecture. Prior to the expansion
described below, Sunset Station had the following features and amenities:

     -    approximately 350,000 square feet of main facility area with interior
          and exterior Spanish/Mediterranean-style architecture; 

     -    a 20-story, 467-room hotel tower and approximately 4,200 parking
          spaces; 

     -    an approximately 80,000-square foot casino with approximately 2,750
          slot and video poker machines, 49 gaming tables, a keno lounge, a
          poker room, a bingo parlor and a race and sports book; and 

     -    non-casino amenities including an outdoor swimming pool, six full
          service restaurants (and tenant lease space for additional
          restaurants) and several fast food outlets and franchises, a gift
          shop, a non-gaming video arcade, an entertainment lounge and an
          amphitheater, additional bars and a microbrewery, a 13-screen theater
          complex operated by Act III Theatres and a child-care facility. 


                                          43
<PAGE>

     Sunset Station's six full-service restaurants have a total of over 2,100
seats featuring "live-action" cooking and simulated patio dining. These
restaurant facilities offer a variety of high-quality food at reasonable prices,
including the 24-hour Sunset Cafe (a 24-hour coffee shop), the Casa Del Sol (a
seafood restaurant), the Capri (an Italian restaurant), Rosalitas (a Mexican
restaurant), Sunset Brewing Company (a microbrewery) and The Feast Around the
World, a live action buffet featuring Mexican, Italian, barbecue, American and
Chinese cuisine. Guests may also take advantage of the Gaudi Bar, a centerpiece
of the casino featuring over 8,000 square feet of stained-glass and a water
light display. The facility also offers fast-food outlets including Fat Burger,
Viva Salsa, Capri Pizza, Kenya's Bakery and Ben & Jerry's Ice Cream. 

     Sunset Station is located on approximately 105 acres, of which only
approximately 70 acres have been developed. We are currently evaluating
potential development plans for the undeveloped property. Uses for the land
could include a lifestyle entertainment retail center, and the development of
several pads for various build-to-suit retail, restaurant and entertainment
concepts. Timing and definitive plans have not yet been determined for such a
development. 

MISSOURI CASINO PROPERTIES

     STATION CASINO KANSAS CITY

     Station Casino Kansas City opened in January 1997. This facility is a
master-planned gaming and entertainment destination facility featuring an
historic Missouri riverboat theme and is strategically located to attract
customers from the greater Kansas City area and tourists from outside the
region.  Station Casino Kansas City is located on an approximately 171-acre site
immediately east of the heavily traveled Interstate 435 bridge, seven miles east
of downtown Kansas City. Station Casino Kansas City's marketing programs are
specifically designed to effectively target and capture repeat customer demand
from the local customer base and also emphasize the strong visitor and overnight
markets. Management believes that Station Casino Kansas City has specific
advantages relative to riverboat facilities in the region. The site is adjacent
to the Interstate 435 bridge, which supports traffic flow of approximately
71,000 cars per day. Interstate 435 is a six-lane, north-south expressway
offering quick and easy accessibility to the site, and also provides direct
visibility of the site.  

     We believe the Station Casino Kansas City facility offers Las Vegas-style
gaming experience in the Midwest.  The gaming facilities are docked adjacent to
a land-based entertainment facility with approximately 526,000 square feet of
main facility area which includes the following features and amenities:

     -    two continuously docked gaming vessels situated in a man-made
          protective basin with an approximately 140,000 square-foot gaming
          space with approximately 3,145 slot and video poker machines, 162
          gaming tables and a poker room.

     -    a 200-room hotel and 5,000 parking spaces; and

     -    an entertainment center with seven full service restaurants and
          several fast food outlets, 11 bars and lounges, a 1,400-seat Grand
          Pavilion, a Kid's Quest child-care facility, an 18-screen movie
          complex operated by Act III Theatres, a 5,700-square foot non-gaming
          video arcade operated by Sega GameWorks and a gift shop. 

     Station Casino Kansas City's restaurants offer a variety of high-quality
food at reasonable prices. Restaurants include an all-you-can-eat live action
buffet "Feast Around the World," featuring Italian, Mexican, Chinese, barbecue,
and traditional American fare, Bugatti's Little Italy Cafe, featuring fine
Italian cuisine and a wine bar with an extensive selection, Pancho Villa's
Cantina, featuring southwestern foods, the Orleans Seafood Co. and Oyster Bar,
featuring fresh Louisiana style seafood, and the Hafbrauhaus Brewery &
Biergarten featuring a wide selection of micro-brewed lagers, an assortment of
American and Bavarian cuisine and live entertainment. In addition, Station
Casino Kansas City leases space to a well-known Kansas City favorite, Arthur
Bryant's Barbeque. 


                                          44
<PAGE>

     STATION CASINO ST. CHARLES

     Station Casino St. Charles opened in May 1994. Station Casino St. Charles
is located immediately north of the Interstate 70 bridge in St. Charles on
approximately 52 acres owned by us. The Station Casino St. Charles complex is
strategically located to attract customers from the St. Charles and greater St.
Louis area, and tourists from outside the region. The site is adjacent to the
Interstate 70 bridge. Interstate 70 is a 10-lane, east-west expressway offering
quick and easy accessibility to and direct visibility of the Station Casino
St. Charles site.  

     The Station Casino St. Charles facility includes two gaming vessels-a
292-foot by 74-foot wide gaming riverboat known as "The Station Casino Belle"
and a floating two-story, 105,000 square foot gaming and entertainment facility
with the following features and amenities:  

     -    an approximately 47,000 square-foot gaming area with a capacity  for
          4,000 gaming customers, approximately 1,890 slot and video poker
          machines and 75 gaming tables; and

     -    non-casino amenities including two full service restaurants and a fast
          food court, seven bars, an entertainment lounge, a gift shop and a
          lobby and ticketing facility. 

     Capitalizing on our operating experience in Las Vegas, Station Casino St.
Charles has emphasized convenience in offering two separate gaming facilities.
In doing so, we are able to stagger Station Casino St. Charles' two hour cruises
to begin each hour of the day from nine in the morning until two the following
morning, seven days a week. With a 45 minute boarding time, the longest a
customer has to wait is 15 minutes to enter a gaming facility. Additionally, we
received approval for continuously docked gaming on each of the gaming
facilities. In Missouri, continuously docked gaming requires "simulated
cruising," which allows customers to board only at certain specified times;
however, the customer may leave at any time, which is significantly more
convenient for the customer. 

     In furtherance of the Station Casino St. Charles master plan, we 
completed construction of a new elevated roadway and a 4,000-space five-story 
parking structure in May 1996.  The elevated roadway and parking structure 
provide improved access to the current and new gaming facilities and 
significantly diminish Station Casino St. Charles' susceptibility to closure 
during the spring flooding season.  This project includes a turn-around deck 
and porte-cochere. The parking facility is constructed above the existing 
flood plain and provides the infrastructure for the current facilities and 
the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.  In the fall of 1996, we 
began an expansion project at Station Casino St. Charles which included the 
building of a backwater basin containing two new gaming vessels and a 
proposed retail and entertainment complex.  The basin has been constructed, 
but since March 31, 1998, construction on the Station Casino St. Charles 
expansion project has been halted.

THE SOUTHWEST COMPANIES

     We provide slot route management services to numerous food and beverage
establishments and commercial businesses in Southern Nevada through our
subsidiary, SGSI. 

     SGSI commenced its slot route business in southern Nevada in December 1990.
Management combined its gaming experience with its route management abilities to
capitalize on the rapidly expanding slot route business. SGSI has approximately
895 machines in service throughout southern Nevada. 

EXPANSION STRATEGY

     SELECTION CRITERIA

     Management believes that a highly visible central location, convenient
access and ample parking are critical factors in attracting local patronage and
repeat visitors. Additionally, sites must be large enough to support
multi-phased master-planned growth. We select sites that are centrally located
within a dense population base so that the facility cannot be cutoff from its
primary market. These sites generally have been adjacent to high-traffic surface
streets and interstate highways. Management believes that each of our Casino
Properties' locations has provided us with a significant competitive advantage
to attract its targeted customer base. 

                                          45

<PAGE>

     MASTER-PLANNED DEVELOPMENT

     Management's expansion strategy includes the master-planned expansion of
our existing and future gaming locations. In designing project sites, we plan
and engineer for multi-phased facility expansion to accommodate future growth
and to allow us to develop dominant properties in each market place. A project's
master-planned design typically allows the option of adding hotel rooms, casino
space and non-gaming entertainment such as movie theaters, additional
restaurants, retail shops, and various other entertainment venues. 

     EXPANSION AND DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES

     We continually evaluate the timing and scope of our master-planned
developments at each of the Casino Properties and may determine from time to
time to expand the scope of, improve on or suspend the implementation of our
master plans. These decisions are dependent upon the availability of financing,
competition and future economic and gaming regulatory environments, many of
which are beyond our control. 

     We also evaluate other development opportunities in current and emerging
gaming markets, including land-based, dockside, riverboat and Indian gaming
opportunities. Our decision whether to proceed with any new gaming development
opportunity is dependent upon future economic and regulatory factors, the
availability of financing and competitive and strategic considerations, many of
which are beyond our control. 

EXPANSION OF EXISTING CASINO PROPERTIES

     SUNSET STATION

     In November 1998, we completed construction of the next phase of the master
planned expansion at Sunset Station. This phase of the master plan is designed
to enhance Sunset Station's reputation for quality entertainment and includes:

     -    a 2,000-space covered parking garage;

     -    an additional 14,000 square feet of casino space with an additional
          250 slot and video poker machines; and

     -    a new steakhouse, a food court area and improved conference
          facilities.

Excluding net construction period interest, the total cost of the expansion
project is expected to be $34.0 million.

     TEXAS STATION

     In May 1998, we commenced construction of the next phase of the master plan
at Texas Station. This phase of the master plan is designed to enhance Texas
Station's reputation for quality entertainment and will include:

     -    a 2,000-space covered parking garage;

     -    an additional 21,000 square feet of casino space with 850 additional
          slot and video poker machines; and

     -    a 10,000-square foot Kid's Quest child-care facility, a food court
          area, an expanded arcade, six additional "stadium-style" movie
          screens; and a new bar and lounge similar to the Gaudi Bar at Sunset
          Station, except with a Texas theme. 

Excluding net construction period interest, we anticipate that the total cost of
the expansion project will be $51.0 million.  We estimate that this expansion
project will be completed in the first calendar quarter of 1999.

                                          46
<PAGE>

     STATION CASINO ST. CHARLES

     In the fall of 1996, we began an expansion project at Station Casino St. 
Charles which included the building of a backwater basin containing two new 
gaming vessels and a proposed retail and entertainment complex.  The basin 
has been constructed, but since March 31, 1998, construction on the Station 
Casino St. Charles expansion project has been halted. 

     We currently believe the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project as
originally contemplated fulfills a strategic need in the St. Louis, Missouri
market.  While we desire to complete and operate these new facilities,
circumstances may arise in the future, including the lack of available
financing, a downturn in the demand for gaming facilities or increased
regulatory requirements unique to the state of Missouri and more attractive uses
of available capital, which may prevent the expansion project from being
completed as originally designed, if at all.  In this event, certain costs
incurred to date may be deemed to possess little or no value necessitating the
recognition of an impairment loss in the period such a determination is made.
The impairment loss could include substantially all of the amount invested by us
in the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project. 

     As of September 30, 1998, we had invested approximately $169.0 million 
related to the Station Casino St. Charles expansion project.  We do not 
anticipate that any major construction activity on the Station Casino St. 
Charles expansion project will resume in the near term. See "Risk Factors-St. 
Charles Expansion Project." 

COMPETITION

     The gaming industry includes land-based casinos, dockside casinos,
riverboat casinos, casinos located on Indian reservations and other forms of
legalized gaming. There is intense competition among companies in the gaming
industry, many of which have significantly greater resources than we do. Certain
states have recently legalized, and several other states are currently
considering legalizing, casino gaming in designated areas. Legalized casino
gaming in such states and on Indian reservations will provide strong competition
to us and could adversely affect our operations, particularly to the extent that
such gaming is conducted in areas close to our operations. Proposition 5, a
California ballot initiative passed by voters in California on November 3, 1998,
permits Indian tribes who enter into agreements with the State of California to
conduct certain gaming activities including horse race wagering, gaming devices
(including slot machines), banked card games and lotteries.  Various opposition
factions have challenged the implementation of Proposition 5 by filing an action
in the Supreme Court of California.  On December 2, 1998, the California Supreme
Court granted a stay on the implementation of Proposition 5 pending
consideration of arguments on constitutionality grounds.  The California Supreme
Court's decision is not expected until the spring of 1999.  It is not certain
when Proposition 5 will be effective or how it will affect us; however, because
visitors from California make up Nevada's largest visitors market, if
Proposition 5 is implemented, increased competition from Indian gaming may
result in a decline in our revenues and may have a material adverse effect on
our business.

     The Las Vegas Casino Properties face competition from all other casinos and
hotels in the Las Vegas area, including to some degree, from each other. Such
competition includes at least ten hotel/casinos targeted primarily towards local
residents and repeat visitors, and numerous non-hotel gaming facilities targeted
towards local residents. We compete with other locals oriented hotel/casinos by
focusing on repeat customers and attracting these customers through innovative
marketing programs. Our value-oriented, high-quality approach is designed to
generate repeat business. Additionally, the Casino Properties are strategically
located and designed to permit convenient access and ample parking, which are
critical factors in attracting local visitors and repeat patrons. Currently,
there are approximately 28 major gaming properties located on or near the Las
Vegas Strip, 14 located in the downtown area and several located in other areas
of Las Vegas. In addition, seven new hotel/casinos and three hotel/casino
expansions are under construction or have been announced, which will add
approximately 19,000 rooms to the Las Vegas area over approximately the next two
years. Five of the new hotel/casinos are major resorts with a theme and an
attraction which are expected to draw significant numbers of visitors. These new
facilities could have a positive effect on the Las Vegas Casino Properties if
more visitors are drawn to Las Vegas. However, major additions, expansions or
enhancements of existing properties or the construction of new properties by
competitors could also have a material adverse effect on the businesses of the
Las Vegas Casino Properties. The additional capacity has had little, if any,
impact on the Las Vegas Casino Properties' hotel occupancy or casino volume to
date.  However, there can be no assurance that hotel occupancy or casino volume
will not be adversely affected in the future. 

                                          47
<PAGE>

     The Las Vegas Casino Properties face more direct competition from ten
hotel/casinos primarily targeted to the local and the repeat visitor markets.
Some of these competitors have completed expansions and existing competitors and
new entrants into these markets are in the planning stages or under construction
on other projects. Other gaming operators own undeveloped properties on which
they could develop gaming facilities in the immediate vicinity of Texas Station
and Sunset Station. At least one operator is exploring development opportunities
in the immediate vicinity of Sunset Station. In 1999, The Resort at Summerlin
Hotel and Casino is expected to open in northwest Las Vegas approximately 5
miles from Texas Station. Although not targeted at the local market, The Resort
at Summerlin will compete indirectly with Texas Station because of its close
proximity to Texas Station. Although we have competed strongly in these
marketplaces, there can be no assurance that additional capacity will not have a
negative impact on us. 

     The Missouri Gaming Commission has been empowered to determine the number
of gaming licenses supportable by the region's economic situation. As of
September 30, 1998, 37 applications for gaming licenses had been filed with the
State of Missouri, including nine applications to operate in the St. Louis
marketplace. Ten licensees are currently licensed in St. Louis, Kansas City,
St. Joseph and Caruthersville, Missouri. Station Casino St. Charles competes
primarily with other gaming operations in and around St. Louis, Missouri.
Currently, in addition to Station Casino St. Charles, there are five competitors
operating in the St. Louis market. In particular, Station Casino St. Charles
directly competes with two facilities located in Maryland Heights which opened
in 1997. Such direct competition is due to the Maryland Heights facilities'
size, quality and close proximity. We have experienced a decline in revenues at
Station Casinos St. Charles since the opening of the Maryland Heights
facilities. We have taken steps that management believes will mitigate the
effects of such competition and the decline in revenues has stabilized. However,
in light of ever increasing competition, there can be no assurance as to the
future performance of Station Casino St. Charles. Additionally, two of the five
competitors operating in the St. Louis market are located in Illinois, which
does not impose the $500 loss limit imposed in Missouri. Gaming also has been
approved by local voters in jurisdictions near St. Louis, including St. Charles,
Jefferson City and other cities and counties along the Mississippi and Missouri
Rivers. Any new gaming operations developed near St. Louis would likely provide
significant competition to Station Casino St. Charles. Gaming laws in
surrounding states and in other areas may be amended in ways that would increase
the competition to Station Casino St. Charles. This increasing competition could
have a material adverse effect on our business. 

     Recently, Davis Gaming was selected for investigation for licensure for a
gaming operation which it intends to develop in Boonville, Missouri, a city in
central Missouri near Jefferson City and Columbia, and Mark Twain Casino L.L.C.
was selected for investigation for licensure for a gaming operation which it
intends to develop in LaGrange, Missouri, a city in northeastern Missouri.
Neither area is currently served by a Missouri gaming facility.  The Davis
Gaming project has proceeded and has received preliminary site and development
approval from the Missouri Gaming Commission.  The Mark Twain Casino project has
not progressed since the initial selection decision.  

     Station Casino Kansas City competes primarily with other gaming operations
in and around Kansas City, Missouri. In addition to Station Casino Kansas City,
there are three other gaming facilities currently operating in the Kansas City
market. Earlier entrants to the Kansas City market may have an advantage over us
due to their ability to establish early market share. Gaming has been approved
by local voters in jurisdictions near Kansas City, including St. Joseph (which
currently has one riverboat gaming operation), Jefferson City and other cities
and counties along the Missouri River.  Since the opening of Station Casino
Kansas City, Sam's Town, the closest gaming development to Station Casino Kansas
City, closed and Boyd Gaming, the owner of Sam's Town, sold most of the Sam's
Town assets to Harrah's, the operator of Harrah's-North Kansas City, the next
closest gaming operator in the area.  Any new gaming operations developed near
Kansas City would likely provide significant competition to Station Casino
Kansas City. 

     Several companies are engaging in riverboat gaming in states neighboring
Missouri. Illinois sites, including Alton, East St. Louis, and Metropolis, enjoy
certain competitive advantages over Station Casino St. Charles because Illinois,
unlike Missouri, does not impose limits on the size of losses and places fewer
restrictions on the extension of credit to customers. In contrast, Missouri
gaming law provides for a maximum loss of $500 per player on each cruise and
prohibits the extension of credit (except credit cards and checks). Unlike
Illinois gaming law, the Missouri gaming law places no limits on the number of
gaming positions allowed at each site. As of September 30, 1998, Illinois had
approved a total of ten licenses; however, only nine licensees are operating
riverboat gaming facilities. While riverboats are currently the only licensed
form of casino-style gaming in Illinois and the number of licenses is restricted
to ten, possible future competition may arise if gaming is legalized in or
around Chicago, which was specifically excluded from the legislation permitting
gaming in Illinois. 


                                          48
<PAGE>

     Our Missouri gaming operations also compete to a lesser extent with the
riverboat and floating gaming facilities in Mississippi, Louisiana, Iowa and
Indiana. Like Illinois, neither Mississippi nor Louisiana gaming legislation
imposes limits on wagers or losses. Gaming laws in these states and in other
areas may be amended in ways that would increase the competition to our Missouri
gaming operations. 

     To a lesser extent, our operations compete with gaming operations in other
parts of the State of Nevada, such as Reno, Laughlin and Lake Tahoe, with
facilities in Atlantic City, New Jersey and other parts of the world and with
state-sponsored lotteries, on-and-off-track pari-mutuel wagering, card parlors
and other forms of legalized gambling. 

EMPLOYEES

     As of September 30, 1998, we had approximately 10,705 employees. From time
to time, certain of our employees are contacted by unions and we engage in
discussions with such employees regarding establishment of collective bargaining
agreements. In 1998, approximately 12 of our employees in the receiving area of
Palace Station voted to become unionized. While we are from time to time faced
with such movements by employees, we do not believe that such movements will
have any broad-based impact on our employees, however there can be no assurances
to that effect. Management believes that it has good relationships with its
employees. 

PROPERTIES

     Palace Station is located on approximately 39 acres located on the west
side of Las Vegas, Nevada. We own 26 acres and lease the remaining 13 acres
pursuant to five long-term ground leases with unaffiliated third parties. The
property is subject to a lien to secure borrowings under the Amended Bank
Facility. 

     Boulder Station is located on approximately 45 acres located on the east
side of Las Vegas, Nevada. We own 18 acres and lease the remaining 27 acres from
a trust pursuant to a long-term ground lease. The trustee of the trust is Bank
of America National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank of America NT&SA") and
the beneficiary of the trust is KB Enterprises, an affiliated company owned by
Frank J. Fertitta, Jr. and Victoria K. Fertitta (the "Related Lessor"), the
parents of Frank J. Fertitta III, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of SCI. The lease has a maximum term of 65 years, ending in June 2058.
The lease provided for monthly payments of $125,000 through June 1998. In July
1998, the monthly rent was adjusted to $135,525 through June 2008. The rent will
be adjusted in July 2008 and every ten years thereafter by a cost of living
factor. In July 2003, and every ten years thereafter the rent will be adjusted
to the product of the fair market value of the land and the greater of:

     -    the then prevailing annual rate of return for comparably situated
          property; or 

     -    8% per year.

In no event will the rent for any period be less than the immediately preceding
period.  Pursuant to the ground lease, we have an option, exercisable at
five-year intervals beginning in June 1998, to purchase the land at fair market
value. We are not expected to exercise our June 1998 option.  We believe that
the terms of the ground lease are as fair to us as could be obtained from an
independent third party. Our leasehold interest in the property and the acreage
we own directly are subject to a lien to secure borrowings under the Amended
Bank Facility.

     Texas Station is located on approximately 47 acres located in North Las
Vegas, Nevada. We lease the property from a trust pursuant to a long-term ground
lease. The trustee of the trust is Bank of America NT&SA and the beneficiary of
the trust is Texas Gambling Hall & Hotel, Inc., an affiliate company of the
Related Lessor. The lease has a maximum term of 65 years, ending in May 2060.
The lease provides for monthly rental payments of $150,000 until July 2000. In
July 2000, and every ten years thereafter, the rent will be adjusted to the
product of the fair market value of the land and the greater of:

     -    the then prevailing annual rate of return being realized for owners of
          comparable land in Clark County; or 

     -    8% per year. 



                                          49
<PAGE>

The rent will be further adjusted by a cost of living factor after the first ten
years and every ten years thereafter. In no event will the rent for any period
be less than the immediately preceding period. Pursuant to the ground lease, we
have an option, exercisable at five-year intervals beginning in May 2000, to
purchase the land at fair market value. Pursuant to the ground lease, the lessor
will have a right to put the land to us, exercisable no later than one year
after the first to occur of:

     -    a change of control (as defined in the lease); or 

     -    delivery of written notice that such a change of control is
          anticipated, at a purchase price equal to fair market value as
          determined by negotiation. 

We believe that the terms of the ground lease are as fair to us as could be
obtained from an independent third party. Our leasehold interest in the property
is subject to a lien to secure borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility. 

     Station Casino St. Charles is located on approximately 52 acres located
immediately north of Interstate 70 on the edge of the Missouri River in St.
Charles, Missouri. We own the entire 52 acres. Our ownership interest in the St.
Charles property is subject to liens to secure borrowings under the Amended Bank
Facility. 

     Station Casino Kansas City is located on approximately 171 acres in Kansas
City, Missouri. We entered into a joint venture with an unaffiliated third party
to acquire the property. Station Casino Kansas City leases the site from the
joint venture with monthly payments of $90,000 through the remainder of the
lease term. The lease term was extended to March 31, 2006, with the option to
extend the lease for up to eight renewal periods of ten years each plus one
additional period of seven years. Commencing April 1, 1998, the rent was, and
every anniversary thereafter the rent will be, adjusted by a cost of living
factor. In connection with the joint venture agreement, we received an option
that provided us the right to acquire the joint venture partner's interest in
this joint venture. We have the option to purchase this interest at any time
after April 1, 2002 through April 1, 2011 for $11.7 million, however, the
purchase price will be adjusted by a cost of living factor of not more than 5%
or less than 2% per annum commencing April 1, 1998. We paid $2.6 million for
this option. Our leasehold interest in the property is subject to a lien to
secure borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility, and under certain
circumstances the Amended Bank Facility permits the lenders to force the
exercise of such option. 

     Sunset Station is located on approximately 105 acres located in the Green
Valley/Henderson area of Las Vegas, Nevada. We lease approximately 48 acres
pursuant to a long-term ground lease with an unaffiliated third party. The lease
was entered into in June 1994, and has a term of 65 years with monthly rental
payments of $120,000, adjusted on each subsequent five-year anniversary by a
cost of living factor. On the seventh anniversary date of the lease, we have the
option to purchase the land for $23.8 million. The lessor also has an option to
sell the land to us for $21.8 million on the seventh anniversary of the lease.
The remaining approximately 52 acres were purchased by us in September 1995, for
approximately $11.0 million. 

     We have acquired or leased several parcels of land in various 
jurisdictions as part of our development activities. At September 30, 1998, 
we had invested $20.6 million in land which had been acquired for potential 
gaming projects in jurisdictions where gaming has been approved. In addition, 
we had invested $3.7 million in land in certain jurisdictions where gaming 
has not yet been approved. No assurances can be made that these jurisdictions 
will approve gaming in the future. 

LITIGATION

     SCI and its subsidiaries are defendants in various lawsuits relating to
routine matters incidental to their business. As with all litigation, no
assurance can be provided as to the outcome of the following matters and
litigation inherently involves significant costs. 

     CRESCENT CASE

     On January 16, 1998, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger with
Crescent Real Estate Equities Company to merge SCI with Crescent. On July 27,
1998, SCI and Crescent announced the postponement of a previously announced
annual and special meeting of SCI's stockholders.  The meeting was postponed to
address



                                          50
<PAGE>

concerns related to the merger expressed by holders of SCI's preferred stock. We
subsequently requested that Crescent purchase $20 million of SCI's redeemable
preferred stock issuable under the merger agreement. The merger agreement
provides that, if we are not in material breach of our covenants,
representations or warranties under the merger agreement, Crescent is required
to fund up to $115 million of redeemable preferred stock even if the merger
agreement has been terminated. Crescent advised us that it took the position
that our postponing the meeting was a breach of the merger agreement. 

     On July 30, 1998, we filed suit against Crescent in Clark County District
Court, State of Nevada, seeking declaratory relief and asserted, among other
things, that the postponement of the meeting did not breach the merger
agreement, that we had received Crescent's consent to the postponement of the
meeting and that we were otherwise in full compliance with our obligations under
the merger agreement.

     On August 11, 1998, we requested that Crescent purchase the additional
$95 million of redeemable preferred stock. Also on August 11, 1998, we amended
our complaint in Nevada state court to include claims regarding Crescent's
breaches of the merger agreement. Our lawsuit against Crescent seeks significant
damages for Crescent's breaches and specific performance requiring Crescent to
fulfill its obligation under the merger agreement to purchase $115 million of
redeemable preferred stock. 

     On December 22, 1998, Crescent filed its answer and counterclaims to our
suit pending in the Nevada state court.  The  answer generally denied our
claims, and the counterclaims sought damages and declaratory relief alleging
that we breached the merger agreement by canceling and failing to reschedule the
stockholders meeting. The suit sought declaratory judgment that our actions with
respect to the meeting, together with certain alleged misrepresentations in the
merger agreement, relieve Crescent of its obligation under the merger agreement
to fund up to $115 million of the redeemable preferred stock. Crescent alleged
that it was excused from further performance under the merger agreement.
Crescent did not specify the amount of damages it sought. Discovery is ongoing
in this action.  

     We anticipate that Crescent will seek the $54 million break-up fee as part
of its counterclaims.  Crescent had announced on August 12, 1998, that it
intended to assert a claim for damages for the $54 million break-up fee under
the merger agreement or its equivalent and for expenses. Payment by us of such a
fee would require consent of the lenders under the Amended Bank Facility.

     On August 7, 1998, Crescent filed suit against us in the United States
District Court, Northern District of Texas, seeking damages and declaratory
relief alleging that we breached the merger agreement by canceling and failing
to reschedule the stockholders meeting. The suit sought declaratory judgment
that our actions with respect to the meeting, together with certain alleged
misrepresentations in the merger agreement, relieve Crescent of its obligation
under the merger agreement to fund up to $115 million of the redeemable
preferred stock. Crescent alleged that it was excused from further performance
under the merger agreement. Crescent did not specify the amount of damages it
sought. Simultaneously with the filing of its suit, Crescent sent notice of
termination of the merger agreement to us. We believe that Crescent, and not
SCI, breached the merger agreement. 

     On December 15, 1998, Crescent's suit against us pending in the United
States District Court for the Northern District of Texas was dismissed for lack
of jurisdiction.  On December 21, 1998, Crescent served us with a notice of
appeal of the dismissal.

     While we believe that Crescent has breached the merger agreement and that
Crescent's allegations are without merit, as with any litigation, we cannot be
sure as to the outcome of such litigation at this time.  In the event that we
are required to pay the $54 million break-up fee, that payment would have a
material adverse effect on our business. In addition, any litigation inherently
involves significant costs of conducting the litigation. 

     CLASS ACTION/DERIVATIVE ACTION

     A suit seeking status as a class action and a derivative action was filed
by plaintiff, Crandon Capital Partners, on August 7, 1998, in Clark County
District Court, State of Nevada, naming SCI and its board of directors as
defendants. The lawsuit, which was filed as a result of the failed merger
between SCI and Crescent, alleges, among other things, a breach of fiduciary
duty owed to the shareholders/class members. The lawsuit seeks damages allegedly
suffered by the shareholders/class members as a result of the transactions with
Crescent and all costs and disbursements



                                          51
<PAGE>

of the lawsuit.  Although no assurance can be provided with respect to any
litigation, SCI and its board of directors do not believe the suit has merit and
intend to defend themselves vigorously. 

   
LOW WATER LEVEL AT STATION CASINO ST. CHARLES; EPA INVESTIGATION

     During December and January, the water level of the Missouri River was well
below normal.  In addition, over time silt and debris flowing downstream have
built up under the gaming barges and other ancillary barges at Station Casino
St. Charles.  These circumstances have caused a portion of these barges, at
times, to touch the river bottom.  Because these barges have touched the river
bottom, the American Bureau of Shipping decertified the barges on January 08,
1999.  As a result of the decertification, the Missouri Gaming Commission
expressed concern regarding the effect of the low water level on the barges. 
However, based upon recent improvement in the water level and our agreement to
work with American Bureau of Shipping to re-certify all of the barges by March
17, 1999, the Missouri Gaming Commission has allowed the gaming facility to
remain open.  We continue to monitor the situation very carefully and believe
that the facility should remain in operation.  However, there can be no
assurance that our assessment will not change or that the relevant authorities
will continue to permit the operation of the facility.  A prolonged closure of
the facility as a result of the low water level would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

     We have taken steps and intend to take further steps to remedy the problems
caused by the low water level.  These further steps include dredging material
from under the barges and constructing a sheet metal wall to divert silt and
debris and keep it from building up under the barges.  We do not expect the cost
of these remedial activities to be material, although there can be no assurance
that such costs will not exceed our expectations.  Dredging and construction
activities generally require permits from the United States Army Corps of
Engineers.  We are currently in the process of applying for the required
permits.  There can be no assurance that the United States Army Corps of
Engineers will grant such permits or that they will be granted on a timely
basis.  If there is a significant delay in our receiving the required permits
and the low water level returns, we could be forced to close the facility.  Our
ability to receive the required permits could be adversely affected by the
investigation described below.

     On February 3, 1999, we received a subpoena issued by the EPA requesting
that documentation relating to our dredging activities at the facility be
furnished to the Grand Jury in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Missouri.  Several employees and persons who contracted to work for
us received similar subpoenas.  We believe that the EPA is investigating
allegations that us or our contractors dredged and disposed of silt and debris
from the area of the facility either without proper permits or without complying
with such permits.  We are in the process of investigating the substance of the
allegations and intend to cooperate fully with the EPA's investigation.  The
investigation could lead to further proceedings against us which could result in
significant fines and other penalties imposed on us.  Based on the initial
results of our own investigation, we believe that any fines or other penalties,
if imposed, would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
position or results of operations.
    

     POULOS/AHEARN CASE

     A suit seeking status as a class action lawsuit was filed by plaintiff,
William H. Poulos, et al., as class representative, on April 26, 1994, in the
United States District Court, Middle District of Florida, naming 41
manufacturers, distributors and casino operators of video poker and electronic
slot machines, including us. On May 10, 1994, a lawsuit alleging substantially
identical claims was filed by another plaintiff, William Ahearn, et al., as
class representative, in the United States District Court, Middle District of
Florida, against 48 manufacturers, distributors and casino operators of video
poker and electronic slot machines, including us and most of the other major
hotel/casino companies. The lawsuits allege that the defendants have engaged in
a course of fraudulent and misleading conduct intended to induce persons to play
such games based on a false belief concerning how the gaming machines operate,
and the extent to which there is an opportunity to win. The two lawsuits have
been consolidated into a single action, and have been transferred to the United
States District Court, for the State of Nevada. On September 26, 1995, a lawsuit
alleging substantially identical claims was filed by plaintiff, Larry Schreier,
et. al, as class representative, in the United States District Court for the
District of Nevada, naming 45 manufacturers, distributors, and casino operators
of video poker and electronic slot machines, including us. Motions to dismiss
the Poulos/Ahearn and Schreier cases were filed by defendants. On April 17,
1996, the Poulos/Ahearn lawsuits were dismissed, but plaintiffs were given leave
to file Amended Complaints on or before May 31, 1996. On May 31, 1996, an
Amended Complaint was filed, naming William H. Poulos, et. al, as plaintiff.
Defendants filed a motion to dismiss. On August 15, 1996, the Schreier lawsuit
was dismissed with leave to amend. On September 27, 1996, Schreier filed an
Amended Complaint. Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Amended Complaint. In
December 1996, the court consolidated the Poulos/Ahearn, the Schreier, and a
third case not involving us and ordered all pending motions be deemed withdrawn
without prejudice, including Defendants' Motions to Dismiss the Amended
Complaints. The plaintiffs filed a Consolidated Amended Complaint on
February 13, 1997. On or about December 19, 1997, the court issued formal
opinions granting in part and denying in part the defendants' motion to dismiss.
In so doing, the court ordered plaintiffs to file an amended complaint in
accordance with the court's orders in January of 1998. Accordingly, plaintiffs
amended their complaint and filed it with the United Stated District Court, for
the State of Nevada in February 1998. We and all other defendants have answered
the amended complaint filed on behalf of plaintiffs and continue to deny the
allegations contained in the amended complaint.  The plaintiffs are seeking
compensatory, special, consequential, incidental, and punitive damages in
unspecified amounts.  The defendants have committed to vigorously defend all
claims and allegations contained in the consolidated action.  The parties have
fully briefed the issues regarding class certification, which are currently
pending before the court.  The discovery stay remains in effect pending
resolution of these issues.  We do not expect that the lawsuits will have a
material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. 

     NICOLE ANDERSON CASE

     A suit seeking status as a class action lawsuit was filed by plaintiff
Nicole Anderson, et. al., as class representative, on September 24, 1997, in the
United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri, Eastern
Division. The lawsuit alleges certain racially based discriminatory action at
Station Casino St. Charles and seeks injunctive relief and compensatory,
special, consequential, incidental and punitive damages in unspecified amounts.
On or about October 24, 1997, plaintiff filed her first amended complaint. On
November 24, 1997, we filed our answer to plaintiff's first amended complaint
which denied the allegations contained in the amended complaint. We do not
believe the suit has merit and intend to continue defending ourselves
vigorously. 

     On August 25, 1998, a hearing was held to determine whether this lawsuit
could be certified as a class action.  The court conditionally certified a
subclass of dealers in the table game department; the other plaintiffs may
proceed individually with their claims.  Discovery in all these cases has begun,
but as yet no trial date has been set.

     AKIN CASE

     On January 16, 1997, our gaming license in Kansas City was formally issued
for its facility, which is located in a man-made basin filled with water piped
in from the surface of the Missouri River. In reliance on numerous approvals
from the Missouri Gaming Commission specific to the configuration and granted
prior to the formal issuance of our gaming license, we built and opened the
Station Casino Kansas City facility. The license issued to us and the



                                          52
<PAGE>

resolutions related thereto specifically acknowledge that the Missouri Gaming
Commission had reviewed and approved this configuration. On November 25, 1997,
the Supreme Court of Missouri, in a case challenging the gaming licenses of
certain competitors of Station Casino St. Charles located in Maryland Heights,
Missouri, ruled that gaming in artificial spaces may occur only in spaces that
are contiguous to the surface stream of the Missouri and Mississippi Rivers. On
November 3, 1998, the citizens of the State of Missouri approved a
Constitutional amendment which was proposed by initiative petition, that
retroactively legalized lotteries, gift enterprises and games of chance aboard
excursion gambling boats and floating facilities, like ours, that are located
within artificial spaces containing water that are within 1,000 feet of the
closest edge of the main channel of the Mississippi or Missouri Rivers. This
amendment to the Constitution became effective on November 23, 1998. The
Missouri Gaming Commission has stayed its preliminary orders of disciplinary
action against licensees that operate within artificial basins, and has
dismissed the preliminary orders for disciplinary action with respect to all
applicable licensees except KCSC.  The Missouri Gaming Commission has not
dismissed the disciplinary proceeding against KCSC because it is investigating
an alleged violation by KCSC that is related to an aspect of the placement of
our gaming facilities in an artificial basin.  While we anticipate that the
disciplinary action with respect to KCSC will be dismissed, we cannot be sure
that the Missouri Gaming Commission will take such action or that the Missouri
Gaming Commission will not impose a fine or other penalty against us in
connection with such dismissal.  Numerous active organizations oppose gaming in
Missouri and may in the future take action to cause gaming operations in
Missouri to be restricted or prohibited.

     STEPHEN B. SMALL CASE

     A class action lawsuit was filed by plaintiff Stephen B. Small, et al., as
class representative, on November 28, 1997, in the United States District Court
for the Western District of Missouri, naming four gaming operators in Kansas
City, Missouri, including Kansas City Station Corporation. The lawsuit alleged
that the defendants are conducting gaming operations that are not located on the
Missouri River in violation of certain state and federal statutes. On
September 1, 1998, the United States District Court granted Kansas City Station
Corporation's motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On October 30, 1998, the plaintiff
filed a similar lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Cole County, Missouri. The
plaintiff is seeking a declaratory judgment that the operators were conducting
illegal games of chance prior to December 3, 1998, the effective date of a
Constitutional amendment passed by Missouri voters on November 3, 1998,
legalizing gaming facilities within 1000 feet of the main channel of the
Mississippi and Missouri Rivers.  Plaintiff is also seeking compensatory,
special, consequential, and incidental damages in unspecified amounts.
Management believes that the claims are without merit and does not expect that
the lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or
results of operations. 

     CANFORA CASE

     In June 1997, Joseph J. Canfora, a former employee of ours, commenced a
lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the Western District
of Missouri asserting breach of employment agreement, bad faith discharge and
violations of ERISA.  In December 1997, the claims relating to bad faith
discharge and ERISA violations were dismissed. Canfora subsequently amended his
complaint and alleged breach of employment agreement and tortious interference
with business expectancies.  On January 18, 1999, Station and Canfora agreed to
a final settlement of the lawsuit and therefore we anticipate no further
litigation in this matter.





                                          53
<PAGE>
                                       
                               REGULATION AND LICENSING

NEVADA GAMING REGULATIONS

     The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities, the operation 
of slot machine routes and the manufacture and distribution of gaming devices 
and cashless wagering systems in Nevada are subject to: 

     -    the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the rules and regulations
          promulgated thereunder (collectively, the "Nevada Act"); and 

     -    various local ordinances and regulations.  

Our gaming operations are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of 
the Nevada Gaming Commission ("Nevada Commission"), the Nevada State Gaming 
Control Board ("Nevada Board"), the City of Las Vegas, the Clark County 
Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board (the "Clark County Board"), the City of 
North Las Vegas, the City of Henderson and certain other local regulatory 
agencies.  The Nevada Commission, the Nevada Board, the City of Las Vegas, 
the Clark County Board, the City of North Las Vegas, the City of Henderson, 
and certain other local regulatory agencies are collectively referred to as 
the "Nevada Gaming Authorities." 

     The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming 
Authorities are based upon declarations of public policy which are concerned 
with, among other things: 

     -    the prevention of unsavory or unsuitable persons from having a direct
          or indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any capacity; 

     -    the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices
          and procedures; 

     -    the maintenance of effective controls over the financial practices of
          licensees, including the establishment of minimum procedures for
          internal controls and the safeguarding of assets and revenues,
          providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic
          reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities; 

     -    the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and 

     -    providing a source of state and local revenues through taxation and
          licensing fees. 

Change in such laws, regulations and procedures could have an adverse effect 
on our gaming operations. 

     SCI's direct and indirect subsidiaries that conduct gaming operations in 
Nevada are required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.  The 
gaming licenses require the periodic payment of fees and taxes and are not 
transferable. SGSI is licensed as a distributor and as an operator of a slot 
machine route.  PSHC, BSI, TSI, SSI and TRSI have received licenses to 
conduct nonrestricted gaming operations.  Town Center Amusements, Inc. 
("TCAI") has been licensed to conduct nonrestricted gaming operations at 
Barley's Casino & Brewing Company ("Barley's Casino"), a micro brewery and 
casino located in southeast Las Vegas.  SCI's ownership in TCAI is held 
through an intermediary company known as Green Valley Station, Inc.  ("GVSI") 
which is licensed as a member and Manager of TCAI. SCI is registered by the 
Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation (a "Registered 
Corporation") and has been found suitable to own the stock of PSHC, BSI, TSI, 
SSI, TRSI, GVSI, and SGSI.  SCI is also licensed as a manufacturer and 
distributor. PSHC, BSI, TSI, SSI, TRSI, GVSI and SGSI are each a corporate 
gaming licensee and TCAI is a limited liability company licensee 
(individually a "Gaming Subsidiary" and collectively the "Gaming 
Subsidiaries") under the terms of the Nevada Act.  As a Registered 
Corporation, SCI is required periodically to submit detailed financial and 
operating reports to the Nevada Commission and the Nevada Board and furnish 
any other information which the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board may 
require.  No person may become a stockholder or holder of an interest of, or 
receive any percentage of profits from the Gaming Subsidiaries without first 
obtaining licenses and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities.  SCI and 
the Gaming Subsidiaries have obtained from the Nevada Gaming Authorities the 
various registrations, findings of suitability, approvals, permits and 
licenses

                                          54

<PAGE>

(individually, a "Gaming License" and collectively, the "Gaming Licenses") 
required in order to engage in gaming activities in Nevada. 

     The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a 
material relationship to, or material involvement with, a Registered 
Corporation, such as SCI, or the Gaming Subsidiaries, which hold a Gaming 
License, in order to determine whether such individual is suitable or should 
be licensed as a business associate of a Registered Corporation or a gaming 
licensee.  Officers, directors and certain key employees of the Gaming 
Subsidiaries must file applications with the Nevada Gaming Authorities and 
may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming 
Authorities. Officers, directors and key employees of SCI who are actively 
and directly involved in gaming activities of the Gaming Subsidiaries may be 
required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.  
The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing for any 
cause which they deem reasonable.  A finding of suitability is comparable to 
licensing, and both require submission of detailed personal and financial 
information followed by a thorough investigation.  The applicant for 
licensing or a finding of suitability must pay all the costs of the 
investigation. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada 
Gaming Authorities and in addition to their authority to deny an application 
for a finding of suitability or licensure, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have 
jurisdiction to disapprove a change in corporate position. 

     If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, director or 
key employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue to have a 
relationship with SCI or the Gaming Subsidiaries, the companies involved 
would have to sever all relationships with such person.  In addition, the 
Nevada Commission may require SCI or the Gaming Subsidiaries to terminate the 
employment of any person who refuses to file the appropriate applications. 
Determinations of suitability or questions pertaining to licensing are not 
subject to judicial review in Nevada. 

     SCI and the Gaming Subsidiaries are required to submit detailed 
financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission.  Substantially all 
material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing 
transactions by SCI and the Gaming Subsidiaries must be reported to or 
approved by the Nevada Commission and/or the Nevada Board. 

     If it were determined that the Nevada Act was violated by a Gaming 
Subsidiary, the Gaming Licenses it holds could be limited, conditioned, 
suspended or revoked, subject to compliance with certain statutory and 
regulatory procedures.  In addition, SCI, the Gaming Subsidiaries and the 
persons involved could be subject to substantial fines for each separate 
violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. 
Further, a supervisor could be appointed by the Nevada Commission to operate 
Palace Station, Boulder Station, Texas Station, Sunset Station, Wild Wild 
West, and Barley's Casino and, under certain circumstances, earnings 
generated during the supervisor's appointment (except for the reasonable 
rental value of the casino) could be forfeited to the State of Nevada.  
Limitation, conditioning or suspension of the Gaming Licenses of the Gaming 
Subsidiaries or the appointment of a supervisor could (and revocation of any 
Gaming License would) materially adversely affect our gaming operations. 

     Any beneficial owner of SCI's voting securities, regardless of the number
of shares owned, may be required to file an application, be investigated, and
have their suitability as a beneficial owner of SCI's voting securities
determined if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such ownership
would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies of the State of
Nevada.  The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the
Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting any such investigation.

     The Nevada Act provides that persons who acquire beneficial ownership of 
more than 5% of the voting securities of a Registered Corporation must report 
the acquisition to the Nevada Commission.  The Nevada Act also requires that 
beneficial owners of more than 10% of the voting securities of a Registered 
Corporation must apply to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability 
within thirty days after the Chairman of the Nevada Board mails the written 
notice requiring such filing.  An "institutional investor," as defined in the 
Nevada Commission's regulations, which acquires beneficial ownership of more 
than 10%, but not more than 15% of SCI's voting securities may apply to the 
Nevada Commission for a waiver of such finding of suitability if such 
institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes 
only. An institutional investor shall not be deemed to hold voting securities 
for investment purposes unless the voting securities were acquired and are 
held in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not 
for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly, the election of a 
majority of the members of SCI's Board of Directors, any change in SCI's 
corporate charter, bylaws, our management policies or operations, or any of 
its gaming affiliates, or any other action which the Nevada Commission finds 
to be inconsistent with holding our

                                          55

<PAGE>

voting securities for investment purposes only.  Activities which are not 
deemed to be inconsistent with holding voting securities for investment 
purposes only include: 

     -    voting on all matters voted on by stockholders; 

     -    making financial and other inquiries of management of the type
          normally made by securities analysts for informational purposes and
          not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and 

     -    such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be
          consistent with such investment intent.  

If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a 
corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit detailed business and 
financial information including a list of beneficial owners.  The applicant 
is required to pay all costs of investigation. 

     Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or 
a license within thirty days after being ordered to do so by the Nevada 
Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board, may be found unsuitable.  The 
same restrictions apply to a record owner if the record owner, after request, 
fails to identify the beneficial owner.  Any stockholder who is found 
unsuitable and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of 
the voting securities of a Registered Corporation beyond such period of time 
as may be prescribed by the Nevada Commission may be guilty of a criminal 
offense.  SCI is subject to disciplinary action if, after it receives notice 
that a person is unsuitable to be a stockholder or to have any other 
relationship with SCI or the Gaming Subsidiaries, SCI:

     -    pays that person any dividend or interest upon its voting securities;

     -    allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting
          right conferred through securities held by that person;

     -    pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or
          otherwise; or 

     -    fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person
          to relinquish his voting securities including, if necessary, the
          immediate purchase of said voting securities for cash at fair market
          value.  

Additionally, the Clark County Board has the authority to approve all persons 
owning or controlling the stock of any corporation controlling a gaming 
licensee. 

     The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any 
debt security of a Registered Corporation, such as the Notes, to file 
applications, be investigated and be found suitable to own the debt security 
of a Registered Corporation if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe 
that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared 
policies of the State of Nevada.  Any person who is found unsuitable and who 
holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of a debt security of 
a Registered Corporation beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by 
the Nevada Commission may be guilty of a criminal offense.  If the Nevada 
Commission determines that a person is unsuitable to own such security, then 
pursuant to the Nevada Act, the Registered Corporation can be sanctioned, 
including the loss of its approvals, if, without the prior approval of the 
Nevada Commission, it: 

     -    pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest, or any
          distribution whatsoever; 

     -    recognizes any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection
          with such securities; 

     -    pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or 

                                          56

<PAGE>

     -    makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal,
          redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation or similar transaction. 

     SCI is required to maintain a current stock ledger in Nevada which may 
be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities at any time.  If any securities 
are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be 
required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada 
Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for 
finding the record holder unsuitable.  SCI is also required to render maximum 
assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner.  The Nevada 
Commission has the power to require SCI's stock certificates to bear a legend 
indicating that the securities are subject to the Nevada Act.  However, to 
date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a requirement on SCI. 

     SCI may not make a public offering of is securities without the prior 
approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities or proceeds received are 
intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in 
Nevada, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for such purposes.  On 
May 22, 1997, the Nevada Commission granted SCI prior approval to make 
offerings under a Shelf Registration for a period of twenty-two months, 
subject to certain conditions ("Shelf Approval").  The Shelf Approval was 
amended and restated on June 23, 1998 to include TSI and to be effective for 
11 months.  However, the Shelf Approval may be rescinded for good cause 
without prior notice upon the issuance of an interlocutory stop order by the 
Chairman of the Nevada Board and must be renewed at the end of the approval 
period.  SCI has filed an application for renewal and has requested that the 
Shelf Approval be renewed for a period of two years.  The Shelf Approval also 
applies to any affiliated company wholly-owned by us (an "Affiliate") which 
is a publicly traded corporation or would thereby become a publicly traded 
corporation pursuant to a public offering.  The Shelf Approval also includes 
approval for the Gaming Subsidiaries to guarantee any security issued by, or 
to hypothecate their assets to secure the payment or performance of any 
obligations issued by, us or an Affiliate in a public offering under the 
Shelf Approval.  The Shelf Approval does not constitute a finding, 
recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to 
the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the 
securities offered. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.  The 
exchange offer will constitute a public offering (as defined in the Nevada 
Act) and will be made pursuant to the Shelf Approval.  In addition, 
restrictions on the transfer of any equity securities issued by a Gaming 
Subsidiary and agreements not to encumber such equity securities 
(collectively, "Stock Restrictions") are ineffectve without the prior 
approval of the Nevada Commission.  The Shelf Approval also includes approval 
for Stock Restrictions imposed in respect of securities issued in a public 
offering such as the New Notes.  However, the Stock Restrictions in respect 
of the Old Notes are not covered by the Shelf Approval and therefore required 
the prior approval of the Nevada Commission in order to be effective.  SCI 
has filed an application for approval of the Stock Restrictions.

     Changes in control of SCI through merger, consolidation, stock or asset 
acquisitions, management or consulting agreements, or any act or conduct by a 
person whereby such person obtains control, may not occur without the prior 
approval of the Nevada Commission.  Entities seeking to acquire control of a 
Registered Corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and the Nevada 
Commission that they meet a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming 
control of such Registered Corporation.  The Nevada Commission may also 
require controlling stockholders, officers, directors and other persons 
having a material relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to 
acquire control, to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval 
process relating to the transaction. 

     The Nevada legislature has declared that some corporate acquisitions 
opposed by management, repurchases of voting securities and corporate defense 
tactics affecting Nevada corporate gaming licensees, and Registered 
Corporations that are affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to 
stable and productive corporate gaming.  The Nevada Commission has 
established a regulatory scheme to ameliorate the potentially adverse effects 
of these business practices upon Nevada's gaming industry and to further 
Nevada's policy to: 

     -    assure the financial stability of corporate gaming licensees and their
          affiliates; 

     -    preserve the beneficial aspects of conducting business in the
          corporate form; and 

     -    promote a neutral environment for the orderly governance of corporate
          affairs.  

Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission 
before a Registered Corporation can make exceptional repurchases of voting 
securities above the current market price of such securities and before a

                                          57

<PAGE>

corporate acquisition opposed by management can be consummated.  The Nevada 
Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalization proposed by 
the Registered Corporation's Board of Directors in response to a tender offer 
made directly to the Registered Corporation's stockholders for the purpose of 
acquiring control of the Registered Corporation. 

     License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type 
of gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State of Nevada and to the 
counties and cities in which the Nevada licensee's respective operations are 
conducted.  Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and 
taxes are payable either monthly, quarterly or annually and are based upon 
either: 

     -    a percentage of the gross revenues received; 

     -    the number of gaming devices operated; or 

     -    the number of table games operated.  

A casino entertainment tax is also paid by casino operations where 
entertainment is furnished in connection with the serving or selling of food 
or refreshments or the selling of any merchandise.  Nevada licensees that 
hold a license as an operator of a slot route, or manufacturer's or 
distributor's license also pay certain fees and taxes to the State of Nevada. 

     Any person who is licensed, required to be licensed, registered, 
required to be registered, or is under common control with such persons 
(collectively, "Licensees"), and who proposes to become involved in a gaming 
venture outside of Nevada, is required to deposit with the Nevada Board, and 
thereafter maintain, a revolving fund in the amount of $10,000 to pay the 
expenses of investigation by the Nevada Board of their participation in such 
foreign gaming. The revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease in the 
discretion of the Nevada Commission.  Thereafter, licensees are required to 
comply with certain reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. 
Licensees are also subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission if 
they knowingly violate any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the 
foreign gaming operation, fail to conduct the foreign gaming operation in 
accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada 
gaming operations, engage in activities or enter into associations that are 
harmful to the State of Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and 
fees, or employ, contract with or associate with a person in the foreign 
operation who has been denied a license or finding of suitability in Nevada 
on the grounds of personal unsuitability or whom a court in the State of 
Nevada has found guilty of cheating.  The loss or restriction of our gaming 
licenses in Nevada would have a material adverse effect on our business and 
could require us to cease gaming operations in Nevada. 

NEVADA LIQUOR REGULATIONS

     The sale of alcoholic beverages at Palace Station is subject to 
licensing, control and regulation by the City of Las Vegas. The sale of 
alcoholic beverages at Boulder Station and Wild Wild West is subject to 
licensing, control and regulation by the Clark County Board.  Texas Station 
is subject to licensing, control and regulation of the City of North Las 
Vegas.  Sunset Station is subject to the licensing, control and regulation of 
the City of Henderson. Barley's Casino is subject to licensing, control and 
regulation of the City of Henderson and the Department of Treasury, Bureau of 
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.  All licenses are revocable and are not 
transferable.  The agencies involved have full power to limit, condition, 
suspend or revoke any such license, and any such disciplinary action could 
(and revocation would) have a material adverse effect on the operations of 
the Gaming Subsidiaries. 

MISSOURI GAMING REGULATIONS

     Gaming was originally authorized in the State of Missouri and the City 
of St. Charles on November 3, 1992, although no governmental action was taken 
to enforce or implement the original law. On April 29, 1993, Missouri enacted 
the Missouri Gaming Law which replaced the original law and established the 
Missouri Gaming Commission, which is responsible for the licensing and 
regulation of riverboat gaming in Missouri. The Missouri Gaming Commission 
has discretion to approve gaming license applications for both permanently 
moored ("dockside") riverboat casinos and powered ("excursion") riverboat 
casinos. On September 20, 1993, we filed our initial application with the 
Missouri Gaming Commission for either a dockside or a cruising gaming license 
in St. Charles, Missouri.  The license was issued on May 27, 1994, thereby 
making us one of the first two entrants in the Missouri riverboat gaming 
market. 

                                          58

<PAGE>

     Opponents of gaming in Missouri have brought several legal challenges to 
gaming in the past and may bring similar challenges in the future. There can 
be no assurances that any future challenges, if brought, would not further 
interfere with our full-scale gaming operations in Missouri. 

     On January 25, 1994, as a result of a cause of action brought by 
anti-gaming interests, the Missouri Supreme Court held that games of chance, 
including certain games authorized under the Missouri Gaming Law such as 
bingo and keno, constitute "lotteries" and were therefore prohibited under 
the Missouri Constitution. A state wide election on April 5, 1994, failed to 
adopt a constitutional amendment that would have exempted excursion boats and 
floating facilities from such constitutional prohibition on lotteries. 
Therefore, in May 1994, we commenced operations only with those games which 
involve some element of skill ("limited gaming"), such as poker and 
blackjack, that would be constitutionally permissible.  The authorization of 
both games of skill and games of chance ("full-scale gaming") occurred on 
November 8, 1994 with passage by Missouri voters of a constitutional 
amendment virtually identical to the measure which was defeated on April 5, 
1994.  Full-scale gaming became effective on December 9, 1994, and by the end 
of December 1994, we were conducting full scale gaming on both our excursion 
and dockside casinos in St. Charles, Missouri. 

     On January 16, 1997, the Missouri Gaming Commission granted KCSC a Class 
A and Class B Excursion Gambling Boat license to own and operate the River 
King and River Queen floating gaming facilities. 

     On November 25, 1997, the Supreme Court ruled, in a case again brought 
by anti-gaming interests, involving certain operators who compete with 
Station Casino St. Charles in Maryland Heights, Missouri, that gaming may 
occur only in artificial spaces that are contiguous to the surface stream of 
the Missouri and Mississippi rivers.  On November 3, 1998, the citizens of 
the State of Missouri approved a Constitutional amendment which was proposed 
by initiative petition, that retroactively legalized lotteries, gift 
enterprises and games of chance aboard excursion gambling boats and floating 
facilities located within artificial spaces containing water that are within 
1,000 feet of the closest edge of the main channel of the Mississippi or 
Missouri Rivers.  This amendment to the constitution became effective on 
November 23, 1998. The Missouri Gaming Commission has stayed its preliminary 
orders of disciplinary action against licensees that operate within 
artificial basins, and has dismissed the preliminary orders for disciplinary 
action with respect to all applicable licensees except KCSC.  The Missouri 
Gaming Commission has not dismissed the disciplinary proceeding against KCSC 
because it is investigating an alleged violation by KCSC that is related to 
an aspect of the placement of our gaming facilities in an artificial basin.  
While we anticipate that the disciplinary action with respect to KCSC will be 
dismissed, we cannot be sure that the Missouri Gaming Commission will take 
such action or that the Missouri Gaming Commission will not impose a fine or 
other penalty against us in connection with such dismissal.

     Under the Missouri Gaming Law, the ownership and operation of riverboat 
gaming facilities in Missouri are subject to extensive state and local 
regulation.  By virtue of its gaming license in Missouri, Station, any 
subsidiaries it has or it may form and certain of its officers and employees 
are subject to the Missouri Gaming Law and the regulations of the Missouri 
Gaming Commission. 

     As part of the application and licensing process for a gaming license, 
the applicant must submit detailed financial, operating and other reports to 
the Missouri Gaming Commission.  Each applicant has an ongoing duty to update 
the information provided to the Missouri Gaming Commission in the 
application.  In addition to the information required of the applicant, 
directors, officers and other key persons must submit Personal Disclosure 
Forms which include detailed personal financial information and are subject 
to thorough investigations.  All gaming employees must obtain an occupational 
license issued by the Missouri Gaming Commission.  Operators' licenses are 
issued through application to the Missouri Gaming Commission, which requires, 
among other things:

     -    investigations into an applicant's character, financial responsibility
          and experience qualifications; and 

     -    that applicants furnish (1) an affirmative action plan for the hiring
          and training of minorities and women and (2) an economic development
          or impact report.  

License fees are a minimum of $50,000 for the initial application and $25,000 
annually thereafter. 

                                          59

<PAGE>

     The Missouri Gaming Commission may revoke or suspend gaming licenses and 
impose other penalties for violation of the Missouri Gaming Law and the rules 
and regulations which may be promulgated thereunder, including, without 
limitation, forfeiture of all gaming equipment used for improper gaming and 
fines of up to three times an operator's highest daily amount of gross 
receipts from wagering on the gambling games conducted during the preceding 
twelve months.  No gaming licensee or occupational licensee may pledge, 
hypothecate or transfer in any way any license, or any interest in a license, 
issued by the Missouri Gaming Commission.  An ownership interest in a gaming 
licensee that is not a publicly held entity or a  holding company that is not 
a publicly held entity may not be pledged or hypothecated in any way to, or 
otherwise be subject to any type of security interest held by, any entity or 
person other than a regulated bank or saving and loan association without 
prior approval of the Missouri Gaming Commission.  Missouri Gaming Commission 
regulations prohibit a licensee from consummating any of the following 
transactions without at least 60 days' prior notice to the Missouri Gaming 
Commission, and during such period, the Missouri Gaming Commission may 
disapprove the transaction or require the transaction be delayed pending 
further investigation:

     -    any transfer or issuance of an ownership interest in a gaming licensee
          that is not a publicly held entity or a holding company that is not a
          publicly held entity; and  

     -    any pledge or hypothecation or grant of any type of security interest
          in an ownership interest in a gaming licensee that is not a publicly
          held entity or a holding company that is not a publicly held entity to
          a regulated bank or saving and loan association; 

provided that no ownership interest may be transferred in any way pursuant to 
any pledge, hypothecation or security interest without separate notice to the 
Missouri Gaming Commission at least thirty days prior to such transfer, which 
restriction must be specifically included in the grant of pledge, 
hypothecation or security interest. 

     Missouri Gaming Commission regulations require a licensee to notify the 
Missouri Gaming Commission of its intention to consummate any of the 
following transactions at least fifteen days prior to such consummation, and 
the Missouri Gaming Commission may reopen the licensing hearing prior to or 
following the consummation date to consider the effect of the transaction on 
the licensee's suitability:  

     -    any issuance of ownership interest in a publicly held gaming licensee
          or a publicly held holding company, if such issuance would involve,
          directly or indirectly, an amount of ownership interest equaling five
          percent or greater of the ownership interest in the gaming licensee or
          holding company after the issuance is complete;  

     -    any private incurrence of debt equal to or exceeding one million
          dollars by a gaming licensee or holding company that is affiliated
          with the holder of a license; 

     -    any public issuance of debt by a gaming licensee or holding company
          that is affiliated with the holder of a license; and 

     -    any significant related party transaction as defined in the
          regulations. 

     The Missouri Gaming Law imposes operational requirements on riverboat 
operators, including a charge of two dollars per gaming customer that 
licensees must pay to the Missouri Gaming Commission, certain minimum payout 
requirements, a 20% tax on adjusted gross receipts, prohibitions against 
providing credit to gaming customers (except for the use of credit cards and 
cashing checks) and a requirement that each licensee reimburse the Missouri 
Gaming Commission for all costs of any Missouri Gaming Commission staff 
necessary to protect the public on the licensee's riverboat.  Licensees must 
also submit audited quarterly financial reports to the SEC and pay the 
associated auditing fees.  Other areas of operation which are subject to 
regulation under Missouri rules are the size, denomination and handling of 
chips and tokens; the surveillance methods and computer monitoring of 
electronic games; accounting and audit methods and procedures; and approval 
of an extensive internal control system.  The Missouri rules also require 
that all of an operator's purchases of chips, tokens, dice, playing cards and 
electronic gaming devices must be acquired from suppliers licensed by the 
Missouri Gaming Commission.  The Missouri Gaming Law provides for a loss 
limit of $500 per person per excursion and requires licensees to maintain 
scheduled excursions with boarding and disembarking times regardless of 
whether the riverboat cruises.  Although the Missouri Gaming Law provides no 
limit

                                          60

<PAGE>

on the amount of riverboat space that may be used for gaming, the Missouri 
Gaming Commission is empowered to impose such space limitations through the 
adoption of rules and regulations. Additionally, United States Coast Guard 
safety regulations could affect the amount of riverboat space that may be 
devoted to gaming. The Missouri Gaming Law also includes requirements as to 
the form of riverboats, which must resemble Missouri's riverboat history to 
the extent practicable and include certain non-gaming amenities.  All ten 
licensees currently operating rierboat gaming operations in Missouri are 
authorized to conduct all or a portion of their operations on a dockside 
basis. 

     With respect to the availability of dockside gaming, which may be more 
profitable than excursion gaming, the Missouri Gaming Commission is empowered 
to determine on a site-by-site basis where such gaming is appropriate and 
shall be permitted.  All other riverboats will be required to cruise.  On 
December 27, 1994, SCRSI was granted a dockside gaming license for its 
floating gaming facility by the Missouri Gaming Commission.  On April 16, 
1996, SCRSI, subsequently received approval from the Missouri Gaming 
Commission to conduct its operations on its excursion gaming riverboat on a 
continuously docked basis. The U.S. Coast Guard has recommended to the 
Missouri Gaming Commission that all gaming vessels on the Missouri River be 
required to remain dockside because certain characteristics of the Missouri 
River, including turbulence, lack of emergency response infrastructure and 
potential congestion, create substantially elevated risks for the operation 
of large capacity passenger vessels.  Dockside gaming in Missouri may differ 
from dockside gaming in other states, such as Mississippi, because the 
Missouri Gaming Commission has the ability to require "simulated cruising."  
This requirement permits customers to board dockside riverboats only at 
specific times and prohibits boarding during a certain portion of each 
simulated cruise, which are required to be a minimum of two hours and a 
maximum of four hours. Dockside gaming in Missouri may not be as profitable 
as dockside gaming in other states, that allow for continuous customer 
ingress and egress. 

     We may not make a public issuance of debt or ownership interests without 
first notifying the Missouri Gaming Commission at least 15 days prior to such 
issuance.  The Missouri Gaming Commission may reopen the licensing hearing of 
the gaming licensee prior to or following the consummation date to consider 
the effect of the transaction on the gaming licensee's suitability. 

GENERAL GAMING REGULATIONS IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS

     If we become involved in gaming operations in any other jurisdictions, 
such gaming operations will subject us and certain of our officers, 
directors, key employees, stockholders and other affiliates ("Regulated 
Persons") to strict legal and regulatory requirements, including mandatory 
licensing and approval requirements, suitability requirements, and ongoing 
regulatory oversight with respect to such gaming operations. Such legal and 
regulatory requirements and oversight will be administered and exercised by 
the relevant regulatory agency or agencies in each jurisdiction (the 
"Regulatory Authorities"). Station and the Regulated Persons will need to 
satisfy the licensing, approval and suitability requirements of each 
jurisdiction in which we seek to become involved in gaming operations. These 
requirements vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally concern 
the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners and 
managers of gaming operations and persons financially interested or involved 
in gaming operations. In general, the procedures for gaming licensing, 
approval and finding of suitability require us and each Regulated Person to 
submit detailed personal history information and financial information to 
demonstrate that the proposed gaming operation has adequate financial 
resources generated from suitable sources and adequate procedures to comply 
with the operating controls and requirements imposed by law and regulation in 
each jurisdiction, followed by a thorough investigation by such Regulatory 
Authorities. In general, Station and each Regulated Person must pay the costs 
of such investigation. An application for any gaming license, approval or 
finding of suitability may be denied for any cause that the Regulatory 
Authorities deem reasonable. Once obtained, licenses and approvals may be 
subject to periodic renewal and generally are not transferable. The 
Regulatory Authorities may at any time revoke, suspend, condition, limit or 
restrict a license, approval or finding of suitability fr any cause they deem 
reasonable. Fines for violations may be levied against the holder of a 
license or approval and in certain jurisdictions, gaming operation revenues 
can be forfeited to the state under certain circumstances.  There can be no 
assurance that we will obtain all of the necessary licenses, approvals and 
findings of suitability or that our officers, directors, key employees, other 
affiliates and certain other stockholders will satisfy the suitability 
requirements in one or more jurisdictions, or that such licenses, approvals 
and findings of suitability, if obtained, will not be revoked, limited, 
suspended or not renewed in the future. 

     Failure by us to obtain, or the loss or suspension of, any necessary 
licenses, approval or findings of suitability would prevent us from 
conducting gaming operations in such jurisdiction and possibly in other 
jurisdictions. We may be required to submit detailed financial and operating 
reports to Regulatory Authorities. 

                                          61

<PAGE>

     The laws, regulations and procedures pertaining to gaming are subject to 
the interpretation of the Regulatory Authorities and may be amended. Any 
changes in such laws, regulations, or their interpretations could have a 
material adverse effect on us.

                                          62

<PAGE>
                                       
                                  MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth the directors, executive officers and 
certain key management personnel of SCI and certain of its subsidiaries. All 
directors hold their positions until their terms expire and until their 
respective successors are elected and qualified. Executive officers are 
elected by and serve at the discretion of the SCI board of directors until 
their successors are duly chosen and qualified.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 NAME                               AGE                           POSITION
 ----                               ---                           --------

<S>                                 <C>      <C>
 Frank J. Fertitta III(1)             36     Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 Glenn C. Christenson                 49     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative
                                             Officer, Treasurer and Director

 Scott M Nielson                      41     Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 Blake L. Sartini(1)                  40     Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

 William W. Warner                    34     Vice President of Finance

 R. Hal Dean                          82     Director

 Lorenzo J. Fertitta(1)               30     Director

 Lowell H. Lebermann, Jr.             59     Director

 Delise F. Sartini(1)                 39     Director

- -----------

</TABLE>

(1)   Frank J. Fertitta III and Lorenzo J. Fertitta are brothers and Delise F.
      Sartini is their sister. Delise F. Sartini is married to Blake L.
      Sartini. 

    FRANK J. FERTITTA III.  Mr. Fertitta has served as Chairman of the Board of
SCI since February 1993, Chief Executive Officer since July 1992 and President
since 1989. He has held senior management positions since 1985, when he was
named General Manager of Palace Station. He was elected a director of SCI in
1986, at which time he was also appointed Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer. In 1992, he co-founded Station Casino St. Charles and has
served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of that company since that time. 

    GLENN C. CHRISTENSON.  Mr. Christenson was appointed Chief Administrative
Officer in March 1997 and has served as Executive Vice President of SCI since
February 1994. From 1989 to 1993, he served as Vice President of SCI. He has
served as Chief Financial Officer since 1989, as Treasurer since 1992 and as a
director of SCI since 1993. Mr. Christenson is a Certified Public Accountant.
From 1983 to 1989, he was a partner of the international accounting firm of
Deloitte Haskins & Sells (now Deloitte & Touche), where he served as
partner-in-charge of audit services for the Nevada practice and National Audit
partner for the Hospitality Industry. Mr. Christenson has served on the Board of
Directors of the Nevada Resort Association and was Chairman of the Nevada Resort
Association's IRS Liaison Committee. 



                                          63
<PAGE>

    SCOTT M NIELSON.  Mr. Nielson was appointed Executive Vice President of SCI
in June 1994. In 1991, he was appointed General Counsel and in 1992 he was
appointed Secretary of SCI. From 1991 through June 1994, he served as Vice
President of SCI. From 1986 to 1991, Mr. Nielson was in private legal practice,
most recently as a partner in the Las Vegas firm of Schreck, Jones, Bernhard,
Woloson & Godfrey, where he specialized in gaming law and land use planning and
zoning. Mr. Nielson is a member of the American Bar Association, the Nevada Bar
Association and the International Association of Gaming Attorneys. 

    BLAKE L. SARTINI.  Mr. Sartini was appointed Chief Operating Officer in 
March 1997 and has served as Executive Vice President of SCI since February 
1994. From February 1994 to March 1997 he also served as President-Nevada 
Operations for SCI. From 1991 to 1993, he served as Vice President of Gaming 
Operations for us. He has served as a director of SCI since 1993 and has over 
14 years of experience in the hotel and casino industry. From 1985 to 1990, 
Mr. Sartini held various management positions at Station and served as 
President of Southwest Gaming Services, Inc., a subsidiary of SCI until 
November 1995. In 1992, he co-founded Station Casino St. Charles and serves 
as its President. 

    WILLIAM W. WARNER.  Mr. Warner has served as Vice President of Finance of
SCI since January 1996 and from August 1993 to January 1996 he served as
Director of Finance. Prior to his employment by SCI, Mr. Warner served as
controller of Kentco Capital Corporation from 1991 to 1993 and from 1986 to 1991
he served with the international accounting firm of ArthurAnderson LLP, most
recently as an Audit Manager. 

    R. HAL DEAN.  Mr. Dean has served as a director of SCI since June 1993 and
is chairman of the Human Resources Committee. Mr. Dean presently is a member of
the Board of Directors of LaBarge, Inc. (from 1984) in St. Louis. Mr. Dean
retired in 1982 from the Ralston Purina Company, having served 44 years in
various capacities including Chairman of the Board (1968-1982) and Chief
Executive Officer (1964-1982). Mr. Dean has served on several other Boards of
Directors including those of Gulf Oil Corp., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
(1970-1985), Chase Manhattan Bank International Advisory Group, New York, New
York (1965-1970), Mercantile Trust Co., St. Louis, Missouri (1969-1987), General
American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Missouri (1972-1987), Barnes Hospital,
St. Louis, Missouri (1979-1985) and Chevron Corp., San Francisco, California
(1985-1989). 

    LORENZO J. FERTITTA.  Mr. Fertitta has served as a director of SCI since
1991. He has served as President and Chief Executive Office of Fertitta
Enterprises, Inc. since June 1993, where he is responsible for managing an
investment portfolio consisting of marketable securities and real property. From
time to time, the investment portfolio contains investments in other gaming
operations. Mr. Fertitta was a co-founder of Southwest Gaming in 1990 and of
Station Casino St. Charles in 1992 and has served on their respective boards
since their inception. From 1991 to 1993, he served as Vice President of SCI.
Mr. Fertitta serves as a commissioner on the Nevada State Athletic Commission. 

    LOWELL H. LEBERMANN, JR.  Mr. Lebermann has served as a director of SCI
since October 1993 and is chairman of the Audit Committee. He is also a director
of Valero Energy Corporation, San Antonio, serving as a member of the executive
committee. He is a former director of Franklin Federal Bancorp, Austin (now
Norwest), and founding member of the Board of Directors of the Texas Workers'
Compensation Fund. He is president and CEO of Centex Beverage, Inc. wholesale
distributor of Miller beer and imported beverages. Since 1993, he has been a
member of the Board of Regents of the University of Texas System. He was a
Council Member of the Austin City Council from 1971-1977. 

    DELISE F. SARTINI.  Ms. Sartini was appointed a director of SCI on August
30, 1995. She has served as Vice President of Community Affairs at Palace
Station in excess of five years. Ms. Sartini was a co-founder of Southwest
Gaming in 1990 and of Station Casino St. Charles in 1992. Ms. Sartini is
involved in various charitable organizations and serves on the Board of
Directors of St. Jude's Ranch for Children.



                                          64
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS OF SCI

     The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 1998, certain
information regarding the shares of SCI Common Stock beneficially owned by each
stockholder who is known by SCI to beneficially own in excess of 5% of the
outstanding shares of SCI Common Stock, by each director and named executive
officer and by all executive officers and directors as a group. Based on filings
with the SEC, SCI has not identified any person who owns in excess of 5% of the
SCI Convertible Preferred Stock.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)(2)                          NUMBER(3)   % OF CLASS
 ------------------------------                          ---------   ----------
                                                          BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                               OF SHARES
                                                               ---------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>
 Frank J. Fertitta III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5,826,819     16.1
 Blake L. Sartini(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4,903,834     13.8
 Lorenzo J. Fertitta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4,781,511     13.5
 Delise F. Sartini(4)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4,727,023     13.4
 Par Capital Management, Inc.(5) . . . . . . . . . . .     2,605,000      7.4
 Glenn C. Christenson  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       267,346        *
 Scott M Nielson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       222,477        *
 William W. Warner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        10,807        *
 R. Hal Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        44,265        *
 Lowell H. Lebermann, Jr.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        21,000        *
 Executive Officers and Directors as a
   Group (9 persons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16,088,686     43.5

- ------------

</TABLE>
    
*     Less than one percent 

(1)   Except as otherwise noted, excludes shares of SCI Stock issuable upon
      conversion of SCI Convertible Preferred Stock. Of the total number of
      shares reported in this table, the following are the approximate number
      of vested options beneficially owned by each individual in the table:
      Frank J. Fertitta III 945,615; Blake L. Sartini 191,437; Delise F.
      Sartini 14,627; Lorenzo J. Fertitta 99,000; Glenn C. Christenson 213,146;
      Scott M Nielson 168,477; William W. Warner 0; R. Hal Dean 22,500; and
      Lowell H. Lebermann, Jr. 20,000. Of the total number of shares reported
      in this table, 457 shares beneficially owned by William W. Warner are
      held by SCI's 401(k) Plan which shares may be voted by the trustee of
      such shares. 

(2)   The address of each of the beneficial owners named in this table other
      than Par Capital Management, Inc. is: c/o Station Casinos, Inc.,
      2411 West Sahara Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada 89102. 

(3)   Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to
      the community property laws where applicable, each of the stockholders
      named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to
      the shares shown as beneficially owned. 

(4)   Reflects beneficial ownership shared by Blake L. and Delise F. Sartini. 
      Blake L. and Delise F. Sartini do not, however, share beneficial
      ownership of the vested options reflected in note (1) and thus have
      different total ownership figures. 

(5)   The address of Par Capital Management, Inc. is One Financial Center,
      Suite 1600, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The SEC filing dated
      September 2, 1998 for Par Capital Management, Inc. states that it is
      filed by Par Capital Management, Inc., Par Investment Partners, L.P. and
      Par Group, L.P.



                                          65
<PAGE>

                DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS AND CAPITAL STOCK

AMENDED BANK FACILITY

     The Amended Bank Facility consists of a Revolving Facility up to an
aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million and a Term Loan of $75.0 million.
The Revolving Facility includes a swing line facility with a sub-limit on
borrowing of $15.0 million. The borrowers under the Amended Bank Facility are
PSHC, BSI, TSI, SSI, KCSC and SCRSI. The Amended Bank Facility is secured by
substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers.  SCI, SGSI and certain other
subsidiaries guarantee the borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility.  The
maturity date of the Revolving Facility is September 30, 2003. The availability
under the Revolving Facility will reduce by $7.0 million on September 30, 1999;
by $12.25 million on each of December 31, 1999, March 31, 2000 and June 30,
2000; by $14.0 million on September 30, 2000, December 31, 2000, March 31, 2001
and June 30, 2001; and by $17.5 million on each fiscal quarter end thereafter.
The Term Loan matures on December 31, 2005 and amortizes in installments of
$187,500 on each fiscal quarter end from March 31, 2000 until and including
December 31, 2004 and of $17.8 million on each fiscal quarter end thereafter.
Borrowings under the Revolving Facility bear interest at a margin above the
agent bank's alternate reference rate or the Eurodollar Rate, as selected by us.
The margin above such rates, and the fee on the unfunded portions of the
Revolving Facility, will vary quarterly based on our combined consolidated ratio
of average quarterly adjusted funded debt to Adjusted EBITDA. As of November 25,
1998, the Borrowers' margin above the Eurodollar Rate on borrowings under the
Revolving Facility was 2.25%. The maximum margin for Eurodollar Rate borrowings
is 2.75%. The maximum margin for alternate base rate borrowings is 1.50%. The
maximum fee for the unfunded portion of the Revolving Facility is 0.50%. The
interest rate on the Term Loan is 3.25% above the Eurodollar Rate. 

     The Amended Bank Facility contains certain financial and other covenants.
These include a maximum funded debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio for the Borrowers
combined of 2.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter, a minimum fixed charge
coverage ratio for the preceding four quarters for the Borrowers combined of
1.40 to 1.00 until and including March 31, 1999 and for each quarter thereafter,
1.50 to 1.00, limitations on indebtedness, limitations on asset dispositions,
limitations on investments, limitations on prepayments of indebtedness and rent
and limitations on capital expenditures. As of September 30, 1998, the Borrowers
combined funded debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio was 2.04 to 1.00 and their
combined fixed charge coverage ratio for the preceding four quarters ended
September 30, 1998 was 1.81 to 1.00. A tranche of the Revolving Facility
contains a minimum tangible net worth requirement for Palace Station
($10 million plus 95% of net income determined as of the end of each fiscal
quarter with no reduction for net losses) and certain restrictions on
distributions of cash from Palace Station to SCI. As of September 30, 1998,
Palace Station's tangible net worth exceeded the requirement by approximately
$8.4 million. These covenants limit Palace Station's ability to make payments to
SCI, a significant source of anticipated cash for SCI. 

     In addition, the Amended Bank Facility has financial and other covenants
relating to Station. These include a tangible net worth covenant of
$265.0 million (adjusted upward for 95% of cumulative net income (without
deduction for any net loss) and 100% of capital stock issuances by SCI and
downward for certain capital stock repurchases, preferred stock dividends, or
certain permissible asset dispositions, required write down of assets and
preopening expense, if any) and a consolidated funded debt to Adjusted EBITDA
ratio of no more than 5.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 1998 and reducing quarterly
to 4.00 to 1.00 on September 30, 2001. Other covenants limit prepayments of
indebtedness or rent (including, subordinated debt other than refinancings
meeting certain criteria), limitations on asset dispositions, limitation on
dividends, limitations on indebtedness, limitations on investments and
limitations on capital expenditures. The Amended Bank Facility also prohibits
SCI from holding cash and cash equivalents in excess of the sum of the amounts
necessary to make the next scheduled interest or dividend payments on our senior
subordinated notes and preferred stock, the amounts necessary to fund casino
bankroll in the ordinary course of business any amount required to be held by
SCI or any restricted subsidiary by any gaming boards, and $2.0 million.  SCI
has pledged the stock of all of its subsidiaries except KCSC and SCRSI and has
agreed to pledge the stock of the latter two subsidiaries upon regulatory
approval (which is expected to be obtained).  The Guarantors waive certain
defenses and rights including rights of subrogation and reimbursement. The
Amended Bank Facility contains customary events of default and remedies and is
cross-defaulted to our senior subordinated notes and a change of control default
(which definition is substantially similar to the definition of Change of
Control Triggering Event in the indentures governing our senior subordinated
notes).

                                          66
<PAGE>

SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES

     We had $529.2 million, net of unamortized discount of $11.7 million, of 
senior subordinated notes outstanding as of September 30, 1998, $187.5 
million of these notes bear interest, payable semi-annually, at a rate of 
9-5/8% per year, $197.0 million of these notes bear interest, payable 
semi-annually, at a rate of 10-1/8% per year and $144.8 million of the notes 
bear interest, payable semi-annually, at a rate of 9-3/4% per year 
(collectively the "Existing Notes"). On January 4, 1999, we redeemed our 
9-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 at a redemption price equal to 
103.61% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon 
to the date of redemption.   The indentures governing the Existing Notes (the 
"Existing Indentures") contain certain customary financial and other 
covenants which prohibit us from incurring indebtedness (including capital 
leases) other than:

     -    non-recourse debt for certain specified subsidiaries;

     -    certain equipment financings;

     -    the Existing Notes;

     -    up to $15 million of additional indebtedness;

     -    additional indebtedness if, after giving effect thereto, a 2.00 to
          1.00 pro forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Existing
          Indentures) has been met;

     -    Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined in the Existing
          Indentures);

     -    borrowings of up to $72 million under the Amended Bank Facility
          (contained in the indentures governing the 9-5/8% Senior Subordinated
          Notes due 2003) and borrowings under the Amended Bank Facility not to
          exceed the greater of $200.0 million or 1.5 times Operating Cash Flow
          (as defined) for the four most recent quarters (contained in the
          indentures governing the 9-3/4% and 10-1/8% Senior Subordinated
          Notes); and 

     -    certain other indebtedness. 

At September 30, 1998, SCI's Consolidated Coverage Ratio was 1.95 to 1.00. In
addition, the Existing Indentures prohibit SCI from paying dividends on any of
SCI's capital stock unless at the time of and after giving effect to such
dividends, among other things, the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments
and Restricted Investments (as defined in the Existing Indentures, and which
include any dividends on any of SCI's capital stock) do not exceed the sum of:

     -    50% of SCI's Cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined) (less
          100% of any consolidated net losses); 

     -    certain net proceeds from the sale of SCI's equity securities; and

     -    $15 million. 

The limitation on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and dividend
restrictions in the Existing Indentures may significantly affect our ability to
pay dividends on SCI's capital stock. The Existing Indentures also give the
holders of the Existing Notes the right to require SCI to purchase the Existing
Notes at 101% of the principal amount of the Existing Notes plus accrued
interest thereon upon a Change of Control and Rating Decline (each as defined in
the Existing Indentures) of SCI. 

SUNSET OPERATING LEASE

     SCI has entered into an operating lease for furniture, fixtures and
equipment (the "Equipment") with a cost of $40.0 million, dated as of
September 25, 1996 (the "Sunset Operating Lease") between SCI and First Security
Trust Company of Nevada. The Sunset Operating Lease expires in October 2000 and
carries a lease rate of 2.25% above the



                                          67
<PAGE>

Eurodollar Rate. A total of $35.7 million of the Sunset Operating Lease has been
drawn and no further draws pursuant to the lease will be made. SCI has entered
into a sublease with SSI for the Equipment pursuant to an operating lease with
financial terms substantially similar to the Sunset Operating Lease. SCI
currently incurs approximately $2.2 million of rent expense per quarter related
to this lease. In the event that Sunset Station elects to purchase the
Equipment, SCI has provided a funding commitment up to the amount necessary for
such purchase. SCI has an ongoing option to purchase the equipment.  The option
exercise price was $31.8 million at September 30, 1998. This amount reduces
throughout the term of the lease to $21.4 million at October 2000. 

     In connection with the Sunset Operating Lease, SCI also entered into a
participation agreement, dated as of September 25, 1996 with the trustee, as
lessor under the Sunset Operating Lease, and holders of beneficial interests in
the Lessor Trust. Pursuant to the participation agreement, the holders of
beneficial interests in the Lessor Trust advanced funds to the trustee for the
purchase by the trustee of, or to reimburse us for the purchase, of the
Equipment, which is currently being leased to us under the Sunset Operating
Lease, and in turn subleased to SSI. Pursuant to the participation agreement,
SCI also agreed to indemnify the Lessor and the holders of beneficial interests
in the Lessor Trust against certain liabilities. 

COMMON STOCK

     SCI is authorized to issue up to 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01
par value per share (the "Common Stock"), 35,311,792 shares of which were issued
and outstanding as of September 30, 1998. Each holder of the Common Stock is
entitled to one vote for each share held of record on each matter submitted to a
vote of stockholders. Holders of the Common Stock have no cumulative voting,
conversion, redemption or preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for
additional shares other than pursuant to the Rights Plan described below.
Subject to any preferences that may be granted to the holders of SCI's 
preferred stock, each holder of Common Stock is entitled to receive ratably such
dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor and any distributions to the stockholders and, in the event
of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of SCI, is entitled to share ratably
in all our assets remaining after payment of liabilities. 

RIGHTS PLAN

     On October 6, 1997, SCI declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase
right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock. The dividend was
paid on October 21, 1997. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase
from SCI one one-hundredth of a share of SCI's Series A Preferred Stock, par
value $0.01 per share ("Preferred Shares") at a price of $40.00 per one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, subject to adjustment. The Rights are not
exercisable until the earlier of 10 days following a public announcement that a
person or group of affiliated or associated persons have acquired beneficial
ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding Common Stock ("Acquiring Person") or
10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the board
of directors of SCI prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated
persons becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of, or
announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer, the
consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or
group of 15% or more of the outstanding Common Stock. The Rights will expire on
October 21, 2007. Acquiring Persons do not have the same rights to receive
Common Stock as other holders upon exercise of the Rights. Because of the nature
of the Preferred Shares' dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the value of
one one-hundredth interest in a Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of
each Right should approximate the value of one Common Share. In the event that
any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring
Person, the proper provisions will be made so that each holder of a Right, other
than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter
become void), will thereafter have the rights to receive upon exercise that
number of Common Shares having a market value of two times the exercise price of
the Right. In the event that SCI is acquired in a merger or other business
combination transaction or 50% or more of our consolidated assets or earning
power are sold after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, proper
provision will be made so that each holder of a Right will thereafter have the
right to receive, upon exercise of the Right, that number of shares of common
stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction will have a
market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. Because of the
characteristics of the Rights in connection with a person or group of affiliated
or associated persons becoming an Acquiring Person, the Rights may have the
effect of making an acquisition of SCI more difficult and may discourage such an
acquisition.

                                          68
<PAGE>

PREFERRED STOCK

     SCI is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01
par value per share (the "Preferred Stock"). As of September 30, 1998, 2,070,000
shares of $3.50 Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Convertible Preferred Stock")
have been issued and are outstanding. The board of directors of SCI, without
further action by the holders of Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred
Stock, may issue shares of SCI Preferred Stock in one or more series and may fix
or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including the
voting rights, redemption provisions (including sinking fund provisions),
dividend rights, dividend rates, liquidation rates, liquidation preferences,
conversion rights and the description and number of shares constituting any
wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock. Except as described above, the board
of directors of SCI, without further stockholder approval, may issue shares of
Preferred Stock with rights that could adversely affect the rights of the
holders of Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock. The issuance of
shares of Preferred Stock under certain circumstances could have the effect of
delaying or preventing a change of control of SCI or other corporate action. 

     CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     Each of the Convertible Preferred Stock shares outstanding has a
liquidation preference of $50.00 per share plus an amount equal to any
accumulated and unpaid dividends at the annual rate of $3.50 per share, or 7.0%
of such liquidation preference. Such dividends accrue and are cumulative from
the date of issuance and are payable quarterly. The Convertible Preferred Stock
is convertible at the option of the holder of the Convertible Preferred Stock at
any time, unless previously redeemed, into shares of Common Stock at an initial
conversion rate of 3.2573 shares of Common Stock for each share of Convertible
Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. SCI may reduce
the conversion price of the Convertible Preferred Stock by any amount for any
period of at least 20 days, so long as the decrease is irrevocable during such
period. The Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemable, at SCI's option, in whole
or in part, for shares of Common Stock, at any time after March 15, 1999,
initially at a price of $52.45 per share of Convertible Preferred Stock, and
thereafter at prices decreasing annually to $50.00 per share of Convertible
Preferred Stock on and after March 15, 2006, plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
The Common Stock to be issued is determined by dividing the redemption price by
the lower of the average daily closing price for Common Stock for the preceding
20 trading days or the closing price of Common Stock on the first business day
preceding the date of the redemption notice. Any fractional shares would be paid
in cash. There is no mandatory sinking fund obligation with respect to the
Convertible Preferred Stock. The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock do
not have any voting rights, except as required by applicable law and in
connection with certain extraordinary events and except that, among other
things, whenever accrued and unpaid dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock
are equal to or exceed the equivalent of six quarterly dividends payable on the
Convertible Preferred Stock, the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock,
voting separately as a class with the holders of any other series of parity
stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable,
will be entitled to elect two directors to the board of directors of SCI until
dividend arrearage has been paid or amounts have been set apart for such
payment. The Convertible Preferred Stock is senior to the Common Stock with
respect to dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. 

     REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

     SCI has authorized the issuance of an aggregate of 115,000 shares of
redeemable preferred stock to Crescent pursuant to the terms of the merger
agreement. SCI and Crescent are currently in litigation in a Nevada state court
with respect to the merger agreement and Crescent's obligation to purchase the
redeemable preferred stock. See "Business-Litigation."


                                          69
<PAGE>

                                  THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     We sold the Old Notes on December 3, 1998 (the "Closing Date") to the
initial purchasers in a private offering.  As a condition to the sale of the Old
Notes, SCI and the initial purchasers entered into the Registration Rights
Agreement on the Closing Date.  The registration statement, of which this
prospectus is part, is intended to satisfy certain of our obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreement summarized below.  

     Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to file with the
SEC an exchange offer registration statement on the appropriate form under the
Securities Act with respect to the New Notes.   Upon the effectiveness of the
exchange offer registration statement, we will offer to the holders of Old Notes
who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange their
Old Notes for the New Notes.  If we are not permitted to consummate the exchange
offer because the exchange offer is not permitted by applicable law or
Commission policy, or any noteholder notifies us within the specified time
period that it: 

     -    is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange
          offer; or 

     -    that it may not resell the New Notes acquired by it in the exchange
          offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus
          contained in the exchange offer registration statement is not
          appropriate or available for such resales; or 

     -    that it is a broker-dealer and owns Old Notes acquired directly from
          us or an affiliate of ours, 

we will file with the SEC a shelf registration statement to cover resales of the
Old Notes by the noteholders who satisfy certain conditions relating to the
provision of information in connection with the shelf registration statement.  

     The Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1998, provides
that we will:

     -    file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC on or prior
          to February 1, 1999; 

     -    use our best efforts to have the exchange offer registration statement
          declared effective by the SEC on or prior to April 2, 1999; 

     -    unless the exchange offer would not be permitted by applicable law or
          SEC policy, commence the exchange offer and use our best efforts to
          issue on or prior to 30 business days (or longer if required by
          applicable law) after the date on which the exchange offer
          registration statement was declared effective by the SEC, New Notes in
          exchange for all Old Notes tendered prior thereto in the exchange
          offer and; 

     -    if obligated, to file a shelf registration statement, and use our best
          efforts to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC on or
          prior to 60 days after such filing obligation arises and to cause the
          shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC as
          soon as practicable thereafter (and in any event by April 30, 1999;
          provided that such period shall be extended if necessary to provide us
          with 30 days notice of its filing obligation).  

If:

     -    we fail to file any of the registration statements required by the
          Registration Rights Agreement on or before the date specified for such
          filing, or 

     -    any of such registration statements is not declared effective by the
          SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness the
          "Effectiveness Target Date;" or



                                          70
<PAGE>

     -    we fail to consummate the exchange offer within 30 business days after
          the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the exchange offer
          registration statement; or 

     -    the shelf registration statement is declared effective but thereafter
          ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the
          transfer restricted securities during the periods specified in the
          Registration Rights Agreement;

(each such event referred to in the clauses above a "Registration Default"),
then we will pay liquidated damages to each noteholder, with respect to the
first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration
Default in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old
Notes held by such holder.  The amount of the liquidated damages will increase
by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount constituting transfer
restricted securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all
Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated
damages of $.15 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes constituting
transfer restricted securities.  We will pay all accrued liquidated damages on
each damages payment date (as defined in the Indenture) to the global note
holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check
and to holders of certificated securities by mailing checks to their registered
addresses.  Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, liquidated damages
will not accrue.

TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES 

     For purposes of the foregoing, transfer restricted securities means each
Old Note until:

     -    the date on which such Old Note has been exchanged by a person other
          than a broker-dealer for a New Note in the exchange offer;

     -    following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the exchange offer of an
          Old Note for a New Note, the date on which such New Note is sold to a
          purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date
          of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the exchange offer
          registration statement;

     -    the date on which such Old Note has been effectively registered under
          the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the shelf
          registration statement; or 

     -    the date on which such Old Note may be distributed to the public
          pursuant to Rule 144 or another applicable resale exemption under the
          Securities Act.  

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
   
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this 
prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all of 
the Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date 
of the exchange offer.  As of the date of this prospectus, $199.9 million 
aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes is outstanding and no New Notes 
are outstanding.  This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, 
is first being sent on or about February 16, 1999, to all noteholders known 
to us.  Our obligation to accept the Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the 
exchange offer is subject to the conditions as set forth under "--Certain 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.  We will issue $1,000 principal 
amount of New Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of 
outstanding Old Notes accepted in the exchange offer. Noteholders may tender 
some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer.  See 
"--Consequences of Failure to Exchange."  However, the Old Notes may be 
tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.  
    
     The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes for which they
are exchanged, and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.  The form and
terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Old Notes,
except that the New Notes have been registered under the Securities Act. 
Therefore, the New Notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer.  



                                          71
<PAGE>

     Noteholders do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the
Indenture in connection with the exchange offer.  We intend to conduct the
exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of Regulation 14E
under the Exchange Act.  

     We shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as,
and if we have given verbal or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange
agent.  The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering noteholders for
the purpose of receiving the New Notes.  

     If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, or the failure to satisfy other conditions to the exchange offer
or otherwise, we will return such unaccepted tenders of Old Notes without
expense to the noteholder of the Old Note, as promptly as practicable after the
expiration date of the exchange offer.  

     Noteholders whose Old Notes are not tendered or are tendered but not
accepted in the exchange offer will continue to hold such Old Notes and will be
entitled to all the rights and preferences and subject to the limitations
applicable to the Old Notes under the Indenture.  Following completion of the
exchange offer, the noteholders will continue to be subject to the existing
restrictions upon transfer of the Old Notes and we will have no further
obligation to those noteholders to provide for the registration under the
Securities Act of the Old Notes held by them.  To the extent that Old Notes are
tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for untendered,
and tendered but unaccepted, Old Notes could be adversely affected.  See "Risk
Factors - Restrictions Upon Transfer of and Limited Trading Market for Old
Notes." 

     Noteholders who tender Old Notes in the exchange offer will not be required
to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the
letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the exchange offer.  We will pay all charges and expenses, other
than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offer.  See 
"--Fees and Expenses; Solicitation of Tenders." 

EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS 
   
     The term expiration date shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time on
March 16, 1999, unless we extend the exchange offer.  If we do extend the
exchange offer, the term expiration date shall mean the date and time to which
the exchange offer is extended.  
    
     In order to extend the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will
notify the exchange agent of any extension by verbal or written notice, mail to
the registered noteholders an announcement of that notice, and will make a
release to the Dow Jones News Services prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time,
on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date of the
exchange offer.  

     We reserve the right at our sole discretion: 

     -    to delay accepting any Old Notes;

     -    to extend the exchange offer;

     -    to terminate the exchange offer and not accept the Old Notes not
          previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under 
          "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" shall have occurred and
          shall not have been waived by us, by giving oral or written notice of
          such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or

     -    to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.  

     Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be
followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the
noteholders.  If the exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to
constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment by means
of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to all noteholders, and we
will extend the exchange offer for a period of five to ten business days,
depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to



                                          72
<PAGE>

noteholders, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during such five to
ten business day period.  During any extension of the expiration date of the
exchange offer, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the
exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us.

     We shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate
any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release to the Dow
Jones News Service.  

INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES 

     Interest accrues on the New Notes at the rate of 8-7/8% per annum and will
be payable in cash semiannually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1,
commencing June 1, 1999.  No interest will be payable on the Old Notes on the
date of the exchange for the New Notes and therefore no interest will be paid
thereon to the noteholders at such time.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING THE OLD NOTES

     When a beneficial owner of Old Notes tenders them to the Company as set
forth below and the Company accepts the Old Notes, the beneficial owner of the
Old Notes and the Company will be deemed to have entered into a binding
agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus and the letter of transmittal.

     Except as set forth below, if you wish to tender the Old Notes for exchange
pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit a properly completed and duly
executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by such
letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at one of the addresses set forth
below under "Exchange Agent" on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange
offer.  In addition: 

     -    the exchange agent must receive certificates for such Old Notes along
          with the letter of transmittal;

     -    the exchange agent must receive prior to the expiration date of the
          exchange offer a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such
          Old Notes into the exchange agent's account at the Depository Trust
          Company pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described
          below; or

     -    the noteholder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures
          described below.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE NOTEHOLDER.  IF SUCH
DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, WE RECOMMEND THAT REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED.  IN ALL CASES, YOU SHOULD ALLOW SUFFICIENT
TIME TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.  YOU SHOULD NOT SEND LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR
OLD NOTES TO US. 

     Each signature on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange
pursuant thereto are tendered:

     -    by a registered noteholder who has not completed the box entitled
          "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery
          Instructions" in the letter of transmittal; or 

     -    for the account of an eligible institution (as defined below).  

In the event that a signature on a letter of transmittal or a notice of
withdrawal, as the case may be, is required to be guaranteed, such guarantee
must be by a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange
or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States or otherwise an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (collectively, "Eligible Institutions").  If
the Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the person
signing the letter of transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must
be endorsed by, or be accompanied by, a written instrument or instruments of
transfer or exchange, in satisfactory



                                          73
<PAGE>

form as determined by us in our sole discretion, duly executed by the registered
noteholder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.  

     If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than
the registered noteholder or noteholders, the Old Notes must either be endorsed
by the registered noteholder with signature guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney with signature
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.  In either case, the Old Notes must be
signed exactly as the name or names of the registered noteholder or noteholders
that appear on the Old Notes.  

     If a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer
of a corporation or another acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity
signs the letter of transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney, the
person signing should indicate in which capacity he or she is signing and,
unless waived by us, submit proper evidence satisfactory to us of his or her
authority to sign with the letter of transmittal.  

     By tendering, each noteholder will represent to us that, among other
things:

     -    the New Notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being
          acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving
          such New Notes, whether or not that person is the noteholder;

     -    neither the noteholder nor any such other person has an arrangement or
          understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of
          such New Notes;

     -    if the noteholder is not a broker-dealer, or is a broker-dealer but
          will not receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for the Old
          Notes, neither the noteholder nor any such other person is engaged in
          or intends to participate in the distribution of such New Notes; and 

     -    neither the noteholder nor any such other person is an "affiliate" of
          ours, as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  

If the tendering noteholder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for
its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, the noteholder will be
required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of such New Notes.  The letter of transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.  

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SCI DOES NOT CONSTITUTE
DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT

     We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity,
form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of the Old Notes
tendered for exchange, which determination shall be final and binding.  We
reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular Old
Notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Old Notes which
acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel, be unlawful.  We also reserve
the absolute right in our sole discretion to waive any defects or irregularities
or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular Old Notes either before
or after the expiration date of the exchange offer (including the right to waive
the ineligibility of any noteholder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the
exchange offer).  The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange
offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the expiration date
of the exchange offer (including the letter of transmittal and its instructions)
by us shall be final and binding on all parties.  Unless waived, any defects or
irregularities in connection with the tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be
cured within a reasonable period of time as we shall determine.  Neither the
Company, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give
notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old
Notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to
give such notification.



                                          74
<PAGE>

ACCEPTANCE OF THE OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF THE NEW NOTES 

     Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange 
offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date of the exchange 
offer, all Old Notes properly tendered and will issue the New Notes promptly 
after acceptance of the Old Notes.  See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange 
Offer" below.  For purposes of the exchange offer, we shall be deemed to have 
accepted properly tendered Old Notes for exchange when, and if we have given 
verbal or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent.  

     In all cases, issuance of the New Notes for the Old Notes that are 
accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after 
timely receipt by the exchange agent of the following: 

     -    certificates for such Old Notes or a timely confirmation of a 
          book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the exchange agent's 
          account at the Depository Trust Company pursuant to the book-entry 
          transfer procedures described below;

     -    a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal; and 

     -    all other required documents.  

If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the 
terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if certificates representing 
the Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the 
noteholder desires to exchange, those unaccepted or non-exchanged Old Notes 
will be returned without expense to the tendering noteholder thereof (or, in 
the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange 
agent's account at the Depository Trust Company pursuant to the book-entry 
transfer procedures described below, those non-exchanged Old Notes will be 
credited to an account maintained with the Depository Trust Company) as 
promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange 
offer.

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER 

     The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with 
respect to the Old Notes at the Depository Trust Company for purposes of the 
exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus.  Any financial 
institution that is a participant in the Depository Trust Company's systems 
may make book-entry delivery of the Old Notes by causing the Depository Trust 
Company to transfer such Old Notes into the exchange agent's account at the 
Depository Trust Company in accordance with the Depository Trust Company's 
Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") procedures for transfer.  However, 
the exchange for the Old Notes so tendered will only be made after timely 
confirmation of such book-entry transfer of Old Notes into the exchange 
agent's account, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an Agent's 
Message (as such term is defined in the next sentence) and any other 
documents required by the letter of transmittal on or prior to the expiration 
date of the exchange offer or pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures 
described below.  The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by 
the Depository Trust Company and received by the exchange agent and forming a 
part of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that the 
Depository Trust Company has received an express acknowledgement from a 
noteholder tendering Old Notes that are the subject of such timely 
confirmation of a book-entry transfer that such noteholder has received and 
agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may 
enforce such agreement against such noteholder.

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

     If a registered noteholder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old
Notes and the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit
such noteholder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the exchange
agent before the expiration date of the exchange offer, or the procedure for
book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be
effected if: 

     -    the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;



                                          75
<PAGE>

     -    prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, the exchange agent
          receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly
          executed letter of transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of
          Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by us (by
          telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery),
          setting forth the name and address of the noteholder and the amount of
          Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and
          guaranteeing that within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading
          days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery,
          the certificates of all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form
          for transfer, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as
          the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of
          transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the
          exchange agent; and 

     -    the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form
          for transfer, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as
          the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of
          transmittal, are received by the exchange agent within five NYSE
          trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed
          Delivery.  

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

     You may withdraw your tender of the Old Notes at any time prior to the
expiration date of the exchange offer.  

     For a withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written
notice of withdrawal at one of the addresses set forth below under "Exchange
Agent." Any such notice of withdrawal must:

     -    specify the name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be
          withdrawn;

     -    identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount
          of such Old Notes); and 

     -    (where certificates for Old Notes have been transmitted) specify the
          name in which such Old Notes are registered, if different from that of
          the withdrawing noteholder.  

If certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing
noteholder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to
be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution unless such noteholder is an Eligible Institution.  If Old
Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer
described above, any note of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the
account at the Depository Trust Company to be credited with the withdrawn Old
Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility.  We will
determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time
of receipt) of such notices, which shall be final and binding on all parties. 
Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for
exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.  Old Notes which have been tendered
for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the
noteholder thereof without cost to such noteholder (or, in the case of Old Notes
tendered by book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Old Notes will
be credited to an account maintained with the Depository Trust Company for the
Old Notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or
termination of the exchange offer.  You may retender your properly withdrawn Old
Notes by following one of the procedures described under "Procedures for
Tendering the Old Notes" above at any time on or prior to the expiration date of
the exchange offer.  

CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be
required to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for, any Old
Notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the
acceptance of such Old Notes for exchange or the exchange of the New Notes for
such Old Notes, there shall be threatened, instituted or pending any action or
proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have been issued by,
any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or
administrative agency or commission:



                                          76
<PAGE>

     (1)  seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of the
          exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange
          offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result thereof, or 

     (2)  resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or
          exchange some or all of the Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer;
          or

     (3)  any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction shall be sought,
          proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the
          exchange offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the exchange
          offer by any government or governmental authority, domestic or
          foreign; or

     (4)  any action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any
          government, governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or
          foreign;

that in our sole judgment might directly or indirectly result in any of the
consequences referred to in (1) or (2) above or, in our sole judgment, might
result in the holders of New Notes having obligations with respect to resales
and transfers of New Notes which exceed those described in this prospectus, or
would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer.  

     If we determine in good faith that any of the conditions are not met, we
may: 

     -    refuse to accept any Old Notes and return all tendered Old Notes to
          exchanging noteholders;

     -    extend the exchange offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to
          the expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights
          of noteholders to withdraw such Old Notes (see "--Withdrawal
          Rights"); or 

     -    waive certain of such unsatisfied conditions with respect to the
          exchange offer and accept all properly tendered Old Notes which have
          not been withdrawn or revoked.  If such waiver constitutes a material
          change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose such waiver by
          means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to all
          noteholders.  

     Noteholders have certain rights and remedies against us under the
Registration Rights Agreement, including liquidated damages of up to $0.15 per
week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes, should we fail to consummate the
exchange offer within a certain period of time, notwithstanding a failure due to
the occurrence of any of the conditions stated above.  Such conditions are not
intended to modify those rights or remedies in any respect.  

     The foregoing conditions are for our benefit and may be asserted by us in
good faith regardless of the circumstances giving rise to such condition or may
be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our
discretion.  The failure by us at any time to exercise the foregoing rights
shall not be deemed a wavier of any such right and each such right shall be
deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

EXCHANGE AGENT

     First Union National Bank has been appointed as exchange agent for the
exchange offer.  You should direct your questions and requests for assistance,
requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of
transmittal to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

     By registered or certified mail, by overnight courier, or by hand:

     First Union National Bank
     Corporate Trust Reorg.  Dept
     1525 West W.T.  Harris Blvd.
     Charlotte, NC 28288-1153 



                                          77
<PAGE>

     Attention: Mike Klotz
     Telephone: (704) 590-7408
     Facsimile: (704) 590-7628 

IF YOU DELIVER TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMIT 
INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, IT WILL NOT BE A 
VALID DELIVERY. 

FEES AND EXPENSES; SOLICITATION OF TENDERS 

     We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders.  The principal 
solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be 
made by telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular 
employees and our affiliates.  

     We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange
offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer.  We, however, will pay the exchange agent
reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the exchange offer.

     The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer 
will be paid by us and are estimated in the aggregate to be $106,500 which 
includes fees and expenses of the exchange agent and Trustee and accounting 
and legal fees.  

     We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of 
the Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer.  If, however, certificates 
representing the New Notes or the Old Notes for principal amounts not 
tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be 
registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered 
noteholders tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other 
than the exchange of the Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer, then the 
tendering noteholder must pay the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether 
imposed on the registered holder or any other persons).  If a tendering 
noteholder does not submit satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or 
exemption therefrom to the exchange agent, the amount of such transfer taxes 
will be billed directly to such tendering noteholder.  

     We have not authorized any person to give any information or to make any
representations in connection with the exchange offer other than those contained
in this prospectus.  If given or made, such information or representations
should not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.  Neither the delivery
of this prospectus nor any exchange made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our
affairs since the respective dates as of which information is given in this
prospectus.  The exchange offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of) noteholders in any jurisdiction in which the
making of the exchange offer or the acceptance of this prospectus would not be
in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.  

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

     We will record the New Notes at the same carrying value as the Old Notes,
which is face value, as recorded in our accounting records on the date of the
exchange.  Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be
recognized.  The costs of the exchange offer will be expensed over the term of
the New Notes.  

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE 

     If you do not exchange your Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the
exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer
of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend on the Old Notes.  In general, you
may not offer to sell or sell the Old Notes, unless registered under the
Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.  We do not
intend to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act.  We believe that,
based upon interpretations contained in no-action letters issued to third
parties by the staff of the SEC, any noteholder may offer for resale, resell or
otherwise transfer the New Notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in
exchange for the Old Notes (unless the



                                          78
<PAGE>

noteholder is an "affiliate" of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

     -    the noteholder acquires the New Notes in the ordinary course of its
          business; and 

     -    the noteholder has no arrangement with any person to participate in
          the distribution of such Old Notes; and 

     -    each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in
          exchange for Old Notes must acknowledge that it will deliver a
          prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.  See "Plan
          of Distribution." 

If any noteholder (other than a broker-dealer described in the preceding
sentence) has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution
of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer, such noteholder
could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.  In addition, to
comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, you may
not offer or sell the New Notes unless they have been registered or qualified
for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification
is available and is complied with.






                                          79
<PAGE>

                             DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

     The Old Notes were issued and the New Notes will be issued under the
Indenture, dated as of December 3, 1998, between SCI, as issuer, and First Union
National Bank, as Trustee (the "Indenture").  The form and terms of the New
Notes will be substantially identical to those of the Old Notes except that the
New Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and hence are not
subject to certain transfer restrictions, registration rights and related
liquidated damages applicable to the Old Notes.  The Old Notes and the New Notes
are referred to collectively as the "Notes."  The following summary includes a
description of all material provisions of the Indenture. The summary of the
Indenture and of the related documents hereunder, however, does not purport to
be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to,
all of the provisions of the Indenture and related documents, including the
definitions contained therein of certain terms and those terms made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the
date of the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
in this prospectus have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.  In this
section entitled "Description of the New Notes," all references to the "Company"
refer to SCI.

GENERAL

     The New Notes will be issued in registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The New Notes will be
unsecured general obligations of SCI, limited to $199,900,000 aggregate
principal amount, and will mature on December 1, 2008. As of the date of the
Indenture, all of SCI's Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. Under
certain circumstances, SCI will be able to designate certain current or future
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be
subject to many of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture. 

INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES

     The New Notes will pay interest semiannually at a rate of 8-7/8% per annum
from the date of original issuance of the Old Notes until maturity. 

     Interest on the New Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance of
the Old Notes. Interest on the New Notes will be payable on June 1 and
December 1 of each year, commencing June 1, 1999 to the person in whose name the
New Note is registered (a "Noteholder") at the close of business on the
preceding May 15 or November 15, as the case may be. 

     Principal of and interest on the New Notes are payable at the offices of
the Paying Agent for the New Notes, located at the principal corporate offices
of the Trustee, PROVIDED that the payment of interest may be made at the
Company's option by check mailed to a Noteholder's registered address. The New
Notes are transferable at the offices of the Registrar for the New Notes,
located at the principal corporate offices of the Trustee. 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is
provided. 

     "AFFILIATE" of any specified person means any other person:

     (1)  which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries
          controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
          specified person; 

     (2)  which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries
          beneficially owns or holds 10% or more of any class of the Voting
          Stock of such specified person (or a 10% or greater equity interest in
          such person which is not a corporation); or 



                                          80
<PAGE>

     (3)  of which 10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock (or, in the case
          of a person which is not a corporation, 10% or more of the equity
          interest) is beneficially owned or held directly or indirectly through
          one or more intermediaries by such person. 

The term "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

     "AMORTIZATION EXPENSE" means, for any period, amounts recognized during
such period as amortization of all goodwill and other assets classified as
intangible assets in accordance with GAAP. 

     "AVERAGE LIFE" means, as of the date of determination, with reference to
any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing:

     (1)  the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of
          determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal
          payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such
          principal payment by 

     (2)  the sum of all such principal payments. 

     "BANK FACILITY" means the Second Amended and Restated Reducing Revolving
and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 1998 by and among PSHC, BSI,
TSI, SSI, KCSC, SCRSI, Bank of Scotland and Societe Generale, as co-agents, Bank
of America National Trust and Savings Association, as managing agent and certain
lenders named therein, as amended, modified or refinanced from time to time,
provided that the managing agent for the lenders under such refinancing is a
banking institution with over $500 million in assets and subject to supervision
and examination by federal or state banking authorities. 

     "BSI" means Boulder Station, Inc. 

     "CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS" of a person means any obligation that is
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a
balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP; the amount of
such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in
accordance with GAAP; the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last
payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date
upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty; and such obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on any property
or assets to which such lease relates. 

     "CAPITAL STOCK" means, with respect to any person, any and all shares,
interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other
equivalents (including partnerships or partnership interests) or ownership
interests (however designated) of such person, including each class of common
stock and preferred stock of such person, but excluding convertible
Indebtedness. 

     "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means an event or series of events by which:

     (1)  the Company sells, conveys, transfers or leases, directly or
          indirectly, all or substantially all of the properties and assets of
          the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any person,
          corporation, entity or group;

     (2)  any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the
          Exchange Act) (other than the Existing Equity Holders) is or becomes
          the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
          Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial
          ownership" of all shares that any such person has the right to
          acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
          the passage of time), directly or indirectly of securities
          representing 40% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's
          Voting Stock and at such time as the Existing Equity Holders together
          shall fail to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities
          representing at least the same percentage of the combined voting power
          of the Company's Voting Stock as is "beneficially owned" by such
          "person;"



                                          81
<PAGE>

     (3)  the Company consolidates with or merges into another corporation, or
          any corporation consolidates with or merges into the Company, in
          either event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting
          Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for cash, securities
          or other property, other than any such transactions between the
          Company and its wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries, with the effect
          that any "person" (other than the Existing Equity Holders) becomes the
          "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of securities representing
          40% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's Voting Stock
          and at such time as the Existing Equity Holders together shall fail to
          beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities representing at
          least the same percentage of the combined voting power of the
          Company's Voting Stock as is "beneficially owned" by such "person;"

     (4)  during any period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who at the
          beginning of such period constituted the Company's Board of Directors
          (together with any new or replacement directors whose election by the
          Company's Board of Directors, or whose nomination for election by the
          Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority
          of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the
          beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election
          was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
          majority of the directors then in office; or 

     (5)  the Company shall, as a result of any transaction or series of
          transactions, cease to own all of the outstanding Capital Stock of, or
          all or substantially all of the assets of PSHC, BSI, SCRSI, SGSI and
          SWSI; provided that no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur if
          the Company sells, in one transaction or a series of transactions,
          stock or assets of such Subsidiaries having an aggregate book value,
          determined in accordance with GAAP and net of related debt, which is
          less than 5% of the aggregate book value of the net assets of the
          Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in
          accordance with GAAP. The meaning of the term "all or substantially
          all of its properties and assets" is not determinable with absolute
          certainty. Such term is likely to be interpreted by reference to
          applicable state law in effect at the relevant time and the
          interpretation will be dependent upon the facts and circumstances
          existing at that time. It is therefore possible that Noteholders and
          the Company (or different holders) will disagree as to whether or not
          a Change of Control or Change of Control Triggering Event has
          occurred. 

     "CHANGE OF CONTROL TRIGGERING EVENT" is defined as the occurrence of both:

     (1)  a Change of Control; and 

     (2)  a Rating Decline. 

     "COMPLETION GUARANTEE AND KEEP-WELL AGREEMENT" means 

     (1)  the guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          completion of the development, construction and opening of a new
          gaming facility by an Affiliate of the Company; 

     (2)  the agreement by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to advance
          funds, property or services on behalf of an Affiliate of the Company
          in order to maintain the financial condition of such Affiliate in
          connection with the development, construction and opening of a new
          gaming facility by such Affiliate; and 

     (3)  performance bonds incurred in the ordinary course of business;
          provided that, in the case of (1) and (2) above, such guarantee or
          agreement is entered into in connection with obtaining financing for
          such gaming facility or is required by a Gaming Authority. 

     "CONSOLIDATED COVERAGE RATIO" means, for any period, for any person, the
ratio of the aggregate amount of Operating Cash Flow of such person for such
period to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of such person
for such period. 

     "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, the total interest
expense of a person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, including:



                                          82
<PAGE>

     (1)  interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations;

     (2)  amortization of debt discount;

     (3)  capitalized interest;

     (4)  cash and noncash interest payments;

     (5)  commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to
          letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing;

     (6)  net costs under Interest Rate Protection Agreements (including
          amortization of discount); and 

     (7)  interest expense in respect of obligations of other persons deemed to
          be Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under
          (5) or (6) above of the definition of Indebtedness. 

     "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the net income of a person
and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in
such Consolidated Net Income:

     (1)  any net income (loss) of any person if such person is not a Restricted
          Subsidiary, except that:

          (a)  the Company's equity in the net income of any such person
               (including, without limitation, an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for
               such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up
               to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such
               person during such period to the Company or a Restricted
               Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the
               case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted
               Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in (3) below); and 

          (b)  the Company's equity in the net loss of any such person for such
               period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net
               Income (subject, with respect to the net loss of an Unrestricted
               Subsidiary, to (6) below);

     (2)  any net income (loss) of any person acquired by the Company or a
          Restricted Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any
          period prior to the date of such acquisition;

     (3)  any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted
          Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the
          payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted
          Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that: 

          (a)  the Company's equity in the net income of any such Restricted
               Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated
               Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash which could have
               been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period
               to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or
               other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other
               distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation
               contained in this clause) unless at the time of computation no
               cash would be permitted to be distributed; and 

          (b)  the Company's equity in the net loss of any such Restricted
               Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such
               Consolidated Net Income;

     (4)  any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any
          property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated
          Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in
          the ordinary course of business and any gain or loss realized upon the
          sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any person;

     (5)  the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and



                                          83
<PAGE>

     (6)  the net loss of any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

     "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" of any person means the total of the amounts shown
on the balance sheet of such person and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of
any date selected by the Company not more than 90 days prior to the taking of
any action for the purpose of which the determination is being made (and
adjusted for any material events since such date), as:

     (1)  the par or stated value of all outstanding Capital Stock; plus 

     (2)  paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock;
          plus 

     (3)  any retained earnings or earned surplus, less: 

          (a)  any accumulated deficit; 

          (b)  any amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock; and 

          (c)  any amounts attributable to Exchangeable Stock. 

     "DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean each issue of Senior
Indebtedness that:

     (1)  has an outstanding principal amount of at least $25,000,000 (including
          the amount of all reimbursement obligations pursuant to letters of
          credit thereunder and the maximum principal amount available to be
          drawn thereunder, assuming in the case of the Bank Facility that all
          conditions precedent to any such drawing could be satisfied); and 

     (2)  has been designated as Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to an
          Officer's Certificate of the Company received by the Trustee. 

     "EXCHANGEABLE STOCK" means any Capital Stock of a corporation that is
exchangeable or convertible into another security (other than into Capital Stock
of such corporation that is neither Exchangeable Stock or Redeemable Stock). 

     "EXISTING EQUITY HOLDERS" means Frank J. Fertitta III, Blake L. Sartini,
Delise F. Sartini, Lorenzo J. Fertitta, Glenn C. Christenson, Scott M Nielsen
and the Former Equity Holder and their executors, administrators or the legal
representatives of their estates, their heirs, distributees and beneficiaries,
any trust as to which any of the foregoing is a settlor or co-settlor and any
corporation, partnership or other entity which is an Affiliate of any of the
foregoing. Existing Equity Holders shall also mean any lineal descendants of
such persons, but only to the extent that the beneficial ownership of the Voting
Stock held by such lineal descendants was directly received (by gift, trust or
sale) from any such person. 

     "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means the following: 

     (1)  Note payable to GE Capital Corp., amended and restated as of May 31,
          1995 in the original principal amount of approximately $16 million;
          and 

     (2)  Note payable to CIT Group Financing, dated as of October 21, 1994 in
          the original principal amount of approximately $10 million. 

     "EXISTING SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES" means the $198,000,000 10-1/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes of the Company due 2006 and the $150,000,000 9-3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes of the Company due 2007. 

     "FF&E FINANCING" means Indebtedness which is non-recourse to the borrower,
the proceeds of which will be used to finance the acquisition or lease by the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of furniture, fixtures or equipment
("FF&E") used in the operation of its business and secured by a Lien on such
FF&E.



                                          84
<PAGE>

     "FORMER EQUITY HOLDER" means Frank J. Fertitta, Jr. 

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the
United States on the date that the Old Notes were issued. 

     "GAMING AUTHORITY" means the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Nevada Gaming
Control Board or any agency of any state, county, city or other political
subdivision which has, or may at any time after the date of the Indenture have,
jurisdiction over all or any portion of the gaming activities of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or any successor to such authority. 

     "GAMING LICENSE" of any person means every license, franchise or other
authorization on the date of the Indenture or thereafter required to own, lease,
operate or otherwise conduct the gaming operations of such person, including,
without limitation, all such licenses granted under the Nevada Gaming Control
Act as from time to time amended, or any successor provision at law, the
regulations of the Gaming Authorities and other applicable laws. 

     "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any agency, authority, board, bureau,
commission, department, office or instrumentality of any nature whatsoever of
any city or other political subdivision or otherwise and whether now or
hereafter in existence, or any officer or official thereof. 

     "GVSI" means Green Valley Station, Inc. 

     "GVV" means Green Valley Ventures. 

     "INDEBTEDNESS" of any person means, without duplication:

     (1)  the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of: 

          (a)  indebtedness of such person for money borrowed; and 

          (b)  indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other
               similar instruments for the payment of which such person is
               responsible or liable; 

     (2)  all Capital Lease Obligations of such person;

     (3)  all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred
          purchase price of property, assets or services, all conditional sale
          obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement
          (but excluding operating leases and trade accounts payable arising in
          the ordinary course of business); 

     (4)  all obligations of such person for the reimbursement of any obligor on
          any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit
          transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit
          securing obligations (other than obligations described in (1) through
          (3) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such
          person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if
          and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than
          the third Business Day following receipt by such person of a demand
          for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit); 

     (5)  all obligations of the type referred to in (1) through (4) above of
          other persons and all dividends of other persons for the payment of
          which, in either case, such person is responsible or liable as
          obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and 

     (6)  all obligations of the type referred to in (1) through (5) above of
          other persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such
          person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such person), the
          amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value
          of such property or asset or the amount of the obligation so secured. 



                                          85
<PAGE>

     "INTEREST RATE PROTECTION AGREEMENT" means any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or
arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Subsidiary against
fluctuations in interest rates. 

     "INVESTMENT GRADE" designates a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or
higher by Moody's or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody's. In the
event that the Company shall select any other Rating Agency, the equivalent of
such ratings by such Rating Agency shall be used. 

     "KCSC" means Kansas City Station Corporation. 

     "LEGAL REQUIREMENTS" means, with respect to any project, all laws, statutes
and ordinances (including building codes and zoning and environmental laws,
regulations and ordinances), and all rules, orders, rulings, regulations,
directives and requirements of all Governmental Authorities, which are now or
which may hereafter be in existence, and which are applicable to the Company or
any Affiliate thereof in connection with the construction or development of any
project or the operation of its business, or any part thereof, including,
without limitation, the Nevada Gaming Control Act, as modified by any variances,
special use permits, waivers, exceptions or other exemptions which may from time
to time be applicable to the Company or any Affiliate thereof. 

     "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset
(including any agreement to give any security interest). For the purposes of the
Indenture, a person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset that it
has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any
conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease Obligation or other title retention
agreement (other than operating leases) relating to such asset. 

     "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors. 

     "NET PROCEEDS" means, with respect to any issuance, sale or contribution in
respect of Capital Stock, the aggregate proceeds of such issuance, sale or
contribution, including the fair market value (as determined by the Board of
Directors and net of any associated debt) of property other than cash, received
by the Company, net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' fees,
placement agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and
other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of
taxes paid or payable as a result thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such fair
market value as determined by the Board of Directors of property other than cash
is greater than $15 million, the determination of fair market value thereof
shall be based upon an opinion from an independent nationally recognized firm
experienced in the appraisal of similar types of transactions. 

     "OPERATING CASH FLOW" means, for any period, for any person, the aggregate
amount of Consolidated Net Income of such person before Consolidated Interest
Expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, Amortization Expense and any
noncash amortization of debt issuance cost. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Consolidated Interest Expense, income taxes, depreciation expense, Amortization
Expense and any noncash amortization of debt issuance cost of a subsidiary of a
person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Operating Cash Flow
in the same proportion that the net income of such subsidiary was included in
calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such person. 

     "PERMITTED REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary:

     (1)  issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale or
          disbursement of which are used to substantially concurrently repay,
          redeem, refund, refinance, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in
          whole or in part (collectively, "repay"); or 

     (2)  constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to, or a
          deferral or renewal of (collectively, an "amendment"), any
          Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and any
          penalties, fees and expenses actually incurred by the Company or such
          Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the repayment or amendment
          thereof) existing immediately after the original issuance of the Old
          Notes or incurred pursuant to clauses (3), (6), (7) and (8) (subject
          to proviso (c)(III) of this clause (2) below) under the heading
          "Limitation on Indebtedness" below, in a principal amount (or, if such
          Permitted Refinancing



                                          86
<PAGE>

          Indebtedness provides for an amount less than the principal amount
          thereof to be due and payable upon the acceleration thereof, with an
          original issue price) not in excess of:

          (a)  the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced (or, if
               such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness
               under an agreement providing a commitment for subsequent
               borrowings, with a maximum commitment not to exceed the maximum
               commitment under such agreement); plus 

          (b)  unpaid accrued interest on such Indebtedness; plus 

          (c)  penalties, fees and expenses actually incurred by the Company or
               such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection
               with the repayment or amendment thereof; provided that:

               (I)   Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of the Company that
                     repays or constitutes an amendment to Subordinated
                     Indebtedness shall not have an Average Life less than the
                     Indebtedness to be so refinanced at the time of such
                     incurrence, and shall contain subordination and default
                     provisions no less favorable in any material respect to
                     the Noteholders than those contained in such repaid or
                     amended Indebtedness; 

               (II)  notwithstanding the foregoing, any Permitted Refinancing
                     Indebtedness incurred to repay all of the Notes then
                     outstanding shall not be limited in principal amount or
                     otherwise if the Company, contemporaneously with such
                     issuance, irrevocably deposits with the Trustee or Paying
                     Agent an amount of the proceeds of such Permitted
                     Refinancing indebtedness sufficient to redeem or repay
                     each installment of the outstanding principal amount of
                     the Notes on, and all interest accrued to, the date fixed
                     for such repayment, together with irrevocable instructions
                     to redeem and repay the Notes on the stated redemption
                     date; and 

               (III) to the extent that Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
                     includes Indebtedness incurred in connection with
                     the refinancing of the Bank Facility (whether or not such
                     Indebtedness is existing on or after the date of the
                     Indenture) and the managing agent for the lenders under
                     such refinancing Indebtedness is a person other than a
                     banking institution with over $500 million in assets and
                     subject to supervision and examination by federal or state
                     banking authorities, the provisions of clause (8) under
                     the heading "Limitation on Indebtedness" below shall
                     terminate and be of no further force and effect with
                     respect to such refinancing Indebtedness. 

     "PSHC" means Palace Station Hotel & Casino, Inc. 

     "QUALIFIED NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness: 

     (1)  as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries: 

          (a)  provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking,
               agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness); 

          (b)  is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);
               or 

          (c)  constitutes the lender; and 

     (2)  no default with respect to which (including any rights that the
          holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an
          Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or
          both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
          Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable
          prior to its stated maturity; and 

     (3)  as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will
          not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than by a pledge by the Company or
          a

                                          87
<PAGE>

          Restricted Subsidiary of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
          provided, however, that the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries may:

          (a)  execute a Completion Guarantee and Keep-Well Agreement for an
               Unrestricted Subsidiary whose sole purpose is to develop,
               construct and operate a new gaming facility; or 

          (b)  make a loan to an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such loan is
               permitted under the covenant entitled "Limitation on Restricted
               Payments and Restricted Investments" at the time of the
               incurrence of such loan, and such actions referred to in the
               foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not constitute Indebtedness
               which is not Qualified Non-Recourse Debt. 

     "RATING AGENCIES" means 

     (1)  S&P and Moody's; or 

     (2)  if S&P or Moody's or both shall not make a rating of the Notes
          publicly available, a nationally recognized securities rating agency
          or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall
          be substituted for S&P or Moody's or both, as the case may be. 

     "RATING CATEGORY" means: 

     (1)  with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: BB, B, CCC, CC,
          C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and 

     (2)  with respect to Moody's, any of the following categories: Ba, B, Caa,
          Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and 

     (3)  the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody's used by another
          Rating Agency. In determining whether the rating of the Notes has
          decreased by one or more gradation, gradations within Rating
          Categories (+ and - for S&P; 1, 2 and 3 for Moody's; or the equivalent
          gradations for another Rating Agency) shall be taken into account
          (e.g., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as
          well as from BB- to B+, will constitute a decrease of one gradation). 

     "RATING DATE" means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of: 

     (1)  a Change of Control; or 

     (2)  public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the
          intention by the Company to effect a Change of Control. 

     "RATING DECLINE" shall be deemed to occur if, within 90 days of public
notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended
so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for
possible downgrade by either of the Rating Agencies): 

     (1)  in the event the Notes are rated by either Rating Agency on the Rating
          Date as Investment Grade the rating of the Notes by both Rating
          Agencies shall be below Investment Grade; or 

     (2)  in the event the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating
          Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by either Rating
          Agency shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including
          gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating
          Categories). 

     "REDEEMABLE STOCK" means any Capital Stock that by its terms or otherwise
(other than in consideration of Capital Stock that is not Redeemable Stock), is,
or upon the happening of an event would be, required to be redeemed or
repurchased pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable
at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to
the first anniversary of the stated maturity of the Notes. 



                                          88
<PAGE>

     "RELATED PERSON" of any person means: 

     (1)  (a)  if such person is a corporation, any person who is a director,
officer or employee: 

               (I)    of such person; 

               (II)   of any subsidiary of such person; or 

               (III)  of any Affiliate of such person; or 

          (b)  if such person is an individual, any immediate family member or
               lineal descendent of such person or spouse of such immediate
               family member or of such lineal descendant; or 

     (2)  any Affiliate of any person included in (1) above and any person who
          is a director, officer or employee of such Affiliate. 

     "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of a person means any subsidiary of the referent
person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

     "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Corporation and its successors. 

     "SCRSI" means St. Charles Riverfront Station, Inc. 

     "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means: 

     (1)  all obligations of the Company now or hereafter existing to pay the
          principal of, and interest (including interest accruing on or after
          the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization to the
          extent a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such
          proceedings) on, any Indebtedness (other than Capital Lease
          Obligations) of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the
          Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in
          effect guaranteed by the Company;

     (2)  Indebtedness of the Company represented by Capital Lease Obligations
          if the instrument creating or evidencing the same expressly provides
          that such Indebtedness shall be senior in right of payment to the
          Notes; and 

     (3)  Indebtedness of the Company with respect to Interest Rate Protection
          Agreements. 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

          (a)  any Indebtedness, if the instrument creating or evidencing the
               same or the assumption or guarantee thereof expressly provides
               that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to
               the Notes;

          (b)  in the case of each Note, the other Notes;

          (c)  the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes;

          (d)  Indebtedness of the Company to, or guaranteed on behalf of, an
               Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary);

          (e)  Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred or assumed in the
               ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining goods,
               materials or services;

          (f)  Indebtedness represented by Exchangeable Stock or Redeemable
               Stock;

          (g)  any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or
               owing by the Company;



                                          89
<PAGE>

          (h)  Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Indenture provisions
               summarized below under "Limitation on Indebtedness;" and 

          (i)  any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in
               right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company. 

     "SGSI" means Southwest Gaming Services, Inc. 

     "SSI" means Sunset Station, Inc. 

     "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred) which is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes. 

     "SUBSIDIARY" of a person means any corporation, association, partnership,
limited liability company or other business entity of which 50% or more of the
Voting Stock is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such person or by one or more of the other subsidiaries of that
person (or a combination thereof); provided that with respect to any such
corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company or other
business entity of which no more than 50% of the total Voting Stock is so owned
or controlled, then such corporation, association, partnership, limited
liability company or other business entity shall not be deemed to be a
subsidiary of such person unless such person has the power to direct the
policies or management of such corporation, association, partnership, limited
liability company or other business entity. 

     "SUBSIDIARY" means any subsidiary of the Company. 

     "SWSI" means Southwest Services, Inc. 

     "TSI" means Texas Station, Inc. 

     "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary (other than PSHC, BSI,
SCRSI, KCSC, TSI, SGSI and SWSI or any successor to any of them) that at the
time of determination shall be designated by the Board of Directors of the
Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company by a Board Resolution and
any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent and so long
as such Subsidiary (and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary): 

     (1)  has no Indebtedness other than Qualified Non-Recourse Debt; 

     (2)  is a person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 

          (a)  to subscribe for additional equity interests; or 

          (b)  to maintain or preserve such person's financial condition or to
               cause such person to achieve any specified levels of operating
               results; and 

     (3)  has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit
          support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries; provided, however, that either: 

          (a)  the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or
               less; or 

          (b)  if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, that such
               designation would be permitted under the covenant entitled
               "Limitation on Restricted Payments and Restricted Investments;"
               PROVIDED, FURTHER, however, that the Company or any of its
               Restricted Subsidiaries may execute a Completion Guarantee and
               Keep-Well Agreement for an Unrestricted Subsidiary whose sole
               purpose is to develop, construct and operate a new gaming
               facility, and the execution and performance (if such performance
               is permitted under the covenants entitled "Limitation on
               Indebtedness" and "Limitation on Restricted Payments and
               Restricted Investments") of such Completion Guarantee and
               Keep-Well Agreement shall not prevent a Subsidiary from becoming
               or remaining an Unrestricted Subsidiary.



                                          90
<PAGE>

Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee
by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving
effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by the
covenant described below under the caption "Limitation on Restricted Payments
and Restricted Investments." If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would
fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture
and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness
is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described
below under the caption "Limitation on Indebtedness," the Company shall be in
Default of such covenant). The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED
that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if:

     (4)  such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the
          caption "Limitation on Indebtedness;" and 

     (5)  no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such
          designation. 

     "VOTING STOCK" means any class of Capital Stock of any person then
outstanding normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in elections of directors, managers, managing partners or
trustees. 

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

     The New Notes will not be redeemable prior to December 1, 2003. Thereafter,
the New Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in part,
upon not less than 30 days' nor more than 60 days' notice mailed to each
Noteholder to be redeemed at the Noteholder's address of record, on any date on
which the New Notes are outstanding on or after December 1, 2003 and prior to
maturity. 

     The New Notes will be redeemable at the following redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning
December 1 of the years indicated below: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   YEAR                                                      REDEMPTION PRICES
   ----                                                      -----------------
   <S>                                                       <C>
   2003  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        103.328%
   2004  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        102.219%
   2005  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        101.109%
   2006 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        100.000%
</TABLE>

SELECTION FOR REDEMPTION

     If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the
Notes or portions thereof that will be redeemed as provided in the Indenture on
a pro rata basis or by lot. Unless the Company defaults in making the redemption
payment, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 

SUBORDINATION

     The New Notes are subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the
Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness. Except with respect to limitations on the aggregate amount of
consolidated Indebtedness that the Company may incur, the Indenture does not
limit the ability of the Company to incur additional Senior Indebtedness or
restrict the ability of the Company to transfer assets to and among its
Restricted Subsidiaries. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or
reorganization of the Company, the assets of the Company will be available to
make payments on the New Notes only after all Senior Indebtedness has been paid
in full, and there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on
the New Notes. 

                                          91
<PAGE>

     Under certain circumstances, as described below, holders of Senior
Indebtedness may block payments on the New Notes. In addition, all of the
Company's operating assets are owned by Subsidiaries of the Company. Any claims
of the Noteholders against the assets of Subsidiaries would effectively be
subordinate to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities
(including trade payables) of such Subsidiaries. 

     Upon any payment or distribution of cash, securities or other property to
creditors of the Company in a liquidation (total or partial), reorganization or
dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership, assignment for the benefit
of creditors, marshalling of assets or similar proceeding, the payment of the
principal of, interest on, or other distribution with respect to, the New Notes
will be subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the
prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. In the event that:

     (1)  any Designated Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due; or 

     (2)  any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and in the
          case of this clause (2) the maturity of such Designated Senior
          Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms, no direct or
          indirect payment may be made under the New Notes unless, in either
          case:

          (a)  such default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration
               has been rescinded; or 

          (b)  such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full. 

In addition, during the continuance of any other event of default with respect
to Designated Senior Indebtedness that permits acceleration of the maturity
thereof, no direct or indirect payment may be made under the New Notes for a
period of 180 days (the "Payment Blockage Period") commencing on the earlier of:

     (3)  the date the Trustee receives written notice of such default from a
          Representative with respect to, or the holders of a majority in
          principal amount of, any issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness; or 

     (4)  if such event of default results from the acceleration of the New
          Notes, the date of such acceleration. 

Not more than one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced with respect to the
New Notes during any period of 360 consecutive days.  In no event will a Payment
Blockage Period extend beyond 179 days from the date the payment upon or in
respect of the New Notes was due, and there must be 180 days in any 360- day
period in which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect as to the Company. For
all purposes of this paragraph, no default or event of default which existed or
was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period
with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment
Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis for the commencement of a
subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative or requisite holders of
such Designated Senior Indebtedness whether or not within a period of 360
consecutive days unless such default or event of default shall have been cured
or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. The failure to make
a payment pursuant to the New Notes because of the restrictions described in
this paragraph shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default
and such restrictions shall not have any effect on the right to accelerate the
maturity of the New Notes. 

     The provisions described in the two preceding paragraphs shall not prevent
or delay:

     (5)  the Company from redeeming any New Notes if required by any Gaming
          Authority as described under "Mandatory Disposition Pursuant to Gaming
          Laws" or from otherwise purchasing any New Notes pursuant to any Legal
          Requirement relating to the gaming business of the Company or its
          Subsidiaries; or 

     (6)  the receipt by the Noteholders of payments of principal and interest
          on the New Notes, as described under "Satisfaction and Discharge of
          the Indenture," from the application of any money or United States
          Government Obligations held in trust by the Trustee. 

     On a pro forma basis at September 30, 1998 after giving effect to the Old
Notes offering, the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the exchange
offer and the execution of, and incurrence of indebtedness under, the Bank

                                          92
<PAGE>

Facility, the Company would have had approximately $376.2 million of senior
indebtedness, which consisted of guarantees of indebtedness incurred by the
Company's subsidiaries, $348 million of senior subordinated indebtedness that
ranked equally with the Notes and the Company's subsidiaries would have had
outstanding $70.3 of other liabilities. The Company has no indebtedness
outstanding to which the New Notes are senior, and the Company has no plans to
issue any such indebtedness. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness and
Capital Stock." 

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND RATING DECLINE

     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each
Noteholder shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or
any part of such Noteholder's Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase. Within 30 days following the date of a Change of Control Triggering
Event, the Company shall mail a notice to each Noteholder with a copy to the
Trustee stating: 

     (1)  that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such
          Noteholder has the right to require the Company to repurchase all or
          any part of such Noteholder's New Notes at a repurchase price in cash
          equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest to the
          date of repurchase thereof; 

     (2)  the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control
          Triggering Event (including information with respect to pro forma
          historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to
          such Change of Control Triggering Event); and 

     (3)  the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later
          than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the "Repurchase
          Date"). 

Noteholders electing to have New Notes repurchased will be required to surrender
the New Notes, with an appropriate, duly completed form, to the Company at the
address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the
Repurchase Date. Noteholders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Paying Agent receives, not later than three Business Days prior to the
Repurchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Noteholder, the principal amount of the New Notes which
were delivered for repurchase by the Noteholder and a statement that such holder
is withdrawing such holder's election to have such New Notes repurchased. 

     The source of funds for any repurchase of New Notes upon a Change of
Control Triggering Event will be the Company's cash or cash generated from
operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or equity.
However, there can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available at
the time of any Change of Control Triggering Event to make any required
repurchases. In addition, the ability to repurchase the New Notes upon a Change
of Control Triggering Event would be limited by the Bank Facility and may be
limited by the terms of other then-existing Senior Indebtedness. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness and Capital Stock-Amended Bank Facility."
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to fund the repurchase
of New Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event within the limitations
imposed by the Bank Facility and by the terms of other then-existing Senior
Indebtedness. The Indenture requires the Company, if any consent under the Bank
Facility is necessary to permit the repurchase of New Notes as described in the
preceding paragraph, to: 

     (4)  repay in full all Indebtedness under the Bank Facility or offer to
          repay in full all Indebtedness under the Bank Facility; or 

     (5)  obtain the requisite consent under the Bank Facility. 

Although the failure to comply with the covenant set forth in the preceding
sentence will not excuse the failure to repurchase the New Notes upon a Change
of Control Triggering Event, the terms described above in "Subordination" may
prevent payment of the purchase price due following a Change of Control
Triggering Event (whether at the Repurchase Date or upon acceleration of the New
Notes). There can be no assurance that the Company will be able, as required by
the Indenture, to repay the Bank Facility or obtain any consent under the Bank
Facility necessary to permit the repurchase of the New Notes upon a Change of
Control Triggering Event. However, any default by the Company in payment of
principal when the same becomes due and payable upon a Noteholder's exercise of
the repurchase offer

                                          93
<PAGE>

following a Change of Control Triggering Event will be deemed an Event of
Default (as a remedy for which Noteholders would be entitled to receive the
purchase price due upon a Change of Control Triggering Event). 

     The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws, to the extent such rules and laws are applicable, in the
event that a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs and the Company is
required to repurchase New Notes. 

     The existence of a Noteholder's right to require the Company to repurchase
such Noteholder's New Note upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering
Event may deter a third party from acquiring the Company in a transaction which
would constitute a Change of Control. 

LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or suffer to
exist, or otherwise in any manner become or remain liable, directly or
indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness, except, without duplication, for:

     (1)  the incurrence by the Company's Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Qualified
          Non-Recourse Debt, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any such Indebtedness
          ceases to be Qualified Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted
          Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of
          Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (2)  FF&E Financing incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3)  the Notes;

     (4)  all Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and all Existing Indebtedness;

     (5)  provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
          other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
          an amount not to exceed $15,000,000 in aggregate principal amount;

     (6)  additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries, if at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness,
          the pro forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company, calculated
          cumulatively for the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters of
          the Company and ending prior to the date of incurrence (the "Reference
          Period") is not less than 2.00 to 1.00, after giving effect to:

          (a)  the incurrence of such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness was
               incurred at the beginning of the Reference Period and (if
               applicable) the application of the net proceeds thereof to
               refinance other Indebtedness as if the application of such
               proceeds occurred at the beginning of the Reference Period; and

          (b)  the acquisition or disposition of any company or business
               acquired or disposed of by the Company or any Restricted
               Subsidiary since the first day of the Reference Period, including
               any acquisition or disposition which will be consummated
               contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, as if
               such acquisition or disposition occurred at the beginning of the
               Reference Period;

     (7)  Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

     (8)  Indebtedness incurred under the Bank Facility not to exceed the
          greater of: 

          (a)  $200 million; or 

          (b)  1.5 times Operating Cash Flow calculated cumulatively for the
               four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company
               immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is
               incurred, provided that the exception in this clause (8) shall
               not be applicable to any Indebtedness incurred in refinancing the
               Bank Facility if the managing agent for the lenders of such
               refinancing Indebtedness



                                          94
<PAGE>

               is a person other than a banking institution with over
               $500 million in assets and subject to supervision and examination
               by federal or state banking authorities;

     (9)  Interest Rate Protection Agreements of the Company or any Restricted
          Subsidiary covering solely Indebtedness of the Company or any
          Restricted Subsidiary which is otherwise permitted to be incurred
          pursuant to this paragraph;

     (10) Indebtedness to the Company or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; 

     (11) to the extent that such incurrence does not result in the incurrence
          by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any obligation for the
          payment of borrowed money of others, Indebtedness incurred solely as a
          result of the execution by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries
          of a Completion Guarantee and Keep-Well Agreement; provided, however,
          that the foregoing exception shall not be applicable to Indebtedness
          incurred in connection with the performance by the Company or its
          Restricted Subsidiaries of a Completion Guarantee and Keep-Well
          Agreement; or 

     (12) Indebtedness incurred under the 9-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
          2003 provided that in the case of this clause (12):

          (a)  on December 3, 1998, such notes shall have been irrevocably
               called for redemption; 

          (b)  amounts sufficient to repay the principal, premium and accrued
               interest thereon through the redemption date have been
               irrevocably deposited with the trustee for the 9-5/8% Senior
               Subordinated Notes due 2003 pursuant to the indenture relating to
               the 9-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003; and 

          (c)  instructions by the Company have been given to the trustee to
               redeem and repay such notes on the redemption date provided for
               in the notice of redemption and such instructions state that they
               are irrevocable. 

LIMITATION ON CAPITAL STOCK OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

     The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Capital
Stock to any person (other than to the Company or any wholly-owned Restricted
Subsidiary) that shall entitle the holder of such Capital Stock to a preference
in right of payment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
such Restricted Subsidiary or with respect to dividends of such Restricted
Subsidiary. 

LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS AND RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS

     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly:

     (1)  declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution in respect
          of, or purchase, redeem or retire for value, any Capital Stock of the
          Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than, in the case of
          the Company, through the issuance (as a dividend or stock split
          thereon or in exchange therefor) solely of the Company's own Capital
          Stock (excluding Exchangeable Stock or Redeemable Stock) and, in the
          case of a Restricted Subsidiary, with respect to shares of its Capital
          Stock that are owned solely by the Company or a wholly-owned
          Restricted Subsidiary;

     (2)  make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or
          otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled principal
          payment or maturity, Subordinated Indebtedness; or 

     (3)  incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any guarantee of Indebtedness
          of, or make any loan or advancement to, or other investment in, any
          Affiliate or Related Person of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
          other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (such payments or
          any other actions described in (1) and (2), a "Restricted Payment,"
          and in (3), a "Restricted Investment") unless:



                                          95
<PAGE>

          (a)  at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted
               Payment or Restricted Investment, no Event of Default (and no
               event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become
               an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing; and

          (b)  at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted
               Payment or Restricted Investment (the value of which, if in a
               form other than cash, shall be determined in good faith by the
               Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and
               evidenced by a board resolution), the aggregate amount, of all
               Restricted Payments and Restricted Investments declared or made
               after June 2, 1993, shall not exceed the sum of, without
               duplication:

               (I)   50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the
                     Company (or if such cumulative Consolidated Net Income
                     shall be a loss, 100% of such loss) accrued after June 2,
                     1993, less any negative extraordinary charges not
                     reflected in Consolidated Net Income; plus 

               (II)  an amount equal to the Net Proceeds received by the
                     Company from the issuance and sale (other than to a
                     Subsidiary) after June 2, 1993 of Capital Stock (excluding
                     Exchangeable Stock, Redeemable Stock and Capital Stock
                     issued in exchange for previously outstanding shares of
                     Capital Stock if such exchange did not constitute a
                     Restricted Payment); plus 

               (III) $15,000,000; plus 

               (IV)  an amount equal to 50% of any dividends received by and
                     100% of any Restricted Investments which are returned or
                     repaid to (in each case, to the extent not included in
                     Consolidated Net Income of the Company), the Company or a
                     wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the
                     Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company;
                     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Net Proceeds received from the
                     sale of the stock of PSHC, BSI, TSI, SSI, KCSC, SCRSI,
                     SGSI or SWSI, or any successor or assignee thereof, by the
                     Company shall not be included in clause (II) above, and
                     PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the foregoing provisions will not
                     prevent the following Restricted Payments or Restricted
                     Investments:

                     (A)  payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date
                          of its declaration if at the date of declaration such
                          payment would be permitted by the foregoing
                          provisions; and 

                     (B)  Restricted Investments, which together with all other
                          Restricted Investments since June 2, 1993, do not
                          exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate, provided that
                          after giving effect to each such Restricted
                          Investment (as if it had occurred on the first day of
                          such period) the pro forma Consolidated Coverage
                          Ratio of the Company, calculated cumulatively for the
                          four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters of the
                          Company and ending prior to the date of the latest
                          Restricted Investment, shall be greater than 2.00 to
                          1.00. 

     The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default; PROVIDED
that in no event shall the business currently operated by PSHC, BSI, SCRSI,
KCSC, SGSI or SWSI be transferred to or held by an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For
purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in
the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the
time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted
Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant. All such outstanding
Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the
fair market value of such Investments at the date of such designation. Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter into any transaction or
series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange
of any property or the rendering of any service), pursuant to which the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary shall



                                          96
<PAGE>

receive or render value exceeding $1,000,000, with any Affiliate or Related
Person of the Company or of the Existing Equity Holders (other than the Company
or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless 

     (1)  the terms of such business, transaction or series of related
          transactions are: 

          (a)  set forth in writing; and

          (b)  fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
               and no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
               Subsidiary, as the case may be, as terms that would be obtainable
               at the time for a comparable transaction or series of related
               transactions with an unrelated third person; and 

     (2)  the disinterested directors of the Board of Directors of the Company
          have, by resolution, determined in good faith that such business or
          transaction or series of related transactions meets the criteria set
          forth in (1)(b) above, which determination shall be conclusive; and 

     (3)  with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions
          otherwise permitted under this paragraph pursuant to which the Company
          or any Restricted Subsidiary shall receive or render value exceeding
          $15,000,000, such transaction or series of related transactions shall
          not be permitted unless, prior to consummation thereof, the Company
          shall have received an opinion, from an independent nationally
          recognized firm experienced in the appraisal or similar review of
          similar types of transactions, that such transaction or series of
          related transactions is on terms which are fair, from a financial
          point of view, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries shall be entitled to provide management services to an
          Unrestricted Subsidiary whose sole purpose is to develop, construct
          and operate a new gaming facility, provided that the Company or such
          Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is reimbursed by the
          Unrestricted Subsidiary for all costs and expenses (including without
          limitation payroll) it incurs in providing such services. 

LIMITATION ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES

     The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to:

     (1)  pay dividends or make any other distribution on its Capital Stock or
          any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits,
          or pay any interest or principal due on Indebtedness owed to the
          Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (2)  make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries; or 

     (3)  transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries, other than:

          (a)  any such encumbrance or restriction imposed by any Gaming
               Authority;

          (b)  any encumbrance or restriction existing on the date of the
               Indenture contained in any Existing Indebtedness;

          (c)  any encumbrance or restriction existing on the date of the
               Indenture contained in the Bank Facility relating to Indebtedness
               that does not exceed the greater of: 

               (I)   $200 million; or 

               (II)  1.5 times Operating Cash Flow calculated cumulatively for
                     the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters of the
                     Company immediately preceding the date on which such
                     indebtedness is incurred;



                                          97
<PAGE>

          (d)  any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted
               Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness
               (other than Indebtedness incurred in anticipation of, as
               consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds
               utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related
               transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became
               a Subsidiary of the Company) incurred by such Restricted
               Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted
               Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and
               outstanding on such date;

          (e)  any pledge by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the stock
               of an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such pledge is made in
               connection with the incurrence of Qualified Non-Recourse Debt by
               such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

          (f)  any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating
               to Indebtedness issued to repay or amend Indebtedness referred to
               in subclauses (b), (c), (d) or (f) of this clause (3), PROVIDED,
               HOWEVER, that any such encumbrance or restriction is no less
               favorable to the Noteholders than encumbrances and restrictions
               contained in agreements relating to the Indebtedness so repaid or
               amended, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that in the event that
               Indebtedness is issued to repay or amend the Bank Facility, the
               aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed
               the greater of: 

               (I)   $200 million; or 

               (II)  1.5 times Operating Cash Flow calculated cumulatively for
                     the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters of the
                     Company immediately preceding the date on which such
                     Indebtedness is issued. See "Description of Certain
                     Indebtedness and Capital Stock-Amended Bank Facility." 

PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The Company will file with the Trustee and provide Noteholders within 15
days after it files them with the SEC copies of the quarterly and annual reports
and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions
of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which
the Company files with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 13(c) or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act. The Company will continue to file with the SEC and the
Trustee, and provide to Noteholders, on the same timely basis such reports,
information and other documents as the Company would be required to file with
the SEC as if the Company were subject to the requirements of such Sections
13(a) and 13(c) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, notwithstanding that the Company
may no longer be subject to Section 13(a) and 13(c) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
and that the Company would be entitled not to file such reports, information and
other documents with the SEC. In addition, if the Company has any Unrestricted
Subsidiaries at such time, it shall also file with the Trustee, and provide to
the Noteholders, on the same timely basis, all quarterly and annual financial
statements (which information may be unaudited) that would be required by Forms
10-Q and 10-K if the Company did not have such Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS

     The Company may not consolidate with or merge with or into any other entity
(other than with a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, provided the Company is
the continuing corporation) or sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets
(determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole) to any entity, unless: 

     (1)  either:

          (a)  the Company shall be the continuing corporation; or 

          (b)  the entity (if other than the Company) formed by such
               consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the entity
               that acquires, by sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease
               or disposition, all or substantially all of the properties and
               assets of the Company shall be a corporation, partnership or
               trust organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
               States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and
               shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, the due and
               punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and
               interest on all the Notes and the performance

                                          98
<PAGE>

               and observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of
               the Company to be performed or observed; 

     (2)  immediately thereafter, no Event of Default (and no event that, after
          notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default)
          shall have occurred and be continuing; 

     (3)  immediately after giving effect to any such transaction involving the
          incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
          indirectly, of additional Indebtedness (and treating any Indebtedness
          not previously an obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries incurred in connection with or as a result of such
          transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction),
          the Company (if it is the continuing corporation) or such other entity
          could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
          clause (6) under the heading "Limitation on Indebtedness" above; and 

     (4)  immediately thereafter, the Company (if it is the continuing
          corporation) or such other entity shall have a Consolidated Net Worth
          equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
          immediately prior to such transaction. 

RESTRICTION ON LAYERING DEBT

     The Company will not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior
in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness and senior in any respect in right of
payment to the Notes. 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     An "Event of Default" is deemed to occur if: 

     (1)  the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any Note when the
          same becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period
          of 30 days following the due date, whether or not such payment is
          prohibited by the provisions described under "Subordination;" 

     (2)  the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when
          the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon optional redemption
          of the Notes by the Company, upon exercise by the Noteholder of the
          put option upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, upon declaration
          or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the
          provisions described under "Subordination;" 

     (3)  the Company fails to observe, perform or comply with any of the
          provisions described under "Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets;"

     (4)  the Company fails to observe, perform or comply with any of its other
          agreements or covenants in, or provisions of, the Notes or the
          Indenture and such failure to observe, perform or comply continues for
          a period of 60 days after receipt by the Company of notice of Default
          from the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
          the Notes; 

     (5)  the Company fails, after any applicable grace period, to make any
          payment of principal of, premium in respect of, or interest on, any
          Indebtedness when due, or any Indebtedness of the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries is accelerated because of a default and
          the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness with respect to
          which any such failure to pay or acceleration has occurred exceeds
          $10,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent; 

     (6)  any encumbrance or restriction of the type described under "Limitation
          on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries"
          becomes applicable to any Restricted Subsidiary; 

     (7)  certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries occur; 

     (8)  one or more judgments, orders or decrees are rendered against the
          Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount
          in excess of $10,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance)



                                          99
<PAGE>

          and are not discharged for a period of 60 days during which a stay of
          enforcement of such judgments, orders or decrees, by reason of a
          pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or 

     (9)  any Gaming License of the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries is revoked, terminated or suspended or otherwise ceases
          to be effective, resulting in the cessation or suspension of operation
          for a period of more than 90 days of the casino business of any
          casino-hotel owned, leased or operated directly or indirectly by the
          Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any
          voluntary relinquishment of a Gaming License if such relinquishment
          is, in the reasonable, good faith judgment of the Board of Directors
          of the Company, evidenced by a resolution of such Board, both
          desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and not disadvantageous in
          any material respect to the Noteholders). 

     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default respecting events of
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or reorganization) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may declare to be immediately due and payable the unpaid principal of
and all accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Notes. If an Event of
Default respecting events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or
reorganization occurs, such an amount shall become immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Noteholder. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may rescind an acceleration and its
consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree
and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived, except non-
payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the
acceleration. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may waive an existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of the principal of any Note. 

     The Company will file annually with the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
regarding compliance by the Company with the terms thereof and specifying any
Defaults of which the signers may have knowledge. 

WAIVER AND MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE

     The Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without
the consent of any Noteholders to: 

     (1)  cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (2)  comply with the provision of the Indenture relating to mergers and
          consolidations of the Company;

     (3)  provide for uncertificated New Notes in addition to certificated
          Notes; 

     (4)  make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
          Noteholder; or 

     (5)  comply with the Trust Indenture Act. 

     The Company and the Trustee may amend any provisions of the Indenture or
the Notes with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company
with any such provision. The terms of the Bank Facility require the consent of
the lenders thereunder before the Company may amend, modify or supplement the
Indenture, except for amendments which do not require the consent of any
Noteholder under the Indenture. 

     However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, no amendment or
waiver of any provision of the Indenture may: 

     (6)  reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment
          or waiver; 

     (7)  reduce the rate or change the time of payment of interest on any
          Notes; 

                                         100
<PAGE>

     (8)  reduce the principal or change the fixed maturity of any Notes or
          alter the redemption provisions with respect thereto; 

     (9)  make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

     (10) make any change in provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of
          compliance with, or past defaults of, the Indenture or the Notes, or
          the right of Noteholders to receive payments of principal, premium or
          interest; or 

     (11) waive a default in payment of the principal of, or interest on, any
          Notes.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF THE INDENTURE

     The Indenture will be discharged upon payment or redemption of all the
Notes issued thereunder. In addition, upon deposit with the Trustee of money or
noncallable United States Government Obligations sufficient for full payment of
such New Notes and delivery to the Trustee of a satisfactory Opinion of Counsel
regarding federal income tax consequences to the Noteholders, all obligations
under the Indenture, other than with respect to compensation and indemnity of
the Trustee and certain other obligations, will be discharged. 

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

     First Union National Bank is the Trustee under the Indenture. First Union
National Bank is also the trustee under the indentures for the Existing Senior
Subordinated Notes. 

     The Indenture contains certain limitations on the right of the Trustee,
should it be or become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other
transactions with the Company; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest
(as defined), it must eliminate such conflict or resign. 

     The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, is
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the
Trustee in personal liability. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of
Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in
the exercise of its powers, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the
conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will
be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request of any of the Noteholders, unless they shall have
offered to the Trustee satisfactory indemnity. 

MANDATORY DISPOSITION PURSUANT TO GAMING LAWS

     If a record or a beneficial owner of a Note is required by any Gaming
Authority to be found suitable, the owner shall apply for a finding of
suitability within 30 days after the request of such Gaming Authority or within
such earlier time prescribed by such Gaming Authority. The applicant for a
finding of suitability must pay all costs of the investigation for such finding
of suitability. If a holder or beneficial owner is required to be found suitable
and is not found suitable by such Gaming Authority:

     (1)  such owner shall, upon request of the Company, dispose of such owner's
          Notes within 30 days or within that time prescribed by such Gaming
          Authority, whichever is earlier; or 

     (2)  the Company may, at its option, redeem such owner's Notes at the
          lesser of

          (a)  the principal amount thereof; or 

          (b)  the price at which the Notes were acquired by such owner,
               together with, in either case, accrued interest to the date of
               the finding of unsuitability by such Gaming Authority. See
               "Regulation and Licensing." 



                                         101
<PAGE>

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

     Except as set forth below, the New Notes will initially be issued in the
form of one Global Note (the "New Global Note").  The New Global Note will be
deposited on the date of the closing of the exchange of the Old Notes for the
New Notes (the "Closing Date") with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust
Company, New York, New York (the "Depository") and registered in the name of
Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depository (such nominee being referred to herein
as the "Global Note Holder").  

     New Notes that are issued as described below under "--Certificated
Securities" will be issued in the form of registered definitive certificates
(the "Certificated Securities").  Upon the transfer of Certificated Securities,
such Certificated Securities may, unless the New global Note has previously been
exchanged for Certificated Securities, be exchanged for an interest in the New
Global Note representing the principal amount of New Notes being transferred.  

DEPOSITORY PROCEDURES

     The Depository has advised the Company that the Depository is a
limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold securities for its
participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants") and to facilitate
the clearance and settlement of transactions in such securities between
Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its
Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including
the Initial Purchasers), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and
certain other organizations. Access to the Depository's system is also available
to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
(collectively, the "Indirect Participants") that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on
behalf of the Depository only through the Participants or the Indirect
Participants. 

     The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by the
Depository:

     (1)  upon deposit of the New Global Note, the Depository will credit the
          accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with
          portions of the principal amount of the New Global Note; and 

     (2)  ownership of the New Notes evidenced by the New Global Note will be
          shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only
          through, records maintained by the Depository (with respect to the
          interests of the Participants), the Participants and the Indirect
          Participants. Prospective purchasers are advised that the laws of some
          states require that certain persons take physical delivery in
          definitive form of securities that they own. 

Consequently, the ability to transfer New Notes evidenced by the New Global Note
will be limited to such extent.

     So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any New Notes,
the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of
any New Notes evidenced by the New Global Note. Beneficial owners of New Notes
evidenced by the New Global Note will not be considered the owners or holders
thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the
giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee thereunder.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability
for any aspect of the records of the Depository or for maintaining, supervising
or reviewing any records of the Depository relating to the New Notes. 

     Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
any New Notes registered in the name of the Global Note Holder on the applicable
record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of the Global
Note Holder in its capacity as the registered holder under the Indenture. Under
the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may treat the persons in
whose names New Notes, including the New Global Note, are registered as the
owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments. Consequently, neither
the Company nor the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for
the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of New Notes. The Company
believes, however, that it is currently the policy of the Depository to
immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with such payments,
in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in
the relevant security as shown on the records of the Depository. Payments by the
Participants and

                                         102
<PAGE>

the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of New Notes will be governed
by standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility
of the Participants or the Indirect Participants. 

CERTIFICATED SECURITIES

     Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in
the New Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial
interest for New Notes in the form of Certificated Securities. Upon any such
issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated Securities in
the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons (or
the nominee of any thereof).  If:

     (1)  the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Depository is no
          longer willing or able to act as a depositary and the Company is
          unable to locate a qualified successor within 90 days; or 

     (2)  the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it
          elects to cause the issuance of New Notes in the form of Certificated
          Securities under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the Global
          Note Holder of its New Global Note, Notes in such form will be issued
          to each person that the Global Note Holder and the Depository identify
          as being the beneficial owner of the related New Notes. 

     Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note Holder or the Depository in identifying the beneficial owners of New
Notes and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be
protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or the
Depository for all purposes. 

SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT

     The Indenture will require that payments in respect of the New Notes
represented by the New Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and
interest, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. With respect to Certificated
Securities, the Company will make all payments of principal, premium, if any,
and interest, if any, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account is specified,
by mailing a check to each such Holder's registered address.





                                         103

<PAGE>
                                       
                      CERTAIN FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax
consequences resulting from the exchange offer and from the ownership of the New
Notes. It deals only with New Notes held as capital assets and not with special
classes of noteholders, such as dealers in securities or currencies, life
insurance companies, tax exempt entities, and persons that hold a New Note in
connection with an arrangement that completely or partially hedges the New Note.
The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof.
Such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified so as to produce federal
income tax consequences different from those discussed below. 

     NOTEHOLDERS TENDERING THEIR OLD NOTES OR PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF NEW
NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL
INCOME TAX AND ANY STATE OR LOCAL INCOME OR FRANCHISE TAX CONSEQUENCES IN THEIR
PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND ANY CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING
JURISDICTION.

     The exchange of New Notes for the Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer
will not be treated as an "exchange" for United States federal income tax
purposes because the New Notes will not be considered to differ materially in
kind or extent from the Old Notes.  Rather, the New Notes received by a
noteholder will be treated as a continuation of the Old Notes in the hands of
such noteholder.  As a result, there will be no United States federal income tax
consequences to noteholders exchanging the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant
to the exchange offer.  The noteholder must continue to include stated interest
in income as if the exchange had not occurred.  The adjusted basis and holding
period of the New notes for any noteholder will be the same as the adjusted
basis and holding period of the Old Notes.  Similarly, there would be no United
States federal income tax consequences to a holder of Old Notes that does not
participate in the exchange offer. 

UNITED STATES HOLDERS

     For purposes of this discussion, a "United States Holder" means:

     (1)  a citizen or resident of the United States;

     (2)  a partnership, corporation or other entity created or organized in or
          under the law of the United States or of any State of the United
          States;

     (3)  an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal
          income tax regardless of its source;

     (4)  a trust, if either: 

          (a)  a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
               supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more
               United States persons have the authority to control all
               substantial decisions of the trust; or 

          (b)  the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and elected to be
               treated as a United States person at all times thereafter; 

     (5)  any other person that is subject to United States federal income tax
          on interest income derived from a Note as a result of such income
          being effectively connected with the conduct by such person of a trade
          or business within the United States; or

     (6)  certain former citizens of the United States whose income and gain on
          the New Notes will be subject to U.S. income tax.




                                         104
<PAGE>

     PAYMENTS OF INTEREST

     Payments of stated interest on a New Note will constitute "qualified 
stated interest" (as defined below under "Original Issue Discount") and will 
be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary interest income at the time 
it is received or accrued, depending on the noteholder's method of accounting 
for tax purposes.

     Under certain circumstances, notes may be treated as issued with original
issue discount.  We believe the notes will not be issued with original issue
discount because they satisfy a statutory de minimis exception. If the notes are
issued with original issue discount, United States Holders will have to include
original issue discount in income before the receipt of cash attributable to
such income. 

     BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

     In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of
principal and interest on a New Note and the proceeds of the sale of a New Note
before Maturity within the United States to, and to the accrual of original
issue discount on a New Note with respect to, non-corporate United States
Holders. A 31% "backup withholding" tax will apply to such payments and to
payments with respect to original issue discount if the United States Holder
fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or to report all
interest and dividends required to be shown on its federal income tax returns. 

UNITED STATES ALIEN HOLDERS

     As used herein, a "United States Alien" is a person or entity that, for
United States federal income tax purposes, is not a United States Holder. 

     PAYMENTS TO UNITED STATES ALIENS

     Under current United States federal income and estate tax law:

     (1)  payments of principal and interest on a New Note by SCI or any paying
          agent to a noteholder that is a United States Alien will not be
          subject to withholding of United States federal income tax, provided
          that, such interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a
          trade or business within the United States by such United States Alien
          and the noteholder:

          (a)  does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the
               combined voting power of all classes of stock of SCI;

          (b)  is not a controlled foreign corporation related to SCI through
               stock ownership; and 

          (c)  provides a statement, under penalties of perjury (such as Form
               W-8), to SCI that the holder is a United States Alien and
               provides its name and address;

     (2)  a noteholder that is a United States Alien will not be subject to
          United States federal income tax on gain realized on the sale,
          exchange or redemption of such Note, unless:

          (a)  the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
               business within the United States by the United States Alien; or 

          (b)  in the case of a United States Alien who is a nonresident alien
               individual and holds the New Note as a capital asset, such holder
               is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the
               taxable year and certain other requirements are met; and 

     (3)  a New Note will not be subject to United States federal estate tax as
          a result of the death of a noteholder who is not a citizen or resident
          of the United States at the time of death, provided that: 



                                         105
<PAGE>

          (a)  such noteholder did not at the time of death actually or
               constructively own 10% or more of the combined voting power of
               all classes of stock of SCI; and, 

          (b)  at the time of such noteholder's death, payments of interest on
               such Note would not have been effectively connected with the
               conduct by such noteholder of a trade or business in the United
               States. 

     United States information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax
will not apply to payments on a New Note made outside the United States by SCI
or any paying agent (acting in its capacity as such) to a noteholder that is a
United States Alien provided that a statement described in (1)(c) above has been
received and neither SCI nor its paying agent has actual knowledge that the
payee is not a United States Alien.

     Information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will not
apply to any payment of the proceeds of the sale of a New Note effected outside
the United States by a foreign office of a "broker" (as defined in applicable
Treasury regulations), provided that such broker:

     (1)  is a United States Alien;

     (2)  derives less than 50% of its gross income for certain periods from the
          conduct of a trade or business in the United States; and 

     (3)  is not a controlled foreign corporation as to the United States 

(a person described in (1), (2) and (3) above being hereinafter referred to as a
"foreign controlled person"). Payment of the proceeds of the sale of a New Note
effected outside the United States by a foreign office of any broker that is not
a foreign controlled person will not be subject to backup withholding tax, but
will be subject to information reporting requirements unless such broker has
documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a United States
Alien and certain other conditions are met, or the beneficial owner otherwise
establishes an exemption. 

     New regulations governing backup withholding and information reporting are
generally scheduled to become effective for payments made after December 31,
1999. Rules under these regulations will have essentially the same substantive
effect, but will unify current certification procedures and forms.





                                         106
<PAGE>

                                 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a Broker-Dealer (a "Participating Broker-Dealer") in connection
with the resale of the New Notes received in exchange for the Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities.  Each such Participating Broker-Dealer
that participates in the exchange offer that receives the New Notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.  We have agreed that
for a period of one year after the date when the registration statement becomes
effective, we will use our best efforts to make this prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, available to any Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection
with any such resale.

     We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
Participating Broker-Dealers. New Notes received by Participating Broker-Dealers
for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to
time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination
of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices.  Any such
resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers
who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any
Participating Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes.  Any
Participating Broker-Dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for
its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
such resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and
by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to
admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     For a period of one year after the expiration date of the exchange offer,
we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this prospectus to any Participating Broker-Dealer that requests
such documents in the letter of transmittal.

     This prospectus has been prepared for use in connection with the exchange
offer and may be used by the initial purchasers in connection with the offers
and sales related to market-making transactions in the New Notes.   The initial
purchasers may act as principals or agents in such transactions.  Such sales
will be made at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale. 
We will not receive any of the proceeds of such sales.  The initial purchasers
have no obligation to make a market in the New Notes and may discontinue their
market-making activities at any time without notice, at their sole discretion.  

                                    LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with regard to the validity of the New Notes will be
passed upon for us by Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy, Los Angeles, California
and Schreck Morris, Las Vegas, Nevada. 

                            INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     The audited financial statements as of March 31, 1998 and 1997 and for 
the three years in the period ended March 31, 1998, included in this 
prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by 
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their 
reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the 
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.



                                         107
<PAGE>
                                       
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
<S>                                                                       <C>
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) 
 as of September 30, 1998 and March 31, 1998...........................    F-2
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) 
 for the Six months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997..................    F-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) 
 for the Six months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997..................    F-4
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).......    F-5
Report of Independent Public Accountants...............................    F-9
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1998 and 1997..............   F-10
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended 
 March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.........................................   F-11
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended 
 March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.........................................   F-12
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 
 March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.........................................   F-13
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................   F-14
</TABLE>


                                      F-1

<PAGE>

                                       
                              STATION CASINOS, INC.
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,     MARCH 31,
                                                               1998           1998
                                                          -------------     ---------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>
                          ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents............................  $   50,402      $   50,158
   Accounts and notes receivable, net...................      11,651          12,288
   Inventories..........................................       4,510           4,209
   Prepaid gaming taxes.................................       9,285           6,763
   Prepaid expenses and other...........................      15,476          14,073
                                                          -----------     -----------
      TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS..............................      91,324          87,491
Property and equipment, net.............................   1,143,947       1,132,719
Land held for development...............................      24,286          24,268
Other assets, net.......................................      54,730          55,738
                                                          -----------     -----------
      TOTAL ASSETS......................................  $1,314,287      $1,300,216
                                                          -----------     -----------
                                                          -----------     -----------

        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Current portion of long-term debt....................  $  155,054     $   97,931
   Accounts payable.....................................      14,107         16,498
   Accrued payroll and related..........................      21,518         21,896
   Construction contracts payable.......................       8,580         10,534
   Accrued interest payable.............................      15,482         16,776
   Accrued expenses and other...........................      37,418         33,874
                                                          -----------    -----------
      TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.........................     252,159        197,509
Long-term debt, less current portion....................     753,787        802,295
Deferred income taxes, net..............................      18,651         13,525
                                                          -----------    -----------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES.................................   1,024,597      1,013,329
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                          -----------    -----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Preferred stock, par value $.01; authorized
      5,000,000 shares; 2,070,000 convertible 
      preferred shares issued and outstanding..........     103,500        103,500
   Common stock, par value $.01; authorized 
      90,000,000 shares; 35,311,792 and 35,310,623 
      shares issued and outstanding.....................         353            353
   Additional paid-in capital...........................     167,216        167,180
   Deferred compensation-restricted stock...............       (282)          (528)
   Retained earnings....................................      18,903         16,382
                                                          -----------    -----------
      TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY........................     289,690        286,887
                                                          -----------    -----------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY........  $1,314,287     $1,300,216
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                          -----------    -----------
</TABLE>


                                       
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-2
<PAGE>

                              STATION CASINOS, INC.
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             ---------------------
                                                               1998        1997
                                                             ---------   ---------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>
OPERATING REVENUES:
   Casino..................................................  $332,565    $282,700
   Food and beverage.......................................    68,307      63,577
   Room....................................................    19,307      17,218
   Other...................................................    31,261      28,676
                                                             --------    --------
      Gross revenues.......................................   451,440     392,171
   Less promotional allowances.............................   (31,742)    (24,558)
                                                             --------    --------
      Net revenues.........................................   419,698     367,613
                                                             --------    --------

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Casino..................................................   163,331     137,592
   Food and beverage.......................................    42,884      44,862
   Room....................................................     7,480       6,481
   Other...................................................    12,500      13,481
   Selling, general and administrative.....................    89,801      81,896
   Corporate expenses......................................     9,983       7,748
   Depreciation and amortization...........................    35,185      33,169
   Preopening expenses.....................................         -      10,866
                                                             --------    --------
                                                              361,164     336,095
                                                             --------    --------
OPERATING INCOME...........................................    58,534      31,518
                                                             --------    --------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
   Interest expense, net...................................   (44,408)    (35,713)
   Merger and related legal costs..........................    (2,943)          -
   Other...................................................      (565)     (4,996)
                                                             --------    --------
                                                              (47,916)    (40,709)
                                                             --------    --------
Income (loss) before income taxes..........................    10,618      (9,191)
Income tax (provision) benefit.............................    (4,475)      3,258
                                                             --------    --------
Net income (loss)..........................................     6,143      (5,933)
Preferred stock dividends..................................    (3,622)     (3,622)
                                                             --------    --------

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock...............  $  2,521    $ (9,555)
                                                             --------    --------
                                                             --------    --------

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share.........  $   0.07    $  (0.27)
                                                             --------    --------
                                                             --------    --------

Weighted average common shares outstanding.................    35,312      35,310
                                                             --------    --------
                                                             --------    --------
</TABLE>

                                       
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
                          consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-3

<PAGE>

                              STATION CASINOS, INC.
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             --------------------------
                                                                1998            1997
                                                             ----------      ----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)........................................     $  6,143       $  (5,933)
                                                              --------       ---------

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net 
 cash provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization.........................       35,185          33,169
   Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs......        2,956           3,282
   Merger and related legal costs........................        2,943               -
   Increase in deferred income taxes.....................        4,474           7,290
   Preopening expenses...................................            -          10,866
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Decrease (increase) in accounts and notes 
       receivable, net...................................          637          (4,635)
      Increase in inventories and prepaid expenses and 
       other current assets.                                    (3,574)         (5,161)
      Decrease in accounts payable........................      (2,391)         (4,723)
      Increase in accrued expenses and other current 
       liabilities........................................       1,872          13,896
      Other, net..........................................      (1,083)          6,593
                                                              --------       ---------
           Total adjustments..............................      41,019          60,577
                                                              --------       ---------
        Net cash provided by operating activities.........      47,162          54,644
                                                              --------       ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Capital expenditures...................................     (44,732)       (100,029)
   Decrease in construction contracts payable.............      (1,954)        (74,904)
   Preopening expenses....................................           -          (8,550)
   Other, net.............................................         671             525
                                                              --------       ---------
        Net cash used in investing activities.............     (46,015)       (182,958)
                                                              --------       ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Payments under bank facility, net......................     (68,000)        (63,000)
   Borrowings under Sunset loan agreement, net............           -          57,000
   Proceeds from the issuance of notes payable............      80,000          15,730
   Principal payments on notes payable....................      (6,953)        (19,631)
   Proceeds from the issuance of senior subordinated 
    notes, net............................................           -         144,287
   Dividends paid.........................................      (3,622)         (3,622)
   Other, net.............................................      (2,328)         (1,049)
                                                              --------       ---------
        Net cash (used in) provided by financing 
         activities.......................................        (903)        129,715
                                                              --------       ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
   Increase in cash and cash equivalents..................         244           1,401
   Balance, beginning of period...........................      50,158          42,522
                                                              --------       ---------
   Balance, end of period.................................    $ 50,402       $  43,923
                                                              --------       ---------
                                                              --------       ---------

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
   Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized.....    $ 43,019       $  24,510
   Cash paid for income taxes.............................    $     10       $       -
   Property and equipment purchases financed by debt......    $  2,918       $   3,532
</TABLE>
                                       
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
                     consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                       
                              STATION CASINOS, INC.

              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         Station Casinos, Inc. (the "Company"), a Nevada Corporation, is an 
established multi-jurisdictional gaming and entertainment enterprise that 
currently owns and operates four major casino properties in Las Vegas, 
Nevada, a gaming and entertainment complex in St. Charles, Missouri and a 
gaming and entertainment complex in Kansas City, Missouri. The Company also 
owns and provides slot route management services in Southern Nevada.

         The  accompanying   condensed   consolidated   financial   
statements include the accounts of Station Casinos, Inc. and its wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, Palace Station Hotel & Casino, Inc. ("Palace Station"), Boulder 
Station, Inc. ("Boulder Station"), Texas Station, Inc. ("Texas Station"), 
Sunset Station, Inc. ("Sunset Station"), St. Charles Riverfront Station, Inc. 
("Station Casino St. Charles"), Kansas City Station Corporation ("Station 
Casino Kansas City"), and the Southwest Companies. The Company also owns and 
operates a small casino, Wild, Wild West, which opened in July 1998 and owns 
a 50% interest in Town Center Amusements, Inc., d.b.a. Barley's Casino & 
Brewing Company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have 
been eliminated.

         The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements 
included herein have been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to 
the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain 
information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial 
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and 
regulations, although the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate 
to make the information presented not misleading. In the opinion of 
management, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) 
necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods have 
been made. The results for the three and six months ended September 30, 1998 
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal 
year. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the 
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998.

         Certain amounts in the six months ended September 30, 1997 
consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to be consistent 
with the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on 
net income.


                                     F-5

<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

            NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)


2. LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt consists of the following (amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,        MARCH 31,
                                                                                 1998               1998
                                                                             -------------      ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                <C>
Reducing revolving credit facility, secured by substantially 
   all of the assets of Palace Station, Boulder Station, Texas 
   Station, Sunset Station, Station Casino St. Charles and 
   Station Casino Kansas City, $285.2 million limit at
   September 30, 1998, reducing quarterly by $22.4 million until 
   September 2000 when the remaining principal balance is due, 
   interest at a margin above the bank's prime rate or the 
   Eurodollar Rate (8.25% at September 30, 1998).........................      $ 256,000         $324,000
Supplemental revolving facility, secured by the same assets as 
   the reducing revolving credit facility, payable interest only 
   monthly, principal due March 31, 1999, interest at a margin 
   above the bank's prime rate or the Eurodollar rate (8.31% at 
   September 30, 1998)...................................................         80,000                -
9 5/8% senior subordinated notes, payable interest only semi-annually, 
   principal due June 1, 2003, net of unamortized discount of $5.5
   million at September 30, 1998.........................................        187,487          187,051
9 3/4% senior subordinated notes, payable interest only semi-annually, 
   principal due April 15, 2007, net of unamortized discount of $5.2 
   million at September 30, 1998.........................................        144,816          144,629
10 1/8% senior subordinated notes, payable interest only semi-annually, 
   principal due March 15, 2006, net of unamortized discount of $1.0 
   million at September 30, 1998.........................................        196,956          196,908
Notes payable to banks and others, collateralized by slot machines 
   and related equipment, monthly installments including interest 
   ranging from 7.53% to 11.50% at September 30, 1998....................          9,974            8,499
Capital lease obligations, collateralized by furniture and equipment.....          3,441            4,191
Other long-term debt.....................................................         30,167           34,948
                                                                               ---------         --------
      Total long-term debt...............................................        908,841          900,226
Current portion of long-term debt........................................       (155,054)         (97,931)
                                                                               ---------         --------
      Total long-term debt, less current portion.........................      $ 753,787         $802,295
                                                                               ---------         --------
                                                                               ---------         --------
</TABLE>

         In June 1998, the Company amended its secured amended and restated 
reducing revolving loan agreement (the "Bank Facility"). This amendment 
modifies the maximum funded debt to EBITDA (adjusted for preopening expenses) 
ratio, including annualized EBITDA (adjusted for preopening expenses) for any 
new venture, as defined, open less than a year, for the Company on a 
consolidated basis to 5.50 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 
1998, 5.40 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1998, 5.20 to 
1.00 for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 1998, 5.00 to 1.00 for the 
fiscal quarter ending March 31, 1999, 4.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter 
ending June 30, 1999, 4.00 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ending September 
30, 1999 and 3.75 to 1.00 thereafter. The funded debt to EBITDA ratio was 
4.92 to 1.00 as of September 30, 1998.

         In September 1998, the Company executed a supplemental secured 
revolving loan agreement with a group of banks for $80 million (the 
"Supplemental Facility"). The Supplemental Facility is supplemental to and 
related to the Bank Facility. The liens and security interests securing the 
Supplemental Facility rank equal with the liens and security interests 
securing the Bank Facility and contain the same financial and other 
covenants. The Supplemental Facility bears interest at the same rate as the 
Bank Facility plus 25 basis points and is payable monthly. The Supplemental 
Facility matures in March 1999.

         In October 1998, the Company received commitments for $425 million 
for an amended and restated reducing revolving credit facility (the "Amended 
Facility"). These commitments are subject to satisfactory documentation which 
is expected to be completed during calendar year 1998. This facility will 
amend the Company's existing Bank Facility and will refinance the 
Supplemental Facility (described above). The Amended Facility will be funded 
in two tranches (a revolving tranche and a term tranche). The revolving 
tranche will be a $350 million reducing revolving credit facility maturing in 
September 2003. The term tranche will be a $75 million term loan maturing in 
December 2005. The Amended Facility will contain certain financial and other 
covenants including a maximum funded debt to EBITDA 


                                     F-6

<PAGE>

ratio, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, limits on capital expenditures 
and investments, limits on indebtedness, minimum consolidated net worth 
requirements, limits on payments of dividends, and a maximum basket for the 
repurchase of equity securities.

3. OTHER MATTERS

 PREOPENING EXPENSES

         Prior to the opening of a facility, all operating expenses, 
including incremental salaries and wages, related thereto are capitalized as 
preopening expenses. In June 1997, Sunset Station Hotel & Casino opened. 
During the six months ended September 30, 1997, $10.9 million of preopening 
expense primarily related to Sunset Station were expensed.

 EXPIRED OPTION PAYMENTS

         In June 1997, approximately $5.0 million of certain expired option 
payments to lease or acquire land for future development, which had 
previously been capitalized, were expensed. Such amounts are included in 
other income/expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of 
operations for the six months ended September 30, 1997.

 PALACE STATION FIRE AND FLOOD

         On July 20, 1998, Palace Station suffered damage to its casino and 
hotel tower as a result of a thunderstorm in the Las Vegas Valley. In 
November 1998, the repairs to the casino were completed and all of the rooms 
in the 21-story hotel tower were fully functional. Losses associated with the 
property damage and business interruption are covered under the Company's 
insurance policies. As of September 30, 1998, the insurance company has 
advanced $6 million to the Company on this claim. Any business interruption 
proceeds have been reflected in other operating revenue in the accompanying 
condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company expects no 
significant losses from the business interruption or property claims, 
however, no assurance as to the final settlement can be made. In addition, 
the Company's business interruption insurance coverage related to this 
incident terminates in November 1999.

4. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         On January 16, 1998, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan 
of Merger, as amended (the "Merger Agreement") with Crescent Real Estate 
Equities Company, a Texas real estate investment trust ("Crescent"). The 
Merger Agreement provides for the merger (the "Merger") of the Company and 
Crescent at the time of effectiveness of the Merger in accordance with the 
Merger Agreement (the "Effective Time"). The Merger Agreement is currently 
the subject of litigation between Crescent and the Company. During the three 
months ended September 30, 1998, the Company wrote off $2.9 million of costs 
incurred related to the Merger (which are included in other expense in the 
accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations). The Company 
also expects to incur ongoing litigation costs associated with the current 
lawsuits involving the Merger Agreement.

         On July 27, 1998, the Company and Crescent announced the 
postponement of the previously announced joint annual and special meeting of 
the Company's stockholders. The meeting was postponed to address concerns 
related to the Merger expressed by holders of the Company's preferred stock. 
The Company subsequently requested that Crescent purchase $20 million of the 
Company's $100 Redeemable Preferred Stock issuable under the Merger Agreement 
(the "Redeemable Preferred Stock"). The Merger Agreement provides that, if 
the Company is not in material breach of its covenants, representations or 
warranties under the Merger Agreement, Crescent is required to fund up to 
$115 million of Redeemable Preferred Stock even if the Merger Agreement has 
been terminated. Crescent advised the Company that Crescent took the position 
that our postponing the meeting was a breach of the Merger Agreement.

         On July 30, 1998, the Company filed suit against Crescent in Clark 
County District Court, State of Nevada, seeking declaratory relief. The suit 
asserts, among other things, that postponement of the meeting did not breach 
the Merger Agreement, that the Company had received Crescent's consent to 
postponement of the meeting and was otherwise in full compliance with its 
obligations under the Merger Agreement.

         On August 11, 1998, the Company requested that Crescent purchase the 
additional $95 million of Redeemable Preferred Stock. Also on August 11, 
1998, the Company amended its complaint in Nevada state court to include 
claims regarding Crescent's breaches of the Merger Agreement. The Company's 
lawsuit against Crescent seeks damages for Crescent's breaches and specific 
performance requiring Crescent to fulfill its obligation under the Merger 
Agreement to purchase $115 million of Redeemable Preferred Stock.

         On December 22, 1998, Crescent filed its answer and counterclaims 
the Company's suit pending in the Nevada state court. The answer generally 
denied the Company's claims, and the counterclaims sought damages and 
declaratory relief alleging that the Company breached the Merger Agreement by 
canceling and failing to reschedule the August 4, 1998 stockholders meeting. 
The suit sought declaratory judgment that the Company's actions with respect 
to the meeting, together with certain alleged misrepresentations in the 
Merger 


                                      F-7

<PAGE>

Agreement, relieve Crescent of its obligation under the Merger Agreement to 
purchase an aggregate $115 million of the Redeemable Preferred Stock. For the 
same reasons, Crescent alleged that it was excused from further performance 
under the Merger Agreement. Crescent did not specify the amount of damages it 
sought. Discovery is ongoing in this action.

         We anticipate that Crescent will seek the $54 million break-up fee 
as part of its counterclaims. On August 12, 1998, Crescent had announced that 
it intended to assert a claim for damages for the $54 million break-up fee 
under the Merger Agreement or its equivalent and for expenses.

         On August 7, 1998, Crescent filed suit against the Company in the 
United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, seeking damages and 
declaratory relief. The suit alleged that the Company breached the Merger 
Agreement by canceling and failing to reschedule the August 4, 1998 
stockholders meeting. The suit sought a declaratory judgment that the 
Company's actions with respect to the meeting, together with certain alleged 
misrepresentations in the Merger Agreement, relieve Crescent of its 
obligation under the Merger Agreement to purchase an aggregate $115 million 
of the Redeemable Preferred Stock. For the same reasons, Crescent alleged 
that it was excused from further performance under the Merger Agreement. 
Crescent did not specify the amount of damages it sought. Simultaneously with 
the filing of its suit, Crescent sent notice of termination of the Merger 
Agreement to the Company. The Company believes that Crescent, and not the 
Company, breached the Merger Agreement.

         On December 15, 1998, Crescent's suit against the Company pending in 
the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas was 
dismissed for lack of jurisdiction. On December 21, 1998, Crescent served the 
Company with a notice of appeal of the dismissal.

         While the Company believes that Crescent has breached the Merger 
Agreement and that Crescent's allegations are without merit, as with any 
litigation, no assurance as to the outcome of such litigation can be made at 
this time.

         A suit seeking status as a class action and a derivative action was 
filed by plaintiff, Crandon Capital Partners, on August 7, 1998, in Clark 
County District Court, State of Nevada, naming the Company and its Board of 
Directors as defendants. The lawsuit, which was filed as a result of the 
failed merger between the Company and Crescent, alleges, among other things, 
a breach of fiduciary duty owed to the shareholders/class members. The 
lawsuit seeks damages allegedly suffered by the shareholders/class members as 
a result of the transactions with Crescent, as well as all costs and 
disbursements of the lawsuit. The Company and the Board of Directors do not 
believe the suit has merit and intend to defend themselves vigorously.

                                     F-8

<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Station Casinos, Inc.:

         We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 
Station Casinos, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries as of March 31, 
1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended March 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
these financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted 
auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test 
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the 
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide 
a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Station Casinos, 
Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their 
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended March 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles.

                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Las Vegas, Nevada
April 23, 1998 (except for Notes 3 and 13, 
 as to which the date is 
 December 22, 1998 and Note 6 
 as to which the date is 
 February 3, 1999)
    

                                     F-9
<PAGE>

                              STATION CASINOS, INC.

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                    (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                             --------------------------------------
                                                                1998                        1997
                                                             ----------                 -----------
<S>                                                          <C>                        <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents...........................      $   50,158                 $   42,522
   Accounts and notes receivable, net..................          12,288                      7,852
   Inventories.........................................           4,209                      3,473
   Prepaid gaming taxes................................           6,763                      4,291
   Prepaid expenses and other..........................          14,073                     11,231
                                                             ----------                 ----------
      TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.............................          87,491                     69,369

Property and equipment, net............................       1,132,719                  1,069,052
Land held for development..............................          24,268                     26,354
Other assets, net......................................          55,738                     69,343
                                                             ----------                 ----------
      TOTAL ASSETS.....................................      $1,300,216                 $1,234,118
                                                             ----------                 ----------
                                                             ----------                 ----------

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Current portion of long-term debt...................      $   97,931                 $   18,807
   Accounts payable....................................          16,498                     21,106
   Accrued payroll and related.........................          21,896                     13,460
   Construction contracts payable......................          10,534                     94,835
   Accrued interest payable............................          16,776                     10,625
   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities......          33,874                     26,433
                                                             ----------                 ----------
      TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES........................         197,509                    185,266

Long-term debt, less current portion...................         802,295                    742,156
Deferred income taxes, net.............................          13,525                      7,848
                                                             ----------                 ----------

      TOTAL LIABILITIES................................       1,013,329                    935,270
                                                             ----------                 ----------
                                                             ----------                 ----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 6)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Preferred stock, par value $.01; authorized 
      5,000,000 shares; 2,070,000 convertible
      preferred shares issued and outstanding..........         103,500                     103,500
   Common stock, par value $.01; authorized 
      90,000,000 shares; 35,310,623 and 
      35,318,057 shares issued and outstanding.........             353                         353
   Additional paid-in capital..........................         167,180                     167,397
   Deferred compensation-restricted stock..............            (528)                     (1,225)
   Retained earnings...................................          16,382                      28,823
                                                             ----------                 ----------
      TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......................         286,887                     298,848
                                                             ----------                 ----------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......      $1,300,216                  $1,234,118
                                                             ----------                 ----------
                                                             ----------                 ----------
</TABLE>

                                       
            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                      consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                              STATION CASINOS, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                  (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                       -------------------------------------
                                                         1998           1997          1996
                                                       ---------      --------      --------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>           <C>
OPERATING REVENUES:
   Casino.........................................      $600,847      $450,013      $358,495
   Food and beverage..............................       131,365        92,220        73,057
   Room...........................................        37,330        27,420        23,614
   Other..........................................        53,494        48,957        39,099
                                                        --------      --------      --------
      Gross revenues..............................       823,036       618,610       494,265
   Less promotional allowances....................       (53,426)      (35,095)      (27,408)
                                                        --------      --------      --------
      Net revenues................................       769,610       583,515       466,857
                                                        --------      --------      --------
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Casino.........................................       291,102       203,857       150,805
   Food and beverage..............................        89,928        68,994        57,659
   Room...........................................        13,461        10,318         9,147
   Other..........................................        24,658        23,927        24,902
   Selling, general and administrative............       172,258       120,285        97,466
   Corporate expenses.............................        15,633        18,284        15,979
   Restructuring charge...........................             -         2,016             -
   Development expenses...........................           104         1,302         3,960
   Depreciation and amortization..................        67,414        44,589        35,039
   Preopening expenses............................        10,866        31,820         2,436
                                                        --------      --------      --------
                                                         685,424       525,392       397,393
                                                        --------      --------      --------
OPERATING INCOME..................................        84,186        58,123        69,464
                                                        --------      --------      --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
   Interest expense, net..........................       (78,826)      (36,698)      (30,563)
   Write-off of costs to elect REIT status........        (2,914)            -             -
   Other..........................................        (6,566)          (47)        1,150
                                                        --------      --------      --------
                                                         (88,306)      (36,745)      (29,413)
                                                        --------      --------      --------
Income (loss) before income taxes and 
 extraordinary item...............................        (4,120)       21,378        40,051
Income tax (provision) benefit....................           966        (7,615)      (14,579)
                                                        --------      --------      --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item...........        (3,154)       13,763        25,472
Extraordinary item/loss on early retirement 
 of debt, net of applicable income tax benefit....        (2,042)            -             -
                                                        --------      --------      --------
Net income (loss).................................        (5,196)       13,763        25,472
Preferred stock dividends.........................        (7,245)       (7,245)          (53)
                                                        --------      --------      --------
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock......      $(12,441)        $6,518       $25,419
                                                        --------      --------      --------
                                                        --------      --------      --------

Weighted average common shares outstanding........        35,309        35,316        33,918
                                                        --------      --------      --------
                                                        --------      --------      --------

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per 
 common share:
   Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item......      $  (0.09)     $   0.39      $   0.75
   Extraordinary item.............................      $  (0.06)     $      -      $      -
   Earnings (loss) applicable to common stock.....      $  (0.35)     $   0.18      $   0.75
</TABLE>

                                       
           The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                     consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-11
<PAGE>



                              STATION CASINOS, INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DEFERRED         RETAINED
                                                                 ADDITIONAL     COMPENSATION-      EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                  PREFERRED          COMMON       PAID-IN        RESTRICTED      (ACCUMULATED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                    STOCK            STOCK        CAPITAL           STOCK          DEFICIT)         EQUITY
                                  ---------         -------      ----------     -------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                               <C>               <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>
Balances, March 31, 1995...       $      -            $301        $ 93,592         $(2,893)        $(3,114)       $ 87,886
Issuance of common stock
(Note 7)...................              -              52          77,309               -               -          77,361
Issuance of preferred stock
(Note 7)...................         90,000                          (3,278)              -               -          86,722
Amortization of deferred
compensation...............              -               -               -           1,082               -           1,082
Preferred stock dividends..              -               -               -               -             (53)            (53)
Net income.................              -               -               -               -          25,472          25,472
                                  --------            ----        --------         -------         -------        --------
Balances, March 31, 1996...         90,000             353         167,623          (1,811)         22,305         278,470
Issuance of preferred stock
(Note 7)...................         13,500               -            (405)              -               -          13,095
Exercise of stock options..              -               -             179               -               -             179
Amortization of deferred
compensation...............              -               -               -             586               -             586
Preferred stock dividends..              -               -               -               -          (7,245)         (7,245)
Net income.................              -               -               -               -          13,763          13,763
                                  --------            ----        --------         -------         -------        --------
Balances, March 31, 1997...        103,500             353         167,397          (1,225)         28,823         298,848
Exercise of stock options..              -               -              26               -               -              26
Cancellation of restricted
   stock...................              -               -            (243)            243               -               -
Amortization of deferred
compensation...............              -               -               -             454               -             454
Preferred stock dividends..              -               -               -               -          (7,245)         (7,245)
Net loss...................              -               -               -               -          (5,196)         (5,196)
                                  --------            ----        --------         -------         -------        --------
Balances, March 31, 1998...       $103,500            $353        $167,180         $  (528)        $16,382        $286,887
                                  --------            ----        --------         -------         -------        --------
                                  --------            ----        --------         -------         -------        --------
</TABLE>
                                       
           The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                      consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-12

<PAGE>
                              STATION CASINOS, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                     --------------------------------
                                                                       1998       1997         1996
                                                                     --------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss).................................................   $ (5,196)  $  13,763   $  25,472
                                                                     --------   ---------   ---------
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash 
   provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization..................................     67,414      44,589      35,039
   Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs...............      6,443       5,279       3,141
   Write-off of expired land options..............................      5,011           -           -
   Loss on early retirement of debt...............................      2,668           -           -
   Write-off of costs to elect REIT status........................      2,914           -           -
   Preopening expenses............................................     10,866      31,820       2,436
   Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes...................      2,854      (3,752)      8,995
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Increase in accounts and notes receivable, net..............     (4,845)     (1,151)       (522)
      Increase in inventories and prepaid expenses and other......     (3,228)     (3,751)     (2,428)
      (Decrease) increase in accounts payable.....................     (4,608)     10,015      (2,710)
      Increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities..     23,160      13,723       4,822
   Other, net.....................................................      1,502       1,268       3,708
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
           Total adjustments......................................    110,151      98,040      52,481
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
        Net cash provided by operating activities.................    104,955     111,803      77,953
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Capital expenditures...........................................   (130,853)   (505,735)   (279,340)
   Proceeds from sale of land, property and equipment.............      4,925       8,900       6,578
   Land held for development......................................       (766)        (36)     (5,018)
   Other long-term assets.........................................        244     (15,772)     (1,638)
   (Decrease) increase in construction contracts payable..........    (84,301)     66,956      21,460
   Preopening expenses............................................     (8,551)    (31,820)     (2,436)
   Other, net.....................................................       (105)     (1,501)     (6,541)
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
        Net cash used in investing activities.....................   (219,407)   (479,008)   (266,935)
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Borrowings (payments) under bank facility, net.................     47,000     277,000     (65,000)
   Borrowings (payments) under Sunset loan agreement, net.........    (46,000)     46,000    -
   Proceeds from notes payable....................................     16,239       2,250      42,438
   Principal payments on notes payable............................    (27,030)    (30,444)    (34,958)
   Proceeds from the issuance of common stock.....................          -           -      78,246
   Proceeds from the issuance of senior subordinated notes........    144,287           -     191,292
   Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock..................          -      13,095      87,300
   Dividends paid on preferred stock..............................     (7,245)     (6,985)           -
   Debt issuance costs and other, net.............................     (5,163)     (6,057)    (12,429)
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
        Net cash provided by financing activities.................    122,088     294,859     286,889
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
   Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...............      7,636     (72,346)      97,907
   Balance, beginning of year.....................................     42,522     114,868      16,961
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
   Balance, end of year...........................................  $  50,158   $  42,522   $ 114,868
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------
                                                                    ---------   ---------    --------

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
   Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized.............  $  66,691   $ 28,577    $  27,817
   Cash paid for income taxes, net................................  $      92   $  9,250    $   8,668
   Property and equipment purchases financed by debt..............  $   3,532        361    $  28,405
   Assets sold for notes receivable...............................  $       -   $  1,550    $       -
</TABLE>

           The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-13
<PAGE>




                              STATION CASINOS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ORGANIZATION

         Station Casinos, Inc. (the "Company"), a Nevada Corporation, is an 
established multi-jurisdictional gaming and entertainment enterprise that 
currently owns and operates four hotel/casino properties in Las Vegas, 
Nevada, a gaming and entertainment complex in St. Charles, Missouri and a 
gaming and entertainment complex in Kansas City, Missouri. The Company also 
owns and provides slot route management services in southern Nevada.

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of 
the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Palace Station Hotel & Casino, 
Inc. ("Palace Station"), Boulder Station, Inc. ("Boulder Station"), Texas 
Station, Inc. ("Texas Station"), Sunset Station, Inc. ("Sunset Station"), St. 
Charles Riverfront Station, Inc. ("Station Casino St. Charles"), Kansas City 
Station Corporation ("Station Casino Kansas City"), and Southwest Gaming 
Services, Inc. ("SGSI"). The Company also owns a 50% interest in Town Center 
Amusements, Inc. d.b.a. Barley's Casino & Brewing Company. The Company 
accounts for this investment using the equity method of accounting. All 
significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 USE OF ESTIMATES

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

         Cash and cash equivalents include investments purchased with an
original maturity of 90 days or less.

 INVENTORIES

         Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market; cost being
determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and 
amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated 
useful lives of the assets or the terms of the capitalized lease, whichever 
is less. Costs of major improvements are capitalized, while costs of normal 
repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

 CAPITALIZATION OF INTEREST

         The Company capitalizes interest costs associated with debt incurred 
in connection with major construction projects. Interest capitalization 
ceases once the project is complete. When no debt is specifically identified 
as being incurred in connection with such construction projects, the Company 
capitalizes interest on amounts expended on the project at the Company's 
weighted average cost of borrowed money. Interest capitalized for the fiscal 
years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was approximately $12.8 million, 
$21.1 million and $6.1 million, respectively.

 DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS

         Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the issuance of 
long-term debt are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the 
terms of the related debt agreements.

 PREOPENING EXPENSES

         During the construction of and prior to the opening of a facility,  
all operating expenses,  including incremental salaries and wages directly 
related thereto, are capitalized as preopening expenses. The construction 
phase typically covers a period of 12 to 24 months. The majority of 
preopening costs are incurred in the three months prior to opening. The 
Company expenses preopening expenses immediately 


                                     F-14

<PAGE>

                              STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

upon the opening of the related facility. During the fiscal year ended March 
31, 1996, the Company incurred preopening expenses of $2.4 million related to 
new projects for Texas Station and Barley's Casino & Brewing Company and 
expansion projects at Boulder Station and Station Casino St. Charles. During 
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, the Company incurred preopening 
expenses of $31.8 million, substantially related to the opening of Station 
Casino Kansas City. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, the Company 
incurred preopening expenses of $10.9 million, substantially related to the 
opening of Sunset Station.

 REVENUES AND PROMOTIONAL ALLOWANCES

         In accordance with industry practice, the Company recognizes as 
casino revenues the net win from gaming activities, which is the difference 
between gaming wins and losses. All other revenues are recognized as the 
service is provided. Revenues include the retail value of accommodations and 
food and beverage provided on a complimentary basis to customers. The 
estimated departmental costs of providing such promotional allowances are 
included in casino costs and expenses and consist of the following (amounts 
in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                       1998              1997            1996
                                     -------           -------          -------
<S>                                  <C>               <C>              <C>
Food and beverage.............       $40,573           $27,418          $23,483
Room..........................         3,027             1,439            1,203
Other.........................         2,828             1,263              653
                                     -------           -------          -------
   Total......................       $46,428           $30,120          $25,339
                                     -------           -------          -------
                                     -------           -------          -------
</TABLE>

 EARNINGS (LOSS) APPLICABLE TO COMMON STOCK

         In 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." This statement replaces 
previously reported earnings per share ("EPS") with basic EPS and diluted 
EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) applicable to common 
stock by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. 
Diluted EPS reflects the additional dilution for all potentially dilutive 
securities such as stock options and convertible preferred stock. Diluted EPS 
is not presented separately because the exercise of stock options and the 
conversion of the convertible preferred stock does not have a dilutive effect 
on the per share amounts.

 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

         The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued SFAS No. 130, 
"Reporting Comprehensive Income," and SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about 
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," both of which are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Management 
estimates that these SFAS's will have no impact on the Company's results of 
operations or financial position.

         The Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American 
Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position No. 
98-5 "Reporting the Costs of Start-up Activities." The provisions of SOP 98-5 
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998 and require 
that the costs associated with start-up activities (including preopening 
costs of casinos) be expensed as incurred. Management estimates that this SOP 
will have no impact on the Company's results of operations or financial 
position.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>

2.  ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE

         Components of accounts and notes receivable are as follows (amounts 
in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                      ---------------------
                                                        1998         1997
                                                      --------     --------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Casino............................................... $ 6,407      $ 3,698
Hotel................................................   1,525        1,331
Other................................................   6,117        3,876
                                                      -------      -------
                                                       14,049        8,905
Allowance for doubtful accounts......................  (1,761)      (1,053)
                                                      -------      -------
   Accounts and notes receivable, net................ $12,288      $ 7,852
                                                      -------      -------
                                                      -------      -------
</TABLE>

3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment consists of the following as of March 31, 
1998 and 1997 (amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                          ESTIMATED LIFE   --------------------------
                                                              (YEARS)          1998           1997
                                                          --------------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>            <C>
Land.................................................            -         $   37,856     $   17,114
Land leases acquired.................................          48-52            4,685          4,395
Buildings and leasehold improvements.................          31-45          706,519        554,294
Boats and barges.....................................          20-45          123,774        123,774
Furniture, fixtures and equipment....................           3-7           237,518        192,546
Construction in progress.............................            -            185,865        283,792
                                                                           -----------    -----------
                                                                            1,296,217      1,175,915
Accumulated depreciation and amortization............                        (163,498)      (106,863)
                                                                           -----------    -----------
   Property and equipment, net.......................                      $1,132,719     $1,069,052
                                                                           -----------    -----------
                                                                           -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

         At March 31, 1998 and 1997, substantially all property and equipment 
of the Company is pledged as collateral for long-term debt. Included in 
construction in progress at March 31, 1998, is approximately $131.2 million 
(net of construction period interest) related to an expansion project at 
Station Casino St. Charles. Since March 31, 1998, construction on the Station 
Casino St. Charles expansion project has been halted. The Company currently 
intends to complete and operate these new facilities as originally designed. 
In the event certain costs incurred to date are deemed to possess little or 
no value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss in the period such 
determination is made.

         The Company does not anticipate that any major construction activity 
on the expansion project will resume before the end of calendar year 1999.

4.  LAND HELD FOR DEVELOPMENT

         The Company has acquired several parcels of land in various 
jurisdictions as part of the Company's development activities. The Company's 
decision whether to proceed with any new gaming opportunity is dependent upon 
future economic and regulatory factors, the availability of financing and 
competitive and strategic considerations. As many of these considerations are 
beyond the Company's control, no assurances can be made that the Company will 
be able to obtain appropriate licensing or be able to secure additional, 
acceptable financing in order to proceed with any particular project. At 
March 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had invested $20.6 million and $22.6 
million, respectively, in land which had been acquired for potential gaming 
projects in jurisdictions where gaming has been approved. In addition, at 
March 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had invested $3.7 million in land in 
certain jurisdictions where gaming has not yet been approved. No assurances 
can be made that these jurisdictions will approve gaming in the future.

                                     F-16
<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

         In June 1997, $5.0 million of certain expired option payments to 
lease or acquire land for future development, which had previously been 
capitalized, were expensed. Such amounts are included in other income 
(expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the 
year ended March 31, 1998.

5.  LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt consists of the following (amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           MARCH 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------
                                                                                      1998           1997
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>
STATION CASINOS, INC. (EXCLUDING SUNSET STATION):
Reducing revolving credit facility, secured by substantially 
   all of the assets of Palace Station, Boulder Station, Texas 
   Station, Sunset Station, Station Casino St. Charles and 
   Station Casino Kansas City, $330 million limit at March 31, 
   1998, reducing quarterly by varying amounts until September 2000
   when the remaining principal balance is due, interest at a 
   margin above the bank's prime rate or the Eurodollar Rate 
   (8.16% at March 31, 1998)..................................................      $324,000      $277,000
95/8% senior subordinated notes, payable interest only semi-annually, 
   principal due June 1, 2003, net of unamortized discount of $5.9 
   million at March 31, 1998..................................................       187,051       186,248
93/4% senior subordinated notes, payable interest only semi-annually, 
   principal due April 15, 2007, net of unamortized discount of 
   $5.4 million at March 31, 1998.............................................       144,629             -
101/8% senior subordinated notes, payable interest only semi-annually, 
   principal due March 15, 2006, net of unamortized discount of 
   $1.1 million at March 31, 1998.............................................       196,908       196,818
Notes payable to banks and others, collateralized by slot machines and 
   related equipment, monthly installments including interest at 7.8% 
   at March 31, 1998..........................................................         8,499        15,952
Capital lease obligations, collateralized by furniture and equipment..........         4,191         7,703
Other long-term debt..........................................................        34,948        31,242
                                                                                    --------      --------
   Sub-total..................................................................       900,226       714,963
SUNSET STATION, INC.:
$110 million Sunset Station first mortgage construction/term loan 
   agreement, secured by substantially all of the assets of Sunset 
   Station, interest at a margin of 375 basis points above the 
   Eurodollar Rate due September 2000.........................................             -        46,000
                                                                                    --------      --------
   Total long-term debt.......................................................       900,226       760,963
Current portion of long-term debt.............................................       (97,931)      (18,807)
                                                                                    --------      --------
   Total long-term debt, less current portion.................................      $802,295      $742,156
                                                                                    --------      --------
                                                                                    --------      --------
</TABLE>

         In June 1993, the Company completed an offering at par of $110 
million in 95/8% senior subordinated notes due in June 2003. In May 1994, the 
Company completed an offering of $83 million in senior subordinated notes 
that have equal priority with the existing $110 million senior subordinated 
notes, and have identical maturities and covenants as the original issue. The 
$83 million senior subordinated notes have a coupon rate of 95/8% and were 
priced to yield 11.5% to maturity. The discount on the $83 million senior 
subordinated notes has been recorded as a reduction to long-term debt in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

         In March 1996, the Company completed an offering of $198 million of 
senior subordinated notes due in March 2006, that have equal priority with 
the existing $193 million of senior subordinated notes. The $198 million 
senior subordinated notes have a coupon rate of 101/8% and were priced to 
yield 10.24% to maturity. The discount on the $198 million senior 
subordinated notes has been recorded as a reduction to long-term debt in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

         In April 1997, the Company completed an offering of $150 million of 
senior subordinated notes due in April 2007, that have equal priority with 
the Company's existing senior subordinated notes. The $150 million senior 
subordinated notes have a coupon rate of 93/4% and were priced to yield 
10.37% to maturity. The discount on the $150 million senior subordinated 
notes has been recorded as a reduction to long-term debt in the accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets.

         The indentures governing the Company's senior subordinated notes 
("the Indentures") contain certain customary financial and other covenants, 
which among other things, govern the Company's and certain of its 
subsidiaries' ability to incur indebtedness (except, as 


                                     F-17

<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

specifically allowed) unless after giving effect thereto, a 2.0 to 1.0 pro 
forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Indentures) has been 
met. As of March 31, 1998, the Company's Consolidated Coverage Ratio was 1.91 
to 1.00.

         The Company's secured, amended and restated reducing revolving 
credit facility dated as of March 19, 1996, and amended as of August 1997 
(the "Bank Facility") provides for borrowings up to an aggregate principal 
amount of $330 million, as of March 31, 1998. The Bank Facility is secured by 
substantially all the assets of Palace Station, Boulder Station, Texas 
Station, Sunset Station, Station Casino St. Charles and Station Casino Kansas 
City (collectively, the "Borrowers"). The Company and SGSI guarantee the 
borrowings under the Bank Facility (collectively the "Guarantors"). The Bank 
Facility matures on September 30, 2000 and reduces quarterly by $22.4 million 
for each fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1998 through March 31, 2000. 
Borrowings under the Bank Facility bear interest at a margin above the bank's 
prime rate or Eurodollar Rate, as selected by the Company. The margin above 
such rates, and the fee on the unfunded portions of the Bank Facility, will 
vary quarterly based on the combined Borrower's and the Company's 
consolidated ratio of funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, 
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA").

         The Bank Facility contains certain financial and other covenants. 
These include a maximum funded debt to EBITDA ratio for the Borrowers 
combined of 2.75 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter through June 30, 1998, and 
2.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter thereafter, a minimum fixed charge 
coverage ratio for the preceding four quarters for the Borrowers combined of 
1.35 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter through June 30, 1998, and 1.50 to 1.00 
for periods thereafter, a limitation on indebtedness, and limitations on 
capital expenditures. As of March 31, 1998, the Borrowers funded debt to 
EBITDA ratio was 1.83 to 1.00 and the fixed charge coverage ratio for the 
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 was 1.65 to 1.00. A tranche of the Bank 
Facility contains a minimum tangible net worth requirement for Palace Station 
(as defined) and certain restrictions on distributions of cash from Palace 
Station to the Company. As of March 31, 1998, Palace Station's tangible net 
worth exceeded the requirement by approximately $8.1 million. These covenants 
limit Palace Station's ability to make payments to the Company, a significant 
source of anticipated cash for the Company.

         In addition, the Bank Facility has financial covenants relating to 
the Company. These include prohibitions on dividends on or redemptions of the 
Company's common stock, restrictions on repayment of any subordinated debt, 
limitations on indebtedness beyond existing indebtedness, the Company's 
senior subordinated notes and up to $25 million of purchase money 
indebtedness, minimum consolidated net worth requirements for the Company of 
$165 million plus post October 1, 1995 preopening expenses, 95% of post 
October 1, 1995 net income (not reduced by net losses) and 100% of net equity 
offering proceeds, and limitations on capital expenditures. As of March 31, 
1998, the Company's consolidated net worth exceeded the requirement by 
approximately $19.7 million. The Bank Facility includes a maximum funded debt 
to EBITDA (adjusted for preopening expenses) ratio, including annualized 
EBITDA (adjusted for preopening expenses) for any new venture, as defined, 
open less than a year, for the Company on a consolidated basis of 5.75 to 
1.00 for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998, 5.00 
to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1998, 4.75 to 1.00 for the 
fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1998, 4.50 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter 
ending December 31, 1998, 4.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter through June 
30, 1999, 4.00 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1999, and 
3.75 to 1.00 thereafter. The Company expects that it will need to obtain a 
modification under the Bank Facility for future quarters under this test and 
expects to receive such modification by the end of June 1998. For the quarter 
ended December 31, 1997, the Company obtained a one time waiver modifying the 
funded debt to EBITDA ratio to a maximum of 5.90 to 1.00.

         On March 31, 1998, the Company repaid amounts due under the Sunset 
Note, as defined below, with borrowings under the Bank Facility. In 
connection with this transaction, the Company obtained a one-time waiver for 
the quarter ended March 31, 1998, which provides for a maximum funded debt to 
EBITDA ratio of 5.75 to 1.00, provided that Annualized Adjusted EBITDA, (as 
defined) of Sunset Station is included in the denominator of such ratio. 
Pursuant to the waiver, the funded debt to EBITDA ratio was 5.40 to 1.00 as 
of March 31, 1998. Under the Bank Facility, Sunset Station had been 
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as defined) and therefore excluded 
from the calculation of this ratio. In May 1998, the Bank Facility was 
amended to designate Sunset Station as a Restricted Subsidiary (as defined). 
The Bank Facility also prohibits the Company from holding cash and cash 
equivalents in excess of the sum of the amounts necessary to make the next 
scheduled interest or dividend payments on the Company's senior subordinated 
notes and preferred stock, the amounts necessary to fund casino bankroll in 
the ordinary course of business and $2.0 million. The Guarantors waive 
certain defenses and rights of subrogation and reimbursement. The Bank 
Facility contains customary events of default and remedies and is 
cross-defaulted to the Company's senior subordinated notes and the Change of 
Control Triggering Event as defined in the indentures governing the senior 
subordinated notes.

         On September 25, 1996, Sunset Station, a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
the Company, entered into a Construction/Term Loan Agreement (the "Sunset 
Loan Agreement") with Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, 
Bank of Scotland, Societe Generale and each of the other lenders party to 
such agreement, pursuant to which Sunset Station received a commitment for 
$110 million to finance the remaining development and construction costs of 
Sunset Station. The Company also entered into an operating lease for 


                                    F-18

<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


certain furniture, fixtures and equipment with a cost of up to $40 million to 
be subleased to Sunset Station as part of the Sunset Station project (See 
Note 6).

         The Sunset Loan Agreement included a first mortgage term note in the 
amount of $110 million (the "Sunset Note") which was non-recourse to the 
Company, except as to certain construction matters pursuant to a completion 
guarantee dated as of September 25, 1996, executed by the Company on behalf 
of Sunset Station and except that the Company had pledged all of the stock of 
Sunset Station as security for the Sunset Loan Agreement. As of March 31, 
1998, the Sunset Note had been repaid. The early retirement resulted in an 
extraordinary loss of $2.0 million, net of the applicable income tax benefit.

         In order to manage the interest rate risk associated with the Sunset 
Note, Sunset Station entered into an interest rate swap agreement with Bank 
of America National Trust and Savings Association. This agreement swaps the 
variable rate interest pursuant to the Sunset Note to a fixed rate of 9.58% 
(5.83% fixed plus the Sunset Note margin), on $35 million notional amount as 
of January 1997 increasing to $60 million at March 1997, $90 million at June 
1997, $100 million at September 1997 and then decreasing to $95 million at 
June 1998. The agreement expires in December 1998. The difference paid or 
received pursuant to the swap agreement is accrued as interest rates change 
and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense on the Sunset Note. 
Sunset Station is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by 
the counterparty to the agreement. The Company believes the risk of 
non-performance by the counterparty is minimal. At the time of the early 
retirement of the Sunset Note, the Borrowers under the Bank Facility accepted 
the interest rate swap on substantially identical terms to those of the 
Sunset Note. As of March 31, 1998, the market value of this interest rate 
swap was $(0.1) million. There are no hedging gains or losses explicitly 
deferred.

         The estimated fair value of the Company's long-term debt at March 
31, 1998, was approximately $931.9 million, compared to its book value of 
approximately $900.2 million. The estimated fair value amounts were based on 
quoted market prices on or about March 31, 1998, for the Company's debt 
securities that are publicly traded. For debt securities that are not 
publicly traded, fair value was estimated based on the quoted market prices 
for similar issues or the current rates offered to the Company for debt 
having the same remaining maturities.

         Scheduled maturities of long-term debt are as follows (amounts in 
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31,
- ----------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>
1999....................................               $ 97,931
2000....................................                100,978
2001....................................                103,290
2002....................................                 65,821
2003....................................                    365
Thereafter..............................                531,841
                                                       --------
   Total................................               $900,226
                                                       --------
                                                       --------
</TABLE>

6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 BOULDER STATION LEASE

         The Company entered into a ground lease for 27 acres of land on 
which Boulder Station is located. The Company leases this land from a trust 
pursuant to a long-term ground lease. The trustee of this trust is Bank of 
America NT&SA, the beneficiary of which is KB Enterprises, an affiliated 
company owned by Frank J. Fertitta, Jr. and Victoria K. Fertitta (the 
"Related Lessor"), the parents of Frank J. Fertitta III, Chairman of the 
Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The lease has a term of 65 
years with monthly payments of $125,000 through June 1998. In July 1998 and 
every ten years thereafter, the rent will be adjusted by a cost of living 
factor. In July 2003, and every ten years thereafter, the rent will be 
adjusted to the product of the fair market value of the land and the greater 
of (i) the then prevailing annual rate of return for comparably situated 
property or (ii) 8% per year. In no event will the rent for any period be 
less than the immediately prior period. Pursuant to the ground lease, the 
Company has an option, exercisable at five-year intervals beginning in June 
1998, to purchase the land at fair market value. The Company's leasehold 
interest in the property is subject to a lien to secure borrowings under the 
Bank Facility.


                                     F-19

<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


TEXAS STATION LEASE

         The Company entered into a ground lease for 47 acres of land on 
which Texas Station is located. The Company leases this land from a trust 
pursuant to a long-term ground lease. The trustee of this trust is Bank of 
America NT&SA, the beneficiary of which is Texas Gambling Hall & Hotel, Inc. 
an affiliate company of the Related Lessor. The lease has a term of 65 years 
with monthly rental payments of $150,000 through July 2000. In July 2000, and 
every ten years thereafter, the rent will be adjusted to the product of the 
fair market value of the land and the greater of (i) the then prevailing 
annual rate of return being realized for owners of comparable land in Clark 
County or (ii) 8% per year. The rent will be further adjusted by a cost of 
living factor after the first ten years and every ten years thereafter. In no 
event will the rent for any period be less than the immediately prior period. 
Pursuant to the ground lease, the Company will have an option, exercisable at 
five-year intervals beginning in May 2000, to purchase the land at fair 
market value. The Company's leasehold interest in the property is subject to 
a lien to secure borrowings under the Bank Facility.

 SUNSET STATION LEASE

         In June 1994, the Company entered into a lease agreement for 
approximately 47.5 acres of land on which Sunset Station is located. The 
lease has a term of 65 years with monthly rental payments of $120,000, 
adjusted on each subsequent five-year anniversary by a cost of living factor. 
On the seventh anniversary of the lease, the Company has an option to 
purchase this land for $23.8 million. Additionally, on the seventh 
anniversary of the lease, the lessor has an option to sell this land to the 
Company for $21.8 million.

 STATION CASINO KANSAS CITY LEASE

         The Company has entered into a joint venture which owns the land on 
which Station Casino Kansas City is located. At March 31, 1998, $3.1 million 
related to this investment is included in other assets, net in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

         In April 1994, Station Casino Kansas City entered into an agreement 
with the joint venture to lease this land. The agreement requires monthly 
payments of $85,000 through March 31, 1998, and $90,000 through the remainder 
of the lease term. The lease expires March 31, 2006, with an option to extend 
the lease for up to eight renewal periods of ten years each, plus one 
additional seven year period. Commencing April 1, 1998 and every anniversary 
thereafter, the rent shall be adjusted by a cost of living factor. In 
connection with the joint venture agreement, the Company received an option 
providing for the right to acquire the joint venture partner's interest in 
this joint venture. The Company has the option to acquire this interest at 
any time after April 1, 2002 through April 1, 2011, for $11.7 million, 
however, commencing April 1, 1998, the purchase price will be adjusted by a 
cost of living factor of not more than 5% or less than 2% per annum. At March 
31, 1998, $2.6 million paid by the Company in consideration for this option 
is included in other assets, net in the accompanying consolidated balance 
sheets.

 SOUTHERN FLORIDA

         In October 1994, the Company entered into an agreement to form a 
limited partnership with the existing operator of a pari-mutuel facility in 
southern Florida. In the event casino gaming is approved by the voters of 
Florida by October 2000 and in the event the site is licensed by the state, 
the Company will be obligated to make capital contributions to the 
partnership totaling $35 million, reduced by credits for amounts previously 
contributed to any Florida gaming referendum campaign.

 EQUIPMENT LEASE

         In connection with the Sunset Loan Agreement, the Company entered 
into an operating lease for furniture, fixtures and equipment (the 
"Equipment") with a cost of up to $40 million, dated as of September 25, 
1996, (the "Sunset Operating Lease") with First Security Trust Company of 
Nevada. The Sunset Operating Lease expires in October 2000 and carries a 
lease rate of 225 basis points above the Eurodollar Rate. As of March 31, 
1998, $35.7 million of this facility had been drawn and no further draws 
pursuant to the lease will be made. The Company has entered into a sublease 
with Sunset Station for the Equipment pursuant to an operating lease with 
financial terms substantially similar to the Sunset Operating Lease. In the 
event that Sunset Station elects to purchase the Equipment, the Company has 
provided a funding commitment up to the amount necessary for such purchase 
pursuant to the Supplemental Loan Agreement (subject to the limitations on 
funding contained in the Supplemental Loan Agreement).

         In connection with the Sunset Operating Lease, the Company also 
entered into a participation agreement, dated as of September 25, 1996, (the 
"Participation Agreement") with the trustee, as lessor under the Sunset 
Operating Lease, and holders of beneficial interests in the Lessor Trust (the 
"Holders"). Pursuant to the Participation Agreement, the Holders advanced 
funds to the trustee for the purchase by the 


                                     F-20

<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


trustee of, or to reimburse the Company for, the purchase of the Equipment, 
which is being leased to the Company, and in turn subleased to Sunset 
Station. Pursuant to the Participation Agreement, the Company also agreed to 
indemnify the Lessor and the Holders against certain liabilities.

   
    

 OPERATING LEASES

         The Company leases several parcels of land and equipment used in its 
operations at Palace Station, Boulder Station, Texas Station, Sunset Station, 
Station Casino St. Charles and Station Casino Kansas City. Leases on various 
parcels ranging from 13 acres to 171 acres have terms expiring between March 
2006 and July 2060. Future minimum lease payments required under these 
operating leases and other noncancelable operating leases are as follows for 
the fiscal years ending March 31, (amounts in thousands):
                                       
                        FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS
<TABLE>
             <S>                                         <C>
             1999.....................................   $ 15,574
             2000.....................................     14,773
             2001.....................................     34,871
             2002.....................................      6,768
             2003.....................................      6,768
             Thereafter...............................    278,472
                                                        ---------
                Total.................................   $357,226
                                                        ---------
                                                        ---------
</TABLE>

         Rent expense totaled approximately $12.4 million, $5.4 million and 
$6.5 million for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. 
Rents of $0.3 million and $2.2 million were capitalized in connection with 
the construction of Sunset Station and Station Casino Kansas City for the 
fiscal years ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

 LEGAL MATTERS

         On January 16, 1997, the Company's gaming license in Kansas City was 
formally issued for its facility, which is located in a man-made basin filled 
with water piped in from the surface of the Missouri River. In reliance on 
numerous approvals from the Missouri Gaming Commission specific to the 
configuration and granted prior to the formal issuance of its gaming license, 
the Company built and opened the Station Casino Kansas City facility. The 
license issued to the Company and the resolutions related thereto 
specifically acknowledge that the Missouri Gaming Commission had reviewed and 
approved this configuration. On November 25, 1997, the Supreme Court of 
Missouri, in a case challenging the gaming licenses of certain competitors of 
Station Casino St. Charles located in Maryland Heights, Missouri, ruled that 
gaming may occur only in artificial spaces that are contiguous to the surface 
stream of the Missouri and Mississippi Rivers. On November 3, 1998, the 
citizens of the State of Missouri approved a Constitutional amendment which 
was proposed by initiative petition, that retroactively legalized lotteries, 
gift enterprises and games of chance aboard excursion gambling boats and 
floating facilities, like the Company's, that are located within artificial 
spaces containing water that are within 1,000 feet of the closest edge of the 
main channel of the Mississippi or Missouri Rivers. This amendment to the 
Constitution became effective on November 23, 1998. The Missouri Gaming 
Commission has stayed its preliminary orders of disciplinary action against 
licensees that operate within artificial basins, and has dismissed the 
preliminary orders for disciplinary action with respect to all applicable 
licensees except KCSC. The Missouri Gaming Commission has not dismissed the 
disciplinary proceeding against KCSC because it is investigating an alleged 
violation by KCSC that is related to the placement of our gaming facilities 
in an artificial basin. While we anticipate that the disciplinary action with 
respect to KCSC will be dismissed, we cannot be sure that the Missouri Gaming 
Commission will take such action or that the Missouri Gaming Commission will 
not impose a fine or other penalty against us in connection with such 
dismissal.

         In addition, the Company is a litigant in legal matters arising in 
the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, all pending 
legal matters are either adequately covered by insurance or, if not insured, 
will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or the 
results of operations of the Company.

   
STATION CASINO ST. CHARLES

DECERTIFICATION OF BARGES

     During December 1998 and January 1999, the water level on the Missouri
River had fallen well below its normal level.  In addition, over time silt and
debris flowing downstream have built up under the gaming barges and other
ancillary barges at Station Casino St. Charles.  These circumstances have caused
a portion of these barges to float very low in the water and, at times, even
contact the river bottom.  Because portions of the barges were in contact with
the river bottom during a recent examination by the American Bureau of Shipping
("ABS''), the ABS decertified the barges on January 08, 1999.  As a result of
the decertification, the Missouri Gaming Commission expressed concern regarding
the effect of the low water level on the barges. However, based upon recent
improvement in the water level and the Company's agreement to work with the ABS
to re-certify all of the barges by March 17, 1999, the Missouri Gaming
Commission has allowed the gaming facility to remain open.  The Company
continues to monitor the situation very carefully and believes that the facility
should remain in operation.  However, there can be no assurance that
management's assessment will not change or that the relevant authorities will
continue to permit the operation of the facility.  A prolonged closure of the
facility as a result of the low water level would have a material adverse effect
on the financial position and results of operations of the Company.

     Management indicates it has taken steps and intends to take further steps
to remedy the problems caused by the low water level.  These further steps
include dredging material from under the barges and constructing a sheet metal
wall to divert silt and debris and keep it from building up under the barges. 
The Company does not expect the cost of these remedial activities to be
material, although there can be no assurance that such costs will not exceed
management's expectations.  Dredging and construction activities require permits
from the United States Army Corps of Engineers and the Company is currently in
the process of applying for them.  Particularly in light of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") investigation discussed below, there
can be no assurance that the United States Army Corps of Engineers will grant
such permits or that they will be granted on a timely basis.  A significant
delay in the Company's ability to receive the required permits and the return of
low water levels could force the Company to close the Station Casino St. Charles
facility.  The Company's ability to receive the required permits could be
adversely affected by the investigation described below.

UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

     On February 3, 1999, the Company received a subpoena from the EPA's
Criminal Investigation Division requesting that certain documentation be
furnished to the Grand Jury in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Missouri.  The Company believes that the EPA is investigating
allegations that the Company or its contractors dredged and disposed of silt 
and debris from the area of the Station Casino St. Charles facility either 
without proper permits or without complying with such permits.  The Company
is in the process of investigating the substance of the allegations.  
While the Company intends to cooperate fully with the EPA's investigation, 
the investigation could lead to further proceedings against the Company and 
could result in significant fines and other penalties.  Based on the initial
results of the Company's investigation, management believes that any fines or
other penalties imposed on the Company would not have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.   
    

7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

         In July 1995, the Company completed a public offering of 5,175,000 
shares of common stock at $16 per share generating net proceeds of 
approximately $78.2 million, before deducting $0.8 million of offering costs 
paid by the Company. The proceeds from this 


                                     F-21

<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


offering were primarily used to acquire the assets of Texas Station located 
in North Las Vegas, which commenced operations July 12, 1995. The seller of 
the assets is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a trust of which the Related 
Lessor is the sole trustee (the "Seller"). The purchase price of such assets 
was an amount equal to the Seller's out-of-pocket costs incurred in 
connection with the financing, development and construction of the 
hotel/casino through the closing date. At closing, the Company paid $62.8 
million to the Seller and assumed various liabilities and contracts to 
complete construction of the facility. The total cost of the property was 
approximately $84.9 million. The land on which the Texas Station facility is 
situated is being leased to the Company by the Seller pursuant to a long-term 
ground lease (See Note 6).

         In March 1996, the Company completed a public offering of 1,800,000 
shares of convertible preferred stock (the "Convertible Preferred Stock") at 
$50.00 per share generating net proceeds of approximately $87.3 million, 
before deducting $0.6 million of offering costs paid by the Company. In April 
1996, the underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 
270,000 shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock generating net proceeds to 
the Company of approximately $13.1 million. The Convertible Preferred Stock 
is convertible at an initial conversion rate of 3.2573 shares of common stock 
for each share of Convertible Preferred Stock. The Convertible Preferred 
Stock is redeemable, at the option of the Company in whole or in part, for 
shares of the Company's common stock at any time after March 15, 1999, 
initially at a redemption price of $52.45 per share and thereafter at prices 
decreasing annually to $50.00 per share of Convertible Preferred Stock on and 
after March 15, 2006, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The common shares to 
be issued is determined by dividing the redemption price by the lower of the 
average daily closing price for the Company's common stock for the preceding 
20 trading days or the closing price of the Company's common stock on the 
first business day preceding the date of the redemption notice. Any 
fractional shares would be paid in cash. Dividends on the Convertible 
Preferred Stock of $3.50 per share annually, accrue and are cumulative from 
the date of issuance. The Convertible Preferred Stock has a liquidation 
preference of $50.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

 RIGHTS PLAN

         On October 6, 1997, the Company declared a dividend of one preferred 
share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock. 
The dividend was paid on October 21, 1997. Each Right entitles the registered 
holder to purchase from the Company on one-hundredth of a share of Series A 
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Preferred Shares") of the 
Company at a price of $40.00 per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, 
subject to adjustment. The Rights are not exercisable until the earlier of 10 
days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or 
associated persons have acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the 
outstanding Common Stock ("Acquiring Person") or 10 business days (or such 
later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to 
such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring 
Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to 
make, a tender offer or exchange offer, the consummation of which would 
result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15% or more of the 
outstanding Common Stock.

         The Rights will expire on October 21, 2007. Acquiring Persons do not 
have the same rights to receive Common Stock as other holders upon exercise 
of the Rights. Because of the nature of the Preferred Shares' dividend, 
liquidation and voting rights, the value of one one-hundredth interest in a 
Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of each Right should approximate 
the value of one Common Share. In the event that any person or group of 
affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, the proper 
provisions will be made so that each holder of a Right, other than Rights 
beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter become 
void), will thereafter have the rights to receive upon exercise that number 
of Common Shares having a market value of two times the exercise price of the 
Right. In the event that the Company is acquired in a merger or other 
business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or 
earning power are sold after a person or group has become an Acquiring 
Person, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right will 
thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof, that number of 
shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such 
transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the 
Right. Because of the characteristics of the Rights in connection with a 
person or group of affiliated or associated persons becoming an Acquiring 
Person, the Rights may have the effect of making an acquisition of the 
Company more difficult and may discourage such an acquisition.

8.  RELATED PARTIES

         The Company has employed McNabb/McNabb/DeSoto/Salter & Co. ("MMDS") 
to provide advertising and marketing research services. Certain stockholders 
of the Company owned a 50% interest in MMDS. During the fiscal years ended 
March 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company paid MMDS $27.2 million, and $17.4 
million respectively, for advertising, market research and other costs 
related to these activities, a significant portion of which was passed on to 
venders of MMDS. In management's opinion, these transactions were conducted 
with terms as fair to the Company as could have been obtained from 
unaffiliated companies. In April 1997, the Company purchased the assets of 
MMDS for approximately $0.8 million.


                                     F-22

<PAGE>
                                       
                             STATION CASINOS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


9.  BENEFIT PLANS

 STOCK COMPENSATION PROGRAM

         The Company has adopted a Stock Compensation Program (the "Program")
which includes (i) an Incentive Stock Option Plan for the grant of incentive
stock options, (ii) a Compensatory Stock Option Plan providing for the grant of
non-qualified stock options, and (iii) a Restricted Shares Plan providing for
the grant of restricted shares of common stock. Officers, key employees,
directors (whether employee directors or non-employee directors) and independent
contractors or agents of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to
participate in the program. However, only employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries are eligible to receive incentive stock options.

         A maximum of 6,307,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for 
issuance under the Program. Options are granted at the current market price 
at the date of grant. The plan provides for a variety of vesting schedules, 
ranging from immediate to twenty percent a year for five years, to be 
determined at the time of grant. All options have an exercise period of ten 
years from the date of grant.

         The Program will terminate ten years from the date of adoption, 
unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors, and no options or 
restricted shares may be granted under the Program after such date. 
Summarized information for the Program is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1998                       1997                            1996
                                        ------------------------   -----------------------        -----------------------
                                                       WEIGHTED                  WEIGHTED                        WEIGHTED
                                                        AVERAGE                   AVERAGE                         AVERAGE
                                                       EXERCISE                  EXERCISE                        EXERCISE
                                          OPTIONS       PRICE       OPTIONS       PRICE             OPTIONS       PRICE
                                        -----------    --------    ----------    ---------        -----------    --------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
Outstanding Beginning of the Year....    4,432,182      $15.22     2,697,012      $16.24           2,372,100      $19.05
   Granted...........................    1,799,742      $ 7.50     2,160,822      $14.01           1,593,305      $13.42
   Exercised.........................       (4,012)     $12.24       (14,711)     $12.16                 (46)     $12.00
   Canceled..........................   (1,160,460)     $11.59      (410,941)     $15.70          (1,268,347)     $17.95
                                        ----------                 ---------                      ----------
Outstanding End of the Year..........    5,067,452      $13.30     4,432,182      $15.22           2,697,012      $16.24
                                        ----------                 ---------                      ----------
                                        ----------                 ---------                      ----------

Exercisable at End of Year...........    1,485,971      $17.28     1,408,893      $16.50             993,032      $16.67
                                        ----------                 ---------                      ----------
                                        ----------                 ---------                      ----------

Options Available for Grant..........    1,050,279                 1,689,561                         649,942
                                        ----------                 ---------                      ----------
                                        ----------                 ---------                      ----------
</TABLE>

         The following table summarizes information about the options
outstanding at March 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   OPTIONS OUTSTANDING               OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                               -----------------------------------------------    ------------------------
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES                           WEIGHTED
                                                    AVERAGE                         NUMBER       WEIGHTED
                                    NUMBER         REMAINING       WEIGHTED       EXERCISABLE    AVERAGE
                                OUTSTANDING AT    CONTRACTUAL      AVERAGE        AT MARCH 31,   EXERCISE
                                MARCH 31, 1998       LIFE       EXERCISE PRICE        1998        PRICE
                                --------------    -----------   --------------    ------------   --------
<S>                             <C>               <C>           <C>               <C>            <C>
$ 7.50 - $ 9.88..............     1,630,742          9.4            $ 7.55             5,300       $ 8.93
$11.63 - $15.00..............     2,272,710          7.8            $14.04           534,521       $12.60
$18.00 - $22.00..............     1,164,000          5.0            $19.90           946,150       $19.97
                                  ---------                                        ---------
                                  5,067,452          7.7            $13.30         1,485,971       $17.28
                                  ---------                                        ---------
                                  ---------                                        ---------
</TABLE>

                                     F-23
<PAGE>
                                       
                            STATION CASINOS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


         Restricted stock grants in the amount of 170,500 shares were issued 
during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. The effect of these grants is to 
increase the issued and outstanding shares of the Company's common stock and 
decrease the number of shares available for grant in the plan. Deferred 
compensation is recorded for the restricted stock grants equal to the market 
value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The deferred 
compensation is amortized over the period the restricted stock vests and 
recorded as compensation expense in selling, general, and administrative 
expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

         The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations 
in accounting for the Program. Accordingly, compensation expense recognized 
was different than what would have been otherwise recognized under the fair 
value based method defined in SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based 
Compensation". Had compensation expense for the plans been determined in 
accordance with SFAS No. 123, the effect on the Company's net income (loss) 
applicable to common stock and basic earnings (loss) per common share would 
have been as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDING MARCH 31,
                                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                    1998      1997      1996
                                                                 ---------   ------    -------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>       <C>
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock:
   As reported............................................       $(12,441)   $6,518    $25,419
   Proforma...............................................       $(14,455)   $3,640    $23,562
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
   As reported............................................         $(0.35)   $ 0.18    $  0.75
   Proforma...............................................         $(0.41)   $ 0.10    $  0.69
</TABLE>

         The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing method with the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDING MARCH 31,
                                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                    1998      1997      1996
                                                                 ---------   ------    -------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>       <C>
Expected dividend yield...................................             -          -          -
Expected stock price volatility...........................        46.20%     45.50%     45.50%
Risk-free interest rate...................................         6.03%      6.46%      6.04%
Expected average life of options (years)..................          4.84       3.92       3.05
Expected fair value of options granted....................         $3.38      $5.64      $4.91
</TABLE>

         Because the SFAS No. 123 method of accounting has not been applied 
to options granted prior to April 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma net income 
may not be representative of that to be expected in future years.

         In May 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the 
repricing of 1,156,900 options with option prices ranging from of $13.00 to 
$20.00. Options held by certain members of the Company's Board of Directors, 
including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company were not 
repriced. The effect of the repricing of all the subject options was the 
cancellation of 1,116,500 options and the reissuance of 872,680 options 
("replacement options") with a price of $12.00 (market value at date of the 
repricing) which are included in granted and canceled options in the table 
above. The number of replacement options was determined, based upon a 
valuation model, so that the value of the replacement options was equivalent 
to the value of the options originally granted.

 401(K) PLANS

         The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers all 
employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements and allows 
an employer contribution up to 25 percent of the first four percent of each 
participating employee's compensation. Plan participants can elect to defer 
before tax compensation through payroll deductions. These deferrals are 
regulated under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company's 
matching contribution was approximately $499,000, $442,000 and $293,000 for 
the fiscal years ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                     F-24

<PAGE>
                                       
                            STATION CASINOS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


10.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS

         The Company has employment agreements with certain of its executive 
officers. These contracts provide for, among other things, an annual base 
salary with annual adjustments and supplemental long-term disability and 
supplemental life insurance benefits in excess of the Company's normal 
coverage for employees. The Company elected to self-insure with respect to 
the long-term disability benefits. In addition, the Company has adopted a 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for its Chief Executive Officer and a 
Supplemental Management Retirement Plan for certain key executives as 
selected by the Human Resources Committee of the Company's Board of 
Directors. Other executive plans include a Deferred Compensation Plan and a 
Long-Term Stay-On Performance Incentive Plan. The expenses related to these 
plans are included in corporate expenses in the accompanying consolidated 
statements of operations.

11.  RESTRUCTURING CHARGE

         In March 1997, the Company introduced a plan designed to reduce 
costs and improve efficiency of operations. This plan resulted in a one-time 
charge to earnings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 totaling $2,016,000, 
primarily related to employee severance payments.

12.  INCOME TAXES

         The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. The 
(provision) benefit for income taxes for financial reporting purposes 
consists of the following (amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                     -------------------------------
                                                        1998       1997      1996
                                                     ---------   --------  ---------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>       <C>
Income tax (provision) benefit from 
 continuing operations.............................    $  966    $(7,615)  $(14,579)
Tax benefit from extraordinary loss 
 on early retirement of debt.......................       626          -          -
                                                       ------    -------   --------
                                                       $1,592    $(7,615)  $(14,579)
                                                       ------    -------   --------
                                                       ------    -------   --------
</TABLE>



         The (provision) benefit for income taxes attributable to income (loss)
from continuing operations consists of the following (amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                     -------------------------------
                                                        1998       1997      1996
                                                     ---------   --------  ---------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>       <C>
Current:
   Federal.........................................   $ 18,083   $(7,708)  $ (4,784)
   State...........................................          -      1,834      (374)
                                                      --------   --------  --------
                                                        18,083    (5,874)    (5,158)
Deferred...........................................    (16,491)    (1,741)    (9,421)
                                                      --------   --------  --------
   Total income taxes..............................   $  1,592   $(7,615)  $(14,579)
                                                      --------   --------  --------
                                                      --------   --------  --------
</TABLE>


                                     F-25

<PAGE>

                                       
                            STATION CASINOS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


         The income tax (provision) benefit differs from that computed at the
federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                     -------------------------------
                                                        1998       1997      1996
                                                     ---------   --------  ---------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>       <C>
Federal statutory rate........................         35.0%      (35.0)%    (35.0)%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit....            -         5.5       (0.6)
Lobbying and political........................         (7.0)       (1.5)      (0.8)
Meals and entertainment.......................         (3.7)       (0.3)      (0.6)
Credits earned, net...........................          3.6         1.4        0.8
Other, net....................................         (4.5)       (5.7)      (0.2)
                                                       ----       -----      -----
Effective tax rate............................         23.4%      (35.6)%    (36.4)%
                                                       ----       -----      -----
                                                       ----       -----      -----
</TABLE>


         The tax effects of significant temporary differences representing net
deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MARCH 31,
                                                                            -----------------------
                                                                               1998          1997
                                                                            ---------     ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>
Deferred tax assets:
   Current:
      Accrued vacation, bonuses and group insurance..................       $  5,279      $  2,981
      Prepaid gaming taxes...........................................         (1,437)       (1,341)
      Other..........................................................          2,882         2,261
                                                                            --------      --------

   Total current.....................................................          6,724         3,901
                                                                            --------      --------
   Long-term:
      Preopening and other costs, net of amortization................         15,182        15,077
      State deferred taxes...........................................          2,010         1,907
      Net operating loss.............................................         15,361             -
      Alternative minimum tax credits................................          8,453         9,000
                                                                            --------      --------
   Total long-term...................................................         41,006        25,984
                                                                            --------      --------
   Total deferred tax assets.........................................         47,730        29,885
                                                                            --------      --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Long-term:
      Temporary differences related to property and equipment........        (53,605)      (32,583)
      Other..........................................................           (926)       (1,249)
                                                                            --------      --------
   Total deferred tax liabilities....................................        (54,531)      (33,832)
                                                                            --------      --------
   Net...............................................................       $ (6,801)     $ (3,947)
                                                                            --------      --------
                                                                            --------      --------
</TABLE>

         The excess of the alternative minimum tax over the regular Federal 
income tax is a tax credit which can be carried forward indefinitely to 
reduce future regular Federal income tax liabilities. The Company did not 
record a valuation allowance at March 31, 1998 or 1997 relating to recorded 
tax benefits because all benefits are likely to be realized.

13.  MERGER AGREEMENT

         On January 16, 1998, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan 
of Merger, as amended (the "Merger Agreement") with Crescent Real Estate 
Equities Company, a Texas real estate investment trust ("Crescent"). The 
Merger Agreement provides for the merger (the "Merger") of the Company and 
Crescent at the time of effectiveness of the Merger in accordance with the 
Merger Agreement (the 


                                     F-26

<PAGE>

                                       
                            STATION CASINOS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


"Effective Time"). The Merger Agreement is currently the subject of 
litigation between Crescent and the Company. During the three months ended 
September 30, 1998, the Company wrote off $2.9 million of costs incurred 
related to the Merger (which are included in other expense in the 
accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations). The Company 
also expects to incur ongoing litigation costs associated with the current 
lawsuits involving the Merger Agreement.

         On July 27, 1998, the Company and Crescent announced the 
postponement of the previously announced joint annual and special meeting of 
the Company's stockholders. The meeting was postponed to address concerns 
related to the Merger expressed by holders of the Company's preferred stock. 
The Company subsequently requested that Crescent purchase $20 million of the 
Company's $100 Redeemable Preferred Stock issuable under the Merger Agreement 
(the "Redeemable Preferred Stock"). The Merger Agreement provides that, if 
the Company is not in material breach of its covenants, representations or 
warranties under the Merger Agreement, Crescent is required to fund up to 
$115 million of Redeemable Preferred Stock even if the Merger Agreement has 
been terminated. Crescent advised the Company that Crescent took the position 
that our postponing the meeting was a breach of the Merger Agreement.

         On July 30, 1998, the Company filed suit against Crescent in Clark 
County District Court, State of Nevada, seeking declaratory relief. The suit 
asserts, among other things, that postponement of the meeting did not breach 
the Merger Agreement, that the Company had received Crescent's consent to 
postponement of the meeting and was otherwise in full compliance with its 
obligations under the Merger Agreement.

         On August 11, 1998, the Company requested that Crescent purchase the 
additional $95 million of Redeemable Preferred Stock. Also on August 11, 
1998, the Company amended its complaint in Nevada state court to include 
claims regarding Crescent's breaches of the Merger Agreement. The Company's 
lawsuit against Crescent seeks damages for Crescent's breaches and specific 
performance requiring Crescent to fulfill its obligation under the Merger 
Agreement to purchase $115 million of Redeemable Preferred Stock.

         On December 22, 1998, Crescent filed its answer and counterclaims 
the Company's suit pending in the Nevada state court. The answer generally 
denied the Company's claims, and the counterclaims sought damages and 
declaratory relief alleging that the Company breached the Merger Agreement by 
canceling and failing to reschedule the August 4, 1998 stockholders meeting. 
The suit sought declaratory judgment that the Company's actions with respect 
to the meeting, together with certain alleged misrepresentations in the 
Merger Agreement, relieve Crescent of its obligation under the Merger 
Agreement to purchase an aggregate $115 million of the Redeemable Preferred 
Stock. For the same reasons, Crescent alleged that it was excused from 
further performance under the Merger Agreement. Crescent did not specify the 
amount of damages it sought. Discovery is ongoing in this action.

         We anticipate that Crescent will seek the $54 million break-up fee 
as part of its counterclaims. On August 12, 1998, Crescent had announced that 
it intended to assert a claim for damages for the $54 million break-up fee 
under the Merger Agreement or its equivalent and for expenses.

         On August 7, 1998, Crescent filed suit against the Company in the 
United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, seeking damages and 
declaratory relief. The suit alleged that the Company breached the Merger 
Agreement by canceling and failing to reschedule the August 4, 1998 
stockholders meeting. The suit sought a declaratory judgment that the 
Company's actions with respect to the meeting, together with certain alleged 
misrepresentations in the Merger Agreement, relieve Crescent of its 
obligation under the Merger Agreement to purchase an aggregate $115 million 
of the Redeemable Preferred Stock. For the same reasons, Crescent alleged 
that it was excused from further performance under the Merger Agreement. 
Crescent did not specify the amount of damages it sought. Simultaneously with 
the filing of its suit, Crescent sent notice of termination of the Merger 
Agreement to the Company. The Company believes that Crescent, and not the 
Company, breached the Merger Agreement.

         On December 15, 1998, Crescent's suit against the Company pending in 
the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas was 
dismissed for lack of jurisdiction. On December 21, 1998, Crescent served the 
Company with a notice of appeal of the dismissal.

         While the Company believes that Crescent has breached the Merger 
Agreement and that Crescent's allegations are without merit, as with any 
litigation, no assurance as to the outcome of such litigation can be made at 
this time.

         A suit seeking status as a class action and a derivative action was 
filed by plaintiff, Crandon Capital Partners, on August 7, 1998, in Clark 
County District Court, State of Nevada, naming the Company and its Board of 
Directors as defendants. The lawsuit, which was filed as a result of the 
failed merger between the Company and Crescent, alleges, among other things, 
a breach of fiduciary duty owed to the shareholders/class members. The 
lawsuit seeks damages allegedly suffered by the shareholders/class members as 
a result of the 


                                     F-27
<PAGE>

                                       
                            STATION CASINOS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


transactions with Crescent, as well as all costs and disbursements of the 
lawsuit. The Company and the Board of Directors do not believe the suit has 
merit and intend to defend themselves vigorously.

14. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           BASIC
                                                                                 INCOME     NET INCOME    EARNINGS
                                                                                 (LOSS)       (LOSS)       (LOSS)
                                                                  OPERATING      BEFORE     APPLICABLE   APPLICABLE
                                                         NET       INCOME        INCOME     TO COMMON    TO COMMON
                                                      REVENUES     (LOSS)         TAXES       STOCK        STOCK
                                                      --------    ---------    ---------    ----------   ----------
                                                         (amounts in thousands, except per common share amounts)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
First quarter......................................  $173,516     $  8,178     $(12,846)    $(10,101)     $(0.29)
Second quarter.....................................  $194,097     $ 23,340     $  3,655         $546      $ 0.02
Third quarter......................................  $197,196     $ 24,984     $  5,299       $1,613      $ 0.05
Fourth quarter.....................................  $204,801     $ 27,684     $   (228)    $ (4,499)     $(0.13)
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
First quarter......................................  $135,440     $ 22,813     $ 14,581     $  7,648      $ 0.22
Second quarter.....................................  $138,034     $ 23,809     $ 15,847     $  8,307      $ 0.24
Third quarter......................................  $133,767     $ 21,536     $ 13,789     $  6,944      $ 0.20
Fourth quarter.....................................  $176,274     $(10,035)    $(22,839)    $(16,381)     $(0.46)
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
First quarter......................................  $ 94,145     $ 13,043     $  5,530     $  3,511      $ 0.12
Second quarter.....................................  $119,850     $ 17,666     $ 11,459     $  7,257      $ 0.21
Third quarter......................................  $122,929     $ 18,969     $ 11,509     $  7,360      $ 0.21
Fourth quarter.....................................  $129,933     $ 19,786     $ 11,553     $  7,291      $ 0.21
</TABLE>


                                      F-28
<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any 
information or to make any representations not contained in this prospectus 
in connection with the exchange offer made by this prospectus and you must 
not rely on any such information or representations as having been authorized 
by us. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder 
will, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no 
change in our affairs since the date as of which information is given in this 
prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer or solicitation by 
anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not 
authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not 
authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not 
qualified to do so or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such 
solicitation.

                              -------------------

   
    

                                  $199,900,000

                             Station Casinos, Inc.



                                    [LOGO]



                               Offer to Exchange

                   8 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008



                               ---------------

                                  PROSPECTUS

                               ---------------

   
                               February 12, 1999
    

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                       
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Section 78.751 of Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes and the 
Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions for 
indemnification of officers and directors of the Company and in certain cases 
employees and other persons. The Bylaws require the Company to indemnify such 
persons to the full extent permitted by Nevada law. Each such person will be 
indemnified in any proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a 
manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the 
best interests of the Company. Indemnification would cover expenses, 
including attorney's fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

     The Company's Bylaws also provide that the Company's Board of Directors 
may cause the Company to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any 
present or past director or officer insuring against any liability asserted 
against such person incurred in the capacity of director or officer or 
arising out of such status, whether or not the Company would have the power 
to indemnify such person. The Company maintains directors' and officers' 
liability insurance.

     The Company has entered into an indemnification agreement (the 
"Indemnification Agreement") with each director and certain officers, 
employees and agents of the Company. Each Indemnification Agreement provides 
for, among other things: (i) indemnification to the fullest extent permitted 
by law against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts 
paid in settlement of any claim against any indemnified party (the 
"Indemnitee") unless it is determined, as provided in the Indemnification 
Agreement, that indemnification is not permitted under laws and (ii) prompt 
advancement of expenses to any Indemnitee in connection with his or her 
defense against any claim.

     In addition, the Purchase Agreement provides for indemnification by the 
Initial Purchasers of the Registrant, its directors and officers against 
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and the 
Exchange Act.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL SCHEDULE TABLES

(a)  Exhibits:

     A list of exhibits included as part of this registration statement is 
set forth in the Exhibit Index that immediately precedes such exhibits and is 
incorporated herein by reference.

(b)  Financial Statement Schedules:

     All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission have been omitted 
because they are not required, are inapplicable or the required information 
has already been provided elsewhere in the registration statement

(c)  None

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of 
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of 
the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an 
employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d)of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the 
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement 
relating to securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities 
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.


<PAGE>

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act 
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of 
the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the 
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as 
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a 
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by 
the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or 
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, 
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling 
person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant 
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by 
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the 
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as 
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such 
issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the 
purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection 
(a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the rules 
and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the 
Act. 

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for 
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to 
Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within business one day of receipt of 
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or 
other equally prompt means.  This includes information contained in documents 
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through 
the date of responding to the request.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post 
effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company 
being acquired involved herein, that was not subject of and included in the 
registration statement when it became effective.

<PAGE>

   
    
                                   SIGNATURES
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on 
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in  the City of Las 
Vegas, State of Nevada, on this 12th day of February, 1999.
    
                                        STATION CASINOS, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Glenn C. Christenson
                                           ----------------------------
                                        Name:  Glenn C. Christenson
                                        Title: Executive Vice President,
                                               Chief Financial Officer
                                               and Treasurer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this 
Registration Statement has been signed below by the  following persons in the 
capacities and on the dates indicated.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      SIGNATURE                         TITLE                              DATE
      ---------                         -----                              ----
<S>                           <C>                                   <C>

/s/         *                 Chairman of the Board, President      February 12, 1999
- ---------------------------   and Chief Executive Officer
   Frank J. Fertitta III      (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Glenn C. Christenson      Executive Vice President, Chief       February 12, 1999
- ---------------------------   Financial Officer, Chief
   Glenn C. Christenson       Administrative Officer, Treasurer
                              and Director (Principal Financial
                              and Accounting Officer)

/s/         *                 Executive Vice President, Chief       February 12, 1999
- ---------------------------   Operating Officer and Director
   Blake L. Sartini

</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>

<S>                           <C>                                   <C>
/s/         *                 Director                              February 12, 1999
- ---------------------------
   Lorenzo J. Fertitta

/s/         *                 Director                              February 12, 1999
- ---------------------------
   Delise F. Sartini

/s/         *                 Director                              February 12, 1999
- ---------------------------
   R. Hal Dean

/s/         *                 Director                              February 12, 1999
- ---------------------------
   Lowell H. Lebermann, Jr.

/s/  Glenn C. Christenson
- ---------------------------
*By: Glenn C. Christenson
     Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)    1.  Financial Statements (including related notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements) filed in Part II of this report are listed below:

       Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of September 30,
       1998 and March 31, 1998

       Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Six
       months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997

       Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Six
       months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997

       Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

       Report of Independent Public Accountants

       Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1998 and 1997

       Years Ended March 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:

            Consolidated Statements of Operations

            Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)    2.  None

(a)    3.  Exhibits

                                       
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
- -------                            -----------
<S>      <C>
2.1      Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of February 1, 1993 among
         Frank J. Fertitta, Jr., as Trustee of the Frank J. Fertitta and Victoria
         K. Fertitta Revocable Family Trust dated June 17, 1989, Frank J.
         Fertitta III, Blake L. Sartini, Delise F. Sartini and Lorenzo J.
         Fertitta. (Incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement
         No. 33-59302)

2.2      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 16, 1998 among
         Crescent Real Estate Equities Company and Station Casinos, Inc.
         (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated
         January 27, 1998)

2.3      Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 17, 1998 to Agreement and Plan of
         Merger (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 10-K for
         the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998)

2.4      Amendment No. 2 dated as of June 14, 1998, to Agreement and Plan of
         Merger (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8K dated
         June 17, 1998)

3.1      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.
         (Incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement
         No. 33-76156)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>    <C>
3.2    Restated Bylaws of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to
       Registration Statement No. 33-76156)

4.1    Form of Subordinated Note of the Registrant (1998 Issue)  (included in
       Exhibit 4.5)

4.2    Form of Subordinated Note of the Registrant (1997 Issue) (Incorporated
       herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated April 3, 1997)

4.3    Form of Subordinated Note of the Registrant (1996 Issue). (Incorporated
       herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated March 25, 1996)

4.4    Form of Subordinated Note of the Registrant (1994 Issue) (Incorporated
       herein by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-76156)

4.5*   Indenture dated as of December 3, 1998 between the Registrant and First
       Union National Bank as Trustee

4.6    Indenture dated as of April 3, 1997 between Registrant and First Union
       National Bank as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to the Company's
       Form 8-K dated April 3, 1997)

4.7    Indenture dated as of March 29, 1996 between the Registrant and First
       Union National Bank, as Trustee.  (Incorporated herein by reference to
       the Company's Form 8-K dated March 25, 1996)

4.8    Indenture dated as of May 11, 1994 between the Registrant and First
       Union National Bank (f.k.a. First Fidelity Bank, National Association)
       as Trustee.  (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual
       Report on Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 1994)

4.9    First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 25, 1996 between
       Registrant and First Union National Bank, (f.k.a. First Fidelity Bank,
       National Association), as Trustee with respect to the Indenture dated as
       of May 11, 1994. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form
       8-K dated March 25, 1996)

4.10   Second Amended and Restated Reducing Revolving Loan Agreement dated as
       of November 6, 1998 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's
       Form 8-K dated November 6, 1998)

4.11   Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Reducing Revolving Loan
       Agreement dated as of November 30, 1998 (Incorporated herein by
       reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated November 6, 1998)

4.12   Certificate of Resolutions of Convertible Preferred Stock of the
       Registrant.  (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K
       dated March 25, 1996)

4.13   Form of Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant.  (Incorporated
       herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated March 25, 1996)

4.14   Rights Agreement dated October 6, 1997 between the Company and
       Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent.
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated
       October 9, 1997).

4.15   Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1998, between
       Station Casinos, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as
       Rights Agent.  ( Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form
       8-K dated January 27, 1998).

4.16   Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1998,
       between Station Casinos, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust
       Company, as Rights Agent.  ( Incorporated herein by reference to the
       Company's Form 8-K dated November 6, 1998).

</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>    <C>

4.17   Certificate of Resolutions of $100 Redeemable Preferred Stock
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 10-K for the
       fiscal year ended March 31, 1998)

5.1    Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy

10.1   Lease dated as of December 17, 1974 between Teddy Rich Enterprises and
       Townefood, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Registration
       Statement No. 33-59302)

10.2   Lease dated as of May 8, 1973 between Teddy Rich Enterprises and Mini-
       Price Motor Inn., including Addendum dated May 8, 1973; Lease Addendum
       dated June 10, 1974 amending lease dated May 8, 1973 between Teddy Rich
       Enterprises and Mini-Price Motor Inn, Inc. (Incorporated herein by
       reference to Registration Statement No. 33-59302).

10.3   Lease dated as of February 16, 1976 between Richfield Development Co.
       and Mini-Price Motor Inn.  (Incorporated herein by reference to
       Registration Statement No. 33-59302)

10.4   Lease dated as of September 6, 1977 between Richard Tam and Mini-Price
       Motor Inn Joint Venture (Parcel B1).  (Incorporated herein by reference
       to Registration Statement No. 33-59302)

10.5   Lease dated as of September 6, 1977 between Richard Tam and Mini-Price
       Motor Inn Joint Venture (Parcel B2).  (Incorporated herein by reference
       to Registration Statement No. 33-59302)

10.6   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Frank J. Fertitta III
       and the Registrant dated as of December 22, 1997.  (Incorporated herein
       by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated January 27, 1998)

10.7   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Glenn C. Christenson
       and the Registrant dated as of December 22, 1997 (Incorporated herein by
       reference to the Company's on Form 8-K dated January 27, 1998).

10.8   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Scott M Nielson and
       the Registrant dated as of December 22, 1997.  (Incorporated herein by
       reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated January 27, 1998)

10.9   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Blake L. Sartini and
       the Registrant dated as of December 22, 1997.  (Incorporated herein by
       reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated January 27, 1998)

10.10  Stock Compensation Program of the Registrant.  (Incorporated herein by
       reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
       ended June 30, 1993)

10.11  Amendment dated as of August 22, 1995 to the Stock Compensation Program. 
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on
       Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1995)

10.12  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of the Registrant dated as of
       November 30, 1994.  (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's
       Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994)

10.13  Supplemental Management Retirement Plan of the Registrant dated as of
       November 30, 1994.  (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's
       Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994)

10.14  Long-Term Stay-On Performance Incentive Plan between the Registrant and
       Joseph J. Canfora, Glenn C.
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>    <C>
       Christenson, Scott M Nielson and Blake L. Sartini.  (Incorporated herein
       by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
       period ended December 31, 1994)

10.15  Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan of the Registrant
       effective as of November 30, 1994.  (Incorporated herein by reference to
       the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended
       December 31, 1994)

10.16  Special Long-Term Disability Plan of the Registrant dated as of November
       30, 1994.  (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly
       Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994)

10.17  Ground Lease between Boulder Station, Inc. and KB Enterprises dated as
       of June 1, 1993.  (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's
       Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1993)

10.18  Option to Lease or Purchase dated as of June 1, 1993 between Boulder
       Station, Inc. and KB Enterprises.  (Incorporated herein by reference to
       the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June
       30, 1993)

10.19  Option to Acquire Interest Under Purchase Contract dated as of June 1,
       1993 between Boulder Station, Inc. and KB Enterprises.  (Incorporated
       herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
       the period ended June 30, 1993)

10.20  First Amendment to Ground Lease and Sublease, dated as of June 30, 1995,
       by and between KB Enterprises, as landlord and Boulder Station, Inc.
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated July
       5, 1995)

10.21  Ground Lease between Registrant and Texas Gambling Hall & Hotel, Inc.
       dated as of June 1, 1995.  (Incorporated herein by reference to the
       Company's Form 8-K dated July 5, 1995)

10.22  First Amendment to Ground Lease dated as of June 30, 1995 between
       Registrant and Texas Gambling Hall & Hotel, Inc.  (Incorporated herein
       by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated July 5, 1995)

10.23  Assignment, Assumption and Consent Agreement (Ground Lease) dated as of
       July 6, 1995 between Registrant and Texas Station, Inc.  (Incorporated
       herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated July 5, 1995)

10.24  Sublease Agreement dated as of November 30, 1992 between the City of St.
       Charles and St. Charles Riverfront Station, Inc.  (Incorporated herein
       by reference to Registrant Statement No. 33-59302)

10.25  Lease between Navillus Investment Co.; Jerome D. Mack as trustee of the
       Center Trust; Peter Trust Limited Partnership; and Third Generation
       Limited Partnership and Registrant.  (Incorporated herein by reference
       to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended March
       31, 1994)

10.26  Joint Venture Agreement dated as of September 25, 1993, between First
       Holdings Company and the Registrant.  (Incorporated herein by reference
       to the Company's Form 8-K dated July 5, 1995)

10.27  Assignment and Assumption Agreement (Joint Venture Agreement) dated as
       of March 25, 1996 between the Registrant and Kansas City Station
       Corporation (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual
       Report on Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 1996).

10.28  Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement dated as of November 15, 1993,
       between First Holdings Company and the Registrant (Incorporated herein
       by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
       ended March 31, 1996).

10.29  Second Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of April 22, 1996,
       between First Holdings Company and Kansas City Station Corporation. 
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on
       Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1996)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>    <C>
10.30  Development Agreement dated as of April 24, 1995, between Kansas City
       Station Corporation and the Port Authority of Kansas City. 
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated July
       5, 1995)

10.31  Lease Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1994 between Station/First Joint
       Venture and Kansas City Station Corporation.  (Incorporated herein by
       reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated July 5, 1995)

10.32  First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of March 19, 1996 between
       Station/First Joint Venture and Kansas City Station Corporation
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form
       10-K for the period ended March 31, 1996).

10.33  Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 22, 1996, between
       Station/First Joint Venture and Kansas City Station Corporation. 
       (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on
       Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1996)

10.34  Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers. 
       (Incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-59302)

10.35  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and Frank
       Fertitta, Jr. (Incorporated herein by reference to Registration
       Statement No. 33-59302)

10.36  Participation Agreement dated as of September 25, 1996 among the
       Registrant, as Lessee, and First Security Trust Company of Nevada, as
       Lessor and Trustee, and the other Persons that are parties to such
       agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K
       dated October 29, 1996)

10.37  Lease Agreement dated as of September 25, 1996 between First Security
       Trust Company of Nevada as Trustee and Lessor and the Registrant, as
       Lessee. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K
       dated October 29, 1996)

10.38  Sublease Agreement dated as of September 25, 1996 between the
       Registrant, as Sublessor and Sunset Station as Sublessee.  (Incorporated
       herein by reference to the Company's Form 8-K dated October 29, 1996)

10.39  Sunset Station 1996 Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 1996
       between the Registrant, as Grantor, and First Security Trust Company of
       Nevada, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's
       Form 8-K dated October 29, 1996)

12.1*  Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

23.1   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>    <C>
23.2   Consent of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1*  Power of Attorney

25.1*  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification, under the Trust
       Indenture Act of 1939, of First Union National Bank, as Trustee

99.1*  Form of Letter of Transmittal

99.2*   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------------
* Previously filed
    

<PAGE>
                                       
                                                                    EXHIBIT 5.1

                     [Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy Letterhead]

   

                                           February 12, 1999
    
Station Casinos, Inc.
2411 West Sahara Avenue
Las Vegas, Nevada 89102

     Re: REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4

Gentlemen:

     We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by you 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 1999 
(Registration No. 333-71227) (the "Registration Statement"), in connection 
with the registration of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes") of 
Station Casinos, Inc. (the "Company"). We have examined the Indenture, dated 
December 3, 1998 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and First Union 
National Bank, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), under which the Notes are to be 
issued in exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 of the Company 
which were issued under the Indenture on December 3, 1998 (the "Old Notes"). 
We are familiar with the proceedings heretofore taken by the Company in 
connection with the authorization, registration and issuance of the Notes in 
exchange for the Old Notes.

     Subject to the proposed additional proceedings being taken as now
contemplated by us as your counsel and as contemplated by the Indenture prior to
the issuance of the Notes in exchange for the Old Notes, it is our opinion that
the Notes will, upon the issuance of the Notes in exchange for the Old Notes in
the manner referred to in the Registration Statement, constitute the legal,
valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
accordance with their terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer or similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally and except as the enforceability of the
Notes is subject to the effect of general

                                       

<PAGE>
   
February 12, 1999
Page Two
    

principles of equity including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, 
reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability 
of specific performance or injunctive relief, regardless of whether 
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

     We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and to the reference to our name in the Registration Statement under
"Legal Matters."

                                  Respectfully submitted,

                                  /s/ MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY & McCLOY


[KJB/TO]


<PAGE>

                  CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report 
included in this registration statement and to the incorporation by reference 
in this registration statement of our report dated April 23, 1998 (except for 
Note 13, as to which the date is June 15, 1998 and Note 6 as to which the 
date is June 18, 1998) included in Station Casinos, Inc.'s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1998 and to all references to our Firm 
included in this registration statement.

                                       /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
 
                                       ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

   
Las Vegas, Nevada
February 10, 1999
    




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission